The Story
OF THE • •
JUBILEE SlFGE^RS
•%
WITIi TJiEIR SONGS
L->'-'
r^.
'<}
ojp
/.rri
THE STORY OF
THE JUBILEE SINGERS
INCLUDING THEIR SONGS
BY
J. B. T. MARSH
WITH SUPPLEMENT
CONTAINING AN ACCOUNT OF THEIR SIX YEARS' TOUR AROUND
THE WORLD, AND MANY NEW SONGS
BY
F. J. LOUD IN
LONDON
HODDER AND STOUGHTON
27, PATERNOSTER ROW
MCMin
11 03
Printed by Hazell, Watson cS* Viney, Ld., London and Aylesbury.
CONTENTS
CHAPTER I.
PAGE
THE YEAR OF JUBILEE I
CHAPTER n.
THE FORLORN HOPE ... .... 8
CHAPTER in.
ADRIFT ON STORMY SEAS l6
CHAPTER IV.
LIGHT IN THE EAST 24
CHAPTER V.
SUCCESS AT LAST ^^
CHAPTER VI.
THE SECOND CAMPAIGN 40
CHAPTER VII.
THE FIRST VISIT TO LONDON
545469
vi CONTENTS.
CHAPTER VIII.
PAGB
A BUSY WINTER IN GREAT BRITAIN .... 62
CHAPTER IX.
OVER THE OCEAN AGAIN 75
CHAPTER X.
EIGHT MONTHS IN GERMANY 90
CHAPTER XI.
PERSONAL HISTORIES OF THE SINGERS . . * lOI
SUPPLEMENT.
CHAPTER I.
THE NEW MANAGEMENT 1 33
CHAPTER II.
BOUND FOR THE ANTIPODES . . . . . .134
CHAPTER III.
IN AUSTRALASIA 138
CHAPTER IV.
FROM AUSTRALASIA TO THE ORIENT . . . -143
CHAPTER V.
IN JAPAN 150
THE JUBILEE SONGS 159
NOTE.
This volume is in part an abridgment of the two
J ubilee Histories which were written by the Rev.
G. D. Pike, and which have had a wide circulation,
one giving an account of the first campaign in
America, and the other of the first visit to Great
Britain. But the interval between these two narra-
tives is here bridged over, and the story is brought
down to the return of the Jubilee Singers from
Germany.
The personal histories have been more fully writ-
ten out, and a large number of new songs have been
added, including several of the most popular pieces
ever given in the Jubilee concerts. J. B. T. M.
1892.
Fisk University disbanded the company on its
return from Europe in 1878, and since then has
had no connection with it.
The note by J. B. T. M. was written in 1879,
when the Singers organized themselves into a joint
stock company. They continued as such for
nearly two years.
In the Autumn of 1882, a reorganization was
effected ; an account of which, and their subsequent
six years' tour around the world, is given in the
Supplement.
There has also been added many new and beau-
tiful songs. F. J. ly.
RAVitNNA, Ohio.
FISK UNIVERSITY'S GREAT NECESSITY.
FiSK University is emphaticallya Missionary Institution.
The people in wliose interest it has been founded were, six-
teen years ago, slaves. The most of the students are depend-
ent upon themselves, and must earn their own support while
securing their education. The colleges of no section of our
country rely upon their students, even though wealthy, for
the salaries of professors. Colleges and Theological Semi-
naries must be endowed, or raise the larger part of their
annual expenses by constant appeals to the liberality of their
friends.
The current expenses of Fisk University have, thus far,
been principally met by the American Missionary Associa-
tion, but with the hope that the success of its work would
create for it friends who would gladly endow it. The insti-
tution is most favorably located with respect to healthfulness
of climate, accessibility, and surrounding influences. Nash-
ville is very properly called the Athens of the South, because
of the number and importance of its educational establish-
ments.
Fisk University has a successful history of fifteen years of
work and growth. It has its beautiful site of twenty-five
acres and Jubilee Hall ; Livingstone Missionary Hall is being
erected, and now it needs adequate endowment. We present,
to all who have money and wish to use it in the interest of
humanity, this opportunity of investing money in a perma-
nent form, to do a noble work in behalf of Christian educa-
tion for the centuries to come. We invite all who desire to
help Fisk University, to come, if possible, and see its work
for themselves.
The magnitude of the interests centred in such an institu-
tion cannot be overestimated in their relations to the wel-
fare of our own country. To the millions of recently emanci-
pated colored people of the South niiist be given a Christian
education, or the nation must suffer far more in the future
than in the past from the curse of slavery.
E„ M. CRAVATH,
Nashville, Tenn., October^ 1880. President.
CHAPTER I.
THE YEAR OF JUBILEE.
The story of the Jubilee Singers seems almost as
little like a chapter from real life as the legend of
the daring Argonauts who sailed with Jason on that
famous voyage after the Golden Fleece. It is the
story of a little company of emancipated slaves who
set out to secure, by their singing, the fabulous sum
of $20,000 for the impoverished and unknown school
in which they were students. The world was as un-
familiar to these untravelled freed people as were the
countries through which the Argonauts had to pass ;
the social prejudices that confronted them were as
terrible to meet as fire-breathing bulls or the war-
riors that sprang from the land sown with dragons*
teeth ; and no seas were ever more tempestuous than
the stormy experiences that for a time tested their
faith and courage.
They were at times without the money to buy
needed clothing. Yet in less than three years they
2 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
returned, bringing back with them nearly one hun-
dred thousand dollars. They had been turned away
from hotels, and driven out of railway waiting-rooms,
because of their color. But they had been received
with honor by the President of the United States,
they had sung their slave-songs before the Queen
of Great Britain, and they had gathered as invited
guests about the breakfast-table of her Prime Min
ister. Their success was as remarkable as their mis-
sion was unique.
The civil war which broke out in the United
States, 1861, was avowedly waged, on one side to
overthrow the Union of the States, and on the other
to preserve it. But back of this object it was really
a war, on one side to perpetuate slavery, and on the
other to abolish it. The South understood this from
the start. So did those at the North who were wise
to read the signs of the times, and especially those
who had the spiritual instinct to interpret the mean-
ing of God's providences.
The anti-slavery reformers, who had sought,
through the peaceful agencies of the press, the pul-
pit, and the platform, to secure the abolition of
slavery, went into the war with an ardor they never
could have felt in the struggle of a slave-holding
nation for mere political existence. No young men
responded to the call for troops more heartily than
those whose boyhood homes had been stations on
the Underground Railway — that unique line whose
stock was never offered in market ; whose trains ran
only by night ; whose tracks were country by-roads;
whose coaches were plain farm wagons ; whose pas
THE CONTRABANDS, 3
sengers were fugitive slaves ; whose terminus was
the free soil of Canada. The first detachment of
Union troops that passed through Baltimore on its
way to Washington made the streets of that sullen
city ring with a song in honor of old John Brown,
the abolitionist of Harper's Ferry. And regiment
after regiment of volunteers, the pride and flower of
half a million Northern homes, '' rallied round the
flag, shouting the battle-cry of freedom."
The slaves, too, utterly ignorant as they were of
common political issues and the proportions of the
struggle, almost everywhere and at once read the
significance of the great conflict. Tidings of every
turn in the fortunes of war passed from cabin to
cabin by some mysterious telegraphy, and every
Union victory was the signal for secret thanksgiving
services.
It was the natural result that the camps of the
Union army should at once become cities of refuge
for fugitive slaves. A New England general, who
had been in close political alliance with the slave
power until it raised its hand to strike down the
Union, gave them a name and a recognized standing
in the military lines as '' contraband of war." And
by and by there came from the good President who
had so patiently bided the time, the proclamation
that made the army, in the aim as well as the inci-
dent of its work, an army of emancipation.
Its advance was the signal for a rally of slaves
from all the country round to follow it, they knew
not whither, save that it was to freedom. They
flocked in upon the line of march by bridle-paths
and across the fields; old men on crutches, babies
4 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
on their mothers' backs; women wearing the cast-off
blue jackets of Yankee cavalry-men, boys in abbre-
viated trousers of rebel gray ; sometimes lugging
a bundle of household goods snatched from their
cabins as they fled, sometimes riding an old mule
*' borrowed" from '' mas'r," but oftener altogether
empty-handed, with nothing whatever to show for
their life-time of unrewarded toil. But they were
free ; and with what swinging of ragged hats, and
tumult of rejoicing hearts and fervent '' God bless
you's," they greeted their deHverers ! " The year of
jubilee," of which they had sung and for which they
had prayed and waited so many years, had come at
last!
By this violent emancipation of war — so different
in its process from the peaceful abolition for which
the friends of the slave had been so long looking
and laboring — over four millions of bondmen were
suddenly made free. They were homeless, penni-
less, ignorant, improvident — unprepared in every
way for the dangers as v/ell as the duties of free-
dom. Self-reliance they had never had the oppor-
tunity to learn, and, suddenly left to shift for them-
selves, they were at the mercy of the knaves who
were everywhere so ready to cheat them out of their
honest earnings. They had been kept all their lives
in a school of immorality, and even church member-
ship was no evidence that one was not a thief, a liar,
or a liJDcrtine. Their former masters were so im-
poverished by their emancipation, along with the
other costs of the war, that they had little ability —
and were so exasperated by it that they had usually
still less disposition — to help them.
HUNGER FOR THE SPELLING BOOK. 5
The task of giving these freed slaves a Christian
education was laid mainly, therefore, upon the
Christian people of the North. It was a missionary
work of such magnitude and character as no people
was ever called to take up before. Schools were
started — even before the close of the first six
months of the war — in little cabins, in army tents,
in unfloored log chapels, in abandoned slave marts,
under the open sky. Hundreds of Northern ladies,
many of them from homes of luxury and culture,
came to teach those degraded people the A B C's of
the spelling-book and of Christian citizenship.
The work was full of discomforts, difficulties, and
danger. By the varying fortunes of war the schools
were often broken up, and the teachers forced to
seek safety for their lives in flight. Overworked,
unable sometimes to obtain suitable food, shelter, or
medical attendance, many of these brave women laid
down their lives in the cause, as truly as a soldier
who is buried on the field of battle. Even after the
war they were shunned as lepers in Southern so-
ciety, and more than one teacher was assassinated
by the Ku Klux banditti for refusing to obey their
anonymous warnings to give up the work and leave
the State.
But their mission was not without its brighter
side. God's Spirit was often present with convert-
ing power in the schools, and in the prayer-meetings
that always went hand-in-hand with the schools.
All their lives, the lash or the auction-block had
been the swift penalty for slaves who were caught
learning to read. Now that the fetters had fallen
from, mind as well as body there came an eagerness
6 THE JUBILEE SINGERb.
to learn that was like a consuming fire. The world
never saw such a sight before as these schools pre-
sented.
Families pinched with hunger asked more eagerly
for schools than for bread. Women of threescore
and ten sometimes mastered the alphabet in a week.
Old men bent over the same spelling-books with
their grandchildren. Fathers would work all day
to support their families, and walk every night to an
evening school miles away. Girls suspended from
school privileges for a few days, for some wrong-
doing, would plead instead for the penalty of a
whipping. Their gratitude for instruction was as
fervent as their desire for it was ravenous, and their
attachment to their teachers was most devoted.
The first school for the freedmen was started by
teachers sent out for that purpose by the American
Missionary Association. This society was formed
in 1846, because of the acquiescent attitude towards
slavery of most of the older missionary organiza-
tions. It had sustained missions among the negroes
of Jamaica and West Africa. Its home missionaries
in the slave-holding States, while striving to reach
both white and black with schools and the preach-
ing of the gospel, had always faithfully borne testi-
mony against the great sin of slavery. It had the
confidence and support of the friends of freedom.
And when this great task of giving more than four
millions of freedmen a Christian education was sud-
denly laid upon the nation, its origin, its associa-
tions, and its past labors, all pointed to it as provi
dentially trained up for the occasion. And to it a
large part of the work has fallen.
THE SCHOOLS FOR THE FREEDMEN. J
In 1863 it had 83 ministers and teachers in this
field; in 1864, 250; in 1868, 532. Since the work
began it has expended about $3,000,000 in it. As
public schools came to be opened, to some extent,
for the colored people, and as the importance of
permanent institutions for the training of teachers
and ministers from among the freedmen themselves
became more apparent, and the necessity for them
more imperative, the Association withdrew for the
most part from this temporary primary work, and
concentrated its efforts upon a system of training-
schools.
Besides the seventeen academies and normal
schools which it has planted at central points
throughout the South, and which require the ser-
vices of nearly a hundred skilled teachers, it has
under its fostering care seven chartered institutions
for collegiate and theological education. These are
located in as many different States, and no two of
them are within three hundred miles of each other.
They are Berea College, at Berea, Kentucky ; Hamp-
ton Institute, at Hampton, Virginia ; Fisk Univer-
sity, at Nashville, Tennessee ; Atlanta Universit)^
at Atlanta, Georgia ; Talladega College, at Talla.
dega, Alabama ; Tougaloo University, at Tougaloo,
Mississippi ; and Straight University, at New Or-
leans, Louisiana.
CHAPTER II.
THE FORLORN HOPE.
The first steps towards the establishment of Fisk
University were taken in the autumn of 1865. Rev.
E. P. Smith, after rendering invaluable service to the
Union army during the war as the Field Agent of
the United States Christian Commission, had just
taken up the work of Secretary of the American
Missionary Association at Cincinnati. Rev. E. M.
Cravath, early in the war, had exchanged the min-
istrations of an Ohio parish for those of an army
chaplaincy. The son of a pioneer Abolitionist, whose
home was a busy station on the '' Underground Rail-
way,*' and whose children Avere thus inoculated from
their earliest days with anti-slavery convictions and
a special interest in the colored race, his army expe-
rience had brought him into such acquaintance with
the needs of the Freedmen, that, at the close of the
war, he was commissioned by the Association for
special service in organizing its schools in the same
department to which Mr. Smith had been assigned.
These two met at Nashville. Carefully surveying
the field, they were convinced that this was a cen-
tral point where a permanent university ought to be
planted for the higher education of the freed people,
to equip their ministers and teachers, and to give
AN IDEA TAKES SHAPE. 9
their leaders in all departments of the life now open-
ing before them a Christian training for their work.
As the capital city of Tennessee, and as the base
of some of the most extensive and decisive military
operations of the war, Nashville was not only a point
of great business, social, and political importance,
but the centre of a large colored population. Eight
of the thirteen formerly slave-holding States sur-
round and actually border upon Tennessee, and in
it and them four fifths of the freed people have their
homes.
To aid in starting such an important enterprise,
there were, providentially, two other efficient friends
of the freed people at hand, — General Clinton B.
Fisk, the distinguished Christian soldier then in
charge of the Freedmen's Bureau in the District of
Kentucky and Tennessee ; and Professor John Og-
den, formerly Principal of the Minnesota State Nor-
mal School, and afterwards an officer in the Union
army, but at that time resident in Nashville as the
agent of the Western Freedmen's Aid Commission,
— a society which was afterwards merged into the
American Missionary Association.
These four took hold of the work, but were met
at the outset by two formidable difficulties. A site
and buildings of its own were absolutely essential to
the success of the undertaking. The Association at
that time had no funds that it felt at liberty to in-
vest in real estate for such an enterprise. More
than that, the dominant element in the coummunity
was so hostile to any effort to elevate the colored
people, that it was next to impossible to purchase
land for such uses. But a favorable site was found
10 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
and secured without the purpose for which it was
wanted being made known to the seller ;• three of
these friends of the work becoming individually re-
sponsible for the entire purchase-money of $16,000.
One of the chief advantages of the location was
the fact that it was already occupied by a group of
one-story frame buildings, which had been erected
and used for hospital barracks by the Union army.
It was known that these could be obtained from the
government, and be easily and cheaply adapted to
the present necessities of the enterprise. And so,
in January, 1866, the new school was opened. The
occasion was the most notable event of the sort in
the history of the colored people of Tennessee. Gov-
ernor Brownlow made a short address, and other
distinguished gentlemen in civil and military life
were present. There was inspiration for the freed
people in the very thought of thus founding a uni-
versity for the emancipated slaves, who had all their
life long been forbidden the slightest knowledge of
letters.
The of^cers' quarters became the home of an earn-
est band of teachers ; the sick-wards were fitted up
as school-rooms, and filled with hundreds of eager
children ; the dead-house was turned into a store-
room of supplies for the naked and hungry. And
there was an almost pathetic romance in the work
when a pile of rusty handcuffs and fetters from the
abandoned slave-pen of the city came into the pos-
session of the school, and were sold as old iron, and
the money invested in the purchase of Testaments
and spelling-books !
The number of pupils in daily attendance the first
A BUSY HIVE. n
year averaged over one thousand. Some who began
the first term never ceased attendance until they had
graduated, ten years afterwards, from a full collegiate
course. At first the instruction was, of necessity, of
an elementary sort. But the idea upon which the
school was avowedly founded, of providing the high-
est collegiate advantages, was kept prominently in
view. In 1867 the action of the city of Nashville,
in making some provision for public schools at which
colored people could be educated, relieved the school
of many of its primary pupils and opened the way
for more perfectly carrying out the original pur-
pose. A university charter was obtained. Some
of the buildings which had been used as school-
rooms were refitted as dormitories, into which stu-
dents from abroad, eager for a higher education, at
once began to gather. It was not long before the
number applying for admission was greater than
could be accommodated.
There never was a hive of busier workers. As
they became qualified for the work, the students
went out to teach, — missionaries to lift up their less-
favored fellows. Many of them in this way earned
the money that enabled them to return again and
go on farther with their own studies. In a single
year as many as 10,000 children have been enrolled
in the schools taught by teachers sent out from Fisk,
— teachers, some of whom a little while before did
not themselves know one letter from another ! The
school was pervaded, too, by a religious earnestness
that was contagious. The conversion of new stu-
dents was confidently looked for, and more earnestly
sought than their progress in letters.
12 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
But along with all this success there had been a
steadily increasing occasion of anxiety. The build-
ings, cheaply and hastily constructed, as they were,
for temporary uses, were falling into decay. The
site, which had been admirably adapted for the
earlier work of the Institution, was found unsuited
to its permanent uses. Year by year the problem
of obtaining funds for a new site and new buildings
grew more and more perplexing. The necessity for
its solution at last became imperative, and the Uni-
versity treasurer, Mr. George L. White, undertook
to work it out.
Mr. White was a native of Cadiz, New York, born
in 1838. A village blacksmith's boy, his school
privileges were limited to what he learned in the
public school before the age of fourteen. Like so
many other Yankee boys while waiting for their
work, — or while getting ready for it, — he became
a school-teacher. He had inherited from his father
a special love for music, and though he had never
had any musical instruction himself, and made no
pretensions as a vocalist, his schools were famous
for the good singing which he had the knack of get-
ting out of his pupils.
Leaving the school-room for the camp, he fought
for the Union in the bloody battles of Gettysburg
and Chancellorsville ; and the close of the war found
him^ in the employ of the Freedmen's Bureau at
Nashville. He had been actively interested in Sun-
day-school work among the freedmen, and at the
opening of Fisk School was invited by Professor
Ogden, its principal, to devote his leisure hours to
the instruction of the pupils in vocal music. When
THE STUDENT CHOIR. 1 3
Fisk University was chartered he became its treas-
urer — in other words, its man-of-all-work in business
matters.
The progress made by his large singing classes
was a surprise and delight to him. With a presenti-
ment, seemingly, of what was coming, he began to
pick out the most promising voices and give them
that special training for which his own remarkable
range of voice, instinct for musical effect, and mag-
netism as a drill-master so well fitted him.
In the spring of 1867 he gave a public concert
with his school chorus, which was a great success
financially, and a greater one in opening the eyes of
the white people to the possibilities that lay hidden
in the education of the blacks. A leading daily
interpreted the concert as evidence that the negro
was susceptible of education, and raised the question
whether it was not the duty of the Southern people
to take hold of the work, instead of leaving it to
Northern people with so many radical bees in their
bonnets !
In 1868 he gave another and better concert; and
in 1870 his now well-drilled classes rendered the
beautiful cantata of " Esther " before a large and
delighted assembly. Taking a part of his choir to
Memphis, he gave a concert to an audience that
filled the opera-house ; and another trip southward to
Chattanooga met with equal success.
About this time the National Teachers' Associa-
tion of the United States held its annual convention
in Nashville, and arrangements were made for the
Fisk choir to sing in the opening exercises, to the
great disgust of some who were profanely indignant
14 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
that '^ the niggers could not be kept in their
own places." Other musicians were to favor the
convention v/ith their services at the subsequent
meetings* but the singing of the "niggers" proved
to be so popular that they were in demand for every
session until the close of the convention.
All this while the thought had been taking firmer
hold of Mr. White's mind that a student choir might
be organized, which could travel through the North
and sing out of the people's pocket the money that
must soon be obtained in some way for the Univer-
sity. The plan was talked over and prayed over for
a year or two. But, turn it to the light in any way
they could, the risks seemed too great.
It was one thing to give a paying concert at home,
or to make frying trips to points not far away ; it
was quite another to start out on a campaign that
would certainly involve large expenses, w^hile its
returns might be quite inadequate to meet them.
Large expenditures would be unavoidable at the
start — for the outfit that would be absolutely nec-
essary for these poorly clad students, and for the
purchase of their railway tickets to Ohio. The
University treasury was almost empty ; the Associa-
tion did not feel at liberty to risk funds contributed
for missionary work in such a speculative venture.
And it was not easy to persuade the untravelled
parents of some of the students to risk their children
in it. But a few clear-headed friends had faith in
tlie plan, and, after much prayer and perplexity of
purpose, Mr. White felt the command laid on him
from the Lord to go forward.
Taking the little money that was left in the Unl
THE FOI^I.ORN HOPE STARTS. i5
versity treasury after buying provisions to last the
school for a few days, putting with it all his own,
and borrowing on his own notes an amount whos^
payment, if the venture was a failure, would strip
him of every penny of his property, he started out
with barely enough money to set his pnrty in working
order on the north side of the Ohio River.
CHAPTER III.
ADRIFT ON STORMY SEAS.
The company as it left Nashville, October 6, 1871,
followed by the good wishes, prayers, misgiv-
ings, and anxieties of the whole University, num-
bered thirteen persons. These were Mr. White, who
was at the same time the captain, supercargo, pilot,
steward, and crew of the ship ; Miss Wells, the Prin-
cipal of an American Missionary Association school
at Athens, Alabama, who took the oversight of the
girls of the party ; and eleven students — Ella
Sheppard, Maggie L. Porter, Jennie Jackson, Minnie
Tate, Eliza Walker, Phoebe J. Anderson, Thomas
Rutling, Benjamin M. Holmes, Greene Evans, Isaac
P. Dickerson, and George Wells.
The day after reaching Cincinnati the Singers
met with the Rev. Messrs. Halley and Moore, the
pastors of the two leading Congregational churches
of the city, who were so delighted with their songs
that they immediately arranged to hold praise meet-
ings in their churches on Sunday, the next day, that
their *people might have the pleasure of hearing
them. Full audiences greeted them in both ser-
vices. On Monday a free concert was given and a
collection taken at the close. The audience was
large but the contribution small.
THE FIRST CONCERT. T^
It was on this Sunday and Monday, so well re-
membered all over the world, that the great Chicago
fire swept away the houses of one hundred thousand
people and property to the value of $200,000,000.
In Ohio, as everywhere else, people could scarcely
think or talk about anything else, much less give
money to any other object.
There had not been for ten years a week that
would have been, to all appearances, such an un-
favorable time for the Singers to commence their
work. Out of money and in debt as they were,
they donated the entire proceeds of their first paid
concert, which amounted to something less than
$50, to the Chicago relief fund. This was_ given in
Chillicothe, and called out a card from the Mayor
and leading citizens cordially commending to public
patronage the two concerts that followed.
Here at Chillicothe they met with an indignity
which was often repeated in the next year's expe-
rience. Applying at one of the principal hotels
for entertainment, they were refused admittance
because of their color. Treated in the same way
at a second, they only secured shelter at a third by
the landlord's giving up his own bed- room to them
to use as a parlor, and furnishing them their meals
before the usua/ hour, that his other guests might
not leave the house. This odious and cruel caste-
spirit it was to be a part of their mission — little as
it was in their plans and painful as it was in expe-
rience — to break down. It was owing not a little
to their triumphant success as singers, and to the
story of the distinguished attentions they received
from the people of highest rank and culture botiK
2
1 8 THE JUBILEE SINGERS,
in America and Great Britain, that the prejudice
against color, the hateful heritage of slavery, which
was so prevalent and powerful as to make those
insults common in their first year's work, was so
broken down that they were quite unfrequent in
their travels three years afterwards. People who
would not sit in the same church-pew with a negro,
under the magic of their song were able to get new
light on questions of social equality.
Returning to Cincinnati to fill engagements for
the Sabbath they found a dense audience gathered
at Mr. Moore's church, in spite of rainy and un-
pleasant weather. It was hoped that the increas-
ing enthusiasm manifested in connection with these
praise-services would insure a good audience at the
paid concert which had been appointed at Mozart
Hall for Tuesday evening ; for hotel and travelling
bills were already assuming serious proportions.
But the receipts were barely sufficient to defray the
local expenses of the concert.
However, it was not altogether lost labor. *' It
was," said one of the dailies, ** probably the first con'
cert ever given by a colored troupe in this temple,
which has resounded with the notes of the best
vocalists of the land. The sweetness of the voices,
the accuracy of the execution, and the precision of
the time, carried the mind back to the early con-
certs of the Hutchinsons, the Gibsons, and other
famous families, who years ago delighted audiences
and taught them with sentiment while they pleased
them with melody." Jennie Jackson's rendering of
the "Old Folks at Home," as an encore, was re-
ceived with rapturous applause. Mr. Dickerson sang
UPS AND DOWNS. IQ
the " Temperance Medley" here for the first time,
and tne class trembled for him, as he stood there
with his knees beating a tattoo against each other,
in a rusty coat that was as much too long for the
fashion as his trousers were too short for neighborly
acquaintance with his low shoes. But confidence
came with the sound of his own voice, and the au-
dience forgot the appearance of the singer in their
enjoyment of his song.
Journeying next to Springfield, to fill an appoint-
ment for a concert at Black's Opera-house, they
found less than twenty people gathered to hear
them, and with heavy hearts they announced that
they would postpone the entertainment.
A Synod of Presbyterian ministers was in session
here, and Mr. White obtained permission for the
Singers to appear before them. Assigned a half-
hour in which to sing, and state their cause, it was
a full hour before the Synod would release them.
And not only did they testify their delight '' in a
vociferous, heartfelt, and decidedly unclerical man-
ner, with hands, feet, and voice," but they passed a
resolution " heartily commending them to the favor
of the Christian community," and emphasized it by
taking up a collection for their benefit of $105.
Working their way in a zig-zag path northward,
they gave a concert at Yellow Springs, where the
colored Baptist church was kindly placed at their
disposal. At Xenia two concerts yielded them $84,
and afforded the colored students of Wilberforce
University a stimulus that was worth, in another
way, quite as much more. For those were days in
which anything well done by a colored man was
20 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
an inspiration to all the rest of his race to whose
knowledge it came.
At London, their singing in Springfield before the
Synod bore fruit in the active efforts of the Presby-
terian pastor in their behalf. The Sabbath was spent
in Columbus, the Singers taking the place of the
choir at one of the churches, and singing at a Sun-
day-school concert which is remembered as an occa-
sion of special interest.
At Worthington they met a hearty welcome from
Professor Ogden and his wife, their old instructors at
Fisk, who had done work of lasting value in lying its
foundation, but were now in charge of the Ohio State
Normal School at that place. There they remained
several days for much-needed rest, giving a concert
meanwhile which, thanks specially to the active
efforts of these two old friends, yielded $60. At
Delaware their concert paid still better, and, for the
first time on their trip, they were permitted to sit
in the same parlors and at the same tables in the
hotel as white people. Three concerts at Welling-
ton netted them little more than enough money to
take them on to Cleveland ; where they sang on Sun-
day at the First Presbyterian and Plymouth Con-
gregational churches, with the satisfaction that their
unique praise-services invariably gave.
All this time they were living, as the old phrase
has it, from hand to mouth, — depending on the pro-
ceeds of one concert to pay the next morning's hotel
charges and buy their railway-tickets to the next
appointment. Any special collapse in an evening's
receipts left them helpless till some friend stepped
forward — as there was almost always some friend in
FRIENDS LOOK ASKANCE. 21
such an emergency who did — and paid hall and hotel
bills.
But the great trial was that no light had dawned
on their mission. They would have done better to
stay at home if they were to make nothing above ex-
penses. So scantily clad were they that Miss Shep-
pard was obliged to travel one rainy day with no
protection for her feet but cloth sHppers. It was not
until some time after the biting weather of the North-
ern winter, to whose severity they were quite unused^
had fully set in that Mr. White was able, by borrow-
ing $5 that had been given to Minnie Tate, and pick-
ing up $19 in other ways, to purchase overcoats for
two of the young men, who had really been suffering
for want of them.
In one way and another a comfortable outfit had
been secured for the young women ; but such were
the varieties of style represented that it was not un-
common for Ella Sheppard to be asked if Minnie
Tate was her daughter, — the former being twenty
and the latter fourteen. And Jennie Jackson, who
was nineteen, was sometimes taken to be the mother
of Eliza Walker, who was fourteen.
The coolness, amounting often to indifference and
sometimes to suspicion, with which even many of
the warmest friends and supporters of the American
Missionary Association looked upon this new agency
for raising funds for its work, was one of the specially
discouraging and trying features of the enterprise.
Ministers were often loth, and not unnaturally, to
let the Singers into their choirs ; and if they gave
them the use of their churches for a praise-meeting,
they sometimes showed a strong inclination to take
22 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
their own seats among the audience and near the
door!
But Mr. White's grip upon his purpose was not
easily loosened, and he learned to let none of those
things move him, knowing that the enthusiasm of
these doubting friends after the service was almost
sure to be in about an inverse ratio to their expecta-
tions before it.
During these days of experiment and trial Mr.
White was loaded down with the work of at least
four men. In other enterprises of this sort — and
the same plan was afterwards found to be essential
to the largest success of the Jubilee Singers — it is
considered necessary to have a business manager, who
lays out the route, visits or corresponds with editors
and public men, and arranges the general plan of the
campaign. Then an advance agent goes forward
and puts these plans in operation, while his alternate
accompanies the troupe to take up the tickets, pay
the bills, and look after the details of the evening's
management. A musical director arranges the pro-
gramme, drills the singers, and answers the rattling
volley of questions from curious and admiring friends.
And where school-girls are in the company, and es-
pecially those hitherto unused to self-care and the
demands of cultivated society, a governess is needed
to look after their health and deportment.
In those early days the duties of general manager,
advance agent, musical director, ticket-seller, and
porter all fell to Mr. White. When the Singers
halted somewhere for rest, he pushed ahead to lay
out a new route ; sometimes, when but a few appoint-
ments remained, he left Miss Wells and Miss Shep
DARK DA YS, %'S
pard, the pianist, to attend to them while he went
off to make new ones. The Singers he kept in drill
the best he could. A rehearsal of some piece on
their evening's programme was often the first course
when they gathered about the dinner-table.
With all this work on his hands, there lay on his
heart the burden of increasing debt and the con-
sciousness that, while the business affairs of the
University were needing his presence, the fact that
he was earning no money and sending them no en-
couragement was adding to the uneasiness and anx-
iety of his associates at home. Many a time their
last dollar was paid out for provisions ; and he and
they found frequent occasions to adopt the prayer
of the old slave-song, —
" O Lord, O my Lord, O my good Lord!
Keep me from sinking down."
But with a steadfast Christian faith, that seemed
little less than obstinacy to those who could not
read the Divine leadings, he held on.
CHAPTER IV.
LIGHT IN THE EAST.
Mr. White had laid out the plan of his trip with
special reference to reaching Oberlin in time to sing
before the National Council of the Congregational
churches, which was to assemble there on the 15 th
of November. Consisting, as it would, of leading
Congregational ministers and laymen from all parts
of the land, and specially representing the constitu-
ency of the American Missionary Association, he
argued that to get a hearing before it would give
him leverage of great advantage for his work. And
his reasoning was not at fault.
The Council consented to hear a few pieces dur-
ing a recess in their deliberations. Everybody was
delighted. A collection of over $130 was taken upon
the spot ; and the seed sown was destined to bear
much richer fruit after many days. Two of the sec-
retaries of the Association v/ere present, and they
agreed that it v/as advisable for Mr. White to push
on eastward. To relieve him of some of his over-
load of care, Mr. G. S. Pope, formerly in the service
of the Association in its work among the freedmen,
but now a theological student at Oberlin, was en-
gaged to attend to the duties of advance agent.
From Oberlin the company went to Cleveland to
FRIENDS IN NEED. 2 5
give two concerts in Case Hall. The churches had
been filled the Sunday before to listen to the
Singers, but at neither concert were the receipts
sufficient to meet expenses. Before the close of the
second evening's entertainment, on Saturday night,
Mr. White made a few remarks explaining their
mission, declaring his faith that God had called
them to the work, and would somehow open the
way; but frankly admitting that he had barely
money enough to pay for the hall, and nothing with
which to meet their hotel bills over Sunday and
their expenses to Columbus, where they were ad-
vertised for a concert. Before leaving the hall one
gentleman sent up a check for $ioo, written on the
back of a programme, and three others handed him
$40 more.
This gave encouragement at a time when en-
couragement was never more needed. For it is to
be remembered that the m^ovements of the Singers
involved great expense. Case Hall rents for S75 ^i
night ; to advertise a concert in such a city costs
from $25 to I50 : and the hotel bills of the company
were usually from $20 to I25 a day. There was
abundant use, it will be seen, for the Si 40.
At Columbus came two concerts, again, which did
not pay expenses. Rev. H. S. Bennett, the pastor
of the church at Nashville to which some of the
Singers belonged, and also a trustee of the Univer-
sity, was present, and a prayer-meeting was held to
seek the Divine guidance in deciding what should
be done with the enterprise. No hght was found
on any other course but to go forward.
Hitherto the company had had no distinctive name.
26 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
They had been mentioned in a Cincinnati paper as
'' a band of negro minstrels who call themselves
Colored Christian Singers." It was at Columbus,
after an anxious and almost sleepless night, that
Mr. White decided to name them ''The Jubilee
Singers." The Old Testament " year of jubilee"
had always been the favorite figure of speech into
which the slaves put their prayers and hopes for
emancipation. Their year of jubilee had come —
this little band of singers was a witness to it, an out-
growth of it. There was thus a suggestiveness and
obvious fitness in the name — it had a flavor of its
own. There was a musical euphony in it, too, and
it " took" at once.
Only those who have made a study of catering for
the public taste can realize how much there is in a
name. A novelist knows that the sale of a new
story depends almost as much upon its title as its
plot. Those who have been most closely associated
with the Singers have come to believe that Mr.
White's christening of his company was the best
night's work he ever did.
At Zanesville, also, their concert did not meet ex-
penses. But a friend paid their hotel bill, which
amounted to $27. What figure it would have
reached had not the six girls been put into a single
room over a shed, where the bedclothing was so of-
fensive that they were constrained to roll the most
of it in a bundle and lay it on the porch while they
slept wrapped in their waterproofs, is not known.
Mount Vernon was their next point, where Rev.
T. E. Monroe, who had met them at Columbus, wel-
comed them heartily to his church on Sunday, and
.3 LlTl^LE LIGHT, 2J
aided to make their concert on Monday evening a
decided success. Here Ella Sheppard, who had
been for some time in poor health, became so ill
that the physician advised that she return at once
to Nashville. But Mr. White could not be made to
believe that the Lord wanted the company to go
East without their pianist, and declined to follow
this advice. And in a few days she recovered suffi-
ciently to resume her work.
Feehng their way to the best method of raising
money, the experiment was tried again, at Mans-
field, of a free concert with a collection at its close.
But the result was the same as almost invariably at-
tended this expedient before and since — the house
was full, the contribution boxes nearly empty. On
the next night an admission fee was charged, but
the audience was small. Some thoughtful friend
was moved, however, to propose a collection and it
enabled Mr. White to pay all bills and buy tickets
to Akron, where they had an appointment for a con-
cert on the evening of Thanksgiving Day. This
yielded only $20, but the consideration with which
they were treated at the hotel, and the fine Thanks-
giving dinner which was set before them, made their
memories of Akron very pleasant ones. At Mead-
ville. Pa., their Sabbath services in the Methodist
Church were well attended, and their concert on
Monday evening moderately successful.
Still moving eastward, they came next to James-
town, N.Y., where the Congregational pastor, Rev.
Col. Anderson, who was familiar from personal in-
spection with the good work that was being done at
Fisk, had made ready for them. A praise-meeting
28 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
at his church was followed, on the next two nights^
by concerts. In spite of a severe snow-storm, which
interfered greatly with street travel, the net receipts
were sufficient for the purchase of tickets to New
York City.
Stopping at Elmira, they held a praise-meeting on
Sunday afternoon in the First Presbyterian Church,
to the disgust of a few of its supporters who spelled
negro with two g's, and stayed away from the ser-
vice, and to the great delight of all who attended.
In the evening they sang a few selections at the
Rev. T. K. Beecher's regular service in the opera-
house ; and the next night gave a concert at his
church, which was the greatest success, so far, of
their trip. The leading hotels of the city had, it is
true, one after another refused the party entertain-
ment when they arrived on the midnight train. But
the papers were lavish in praise of their services
of song, and Mr. Beecher wrote a letter to his distin-
guished Brooklyn brother, Flenry Ward Beecher,
warmly commending them to his attention.
The night had been long and dark, but it really
seemed as if these flashes of light in their Eastern
sky meant that the sunrise was at hand. At New
York they were at the headquarters of the American
Missionary Association, and so in a special sense
among their friends. As no good hotel accommoda-
tions could be secured at reasonable rates, three of
the officers of the Association, who lived in adjoin-
ing houses in Brooklyn, took the party into their
own families. And there they found a home for the
next six weeks.
Prior to their arrival at New York, Rev. George
'' BEECHER'S NEGRO MINSTRELSY 29
Whipple, the senior secretary of the American Mis-
sionary Association, had arranged with Rev. Henry
Ward Beecher that they should attend his Friday
evening prayer-meeting and sing a few slave-hymns
at the close of the service. Mr. Beecher and his
people were delighted. After singing about twenty
minutes, the party started to retire from the plat-
form. Mr. Beecher, jumping up, requested them to
return. Standing in front of them, with pocket-book
in hand, he indicated, with characteristic drollery
and enthusiasm, that a collection would be taken up,
after which they would have a few more songs. Be-
fore the meeting closed he announced that this was
but a foretaste of what was to come: the Singers
were to give a concert in the church the next week^
and the congregation were to give them a benefit.
As Mr. Beecher's lecture-room talks were widely
circulated through the papers, this resulted in a very
favorable introduction to the public. The concert
at Plymouth Church was well attended, and the en-
thusiam unbounded. Mn Beecher had urged his
people from the pulpit the preceding Sabbath to
give the Singers a hearty welcome, and they seemed
bent on gratifying him to the utmost. The New
York Herald headed the column containing its
report the next morning " Beecher's Negro Min-
strels." This helped to advertise their work, while
it did not prejudice it in the minds of the Christian
people whose opinion was worth most to it.
The experience of the next few weeks was as uni-
formly encouraging as that of the last two months
had been depressing. A few songs in a prayer-
meeting or Sunday-school, with a brief explanation
30 THE JUBILEE SINGERS,
of their mission, generally secured at once the offei'
of the church for a concert, and a hearty commenda-
tion of their work from the pulpit that rarely failed
to bring out an audience.
From Dr. Talmage's and Dr. Cuyler's prayer-
meetings they went away richer by generous contri-
butions on the spot. Dr. Storrs gave up his Sunday
evening service for their praise-meeting. Dr. Scud-
der invited them into his church. A concert in Dr.
Burchard's church, the Thirteenth Street Presbyte-
rian of New York, was thronged by a delighted au-
dience of the highest culture and social position.
Dr. Budington interested himself in promoting the
success of a concert in his church in Brooklyn. At
the Tabernacle Church, Jersey City, of which Rev.
G. B. Willcox, a member of the Executive Committee
of the American Missionary Association, was pastor,
they were greeted by the largest audience that had
ever yet attended one of their paid concerts — the
receipts amounting to nearly $740.
Preliminary to a flying trip to Boston to give a
concert in the Music Hall, in connection with the
annual Methodist Reunion, Mr. Beecher wrote to a
Boston friend : '* They will charm any audience,
sure ; they make their mark by giving the ' spirituals '
and plantation hymns as only they can sing them
who know how to keep time to a master's whip.
Our people have been delighted." And in a lecture
which he delivered in Boston just before their com-
ing Mr. Beecher took occasion to advise everybody
to attend.
Dr. Cuyler wrote to the New York Tribune of
their concert in his church, the Lafayette Avenue
GOOD PROSPECTS. 31
Presbyterian of Brooklyn : " I never saw a cultivated
Brooklyn assemblage so moved and melted under
the magnetism of music before. The wild melodies
of these emancipated slaves touched the fount of
tears, and gray-haired men wept like little children.
Their wonderful skill was put to the severest test
when they attempted * Home, Sweet Home,' before
auditors who had heard those same household words
from the lips of Jenny Lind and Parepa. Yet these
emancipated bond-women — now that they know
what the word * home ' signifies — rendered that dear
old song with a power and pathos never surpassed.
Allow me to bespeak a universal welcome through
the North for these living representatives of the only
true native school of American music. We have
long enough had its coarse caricatures in corked
faces ; our people can now listen to the genuine
soul-music of the slave cabins, before the Lord led
his children ' out of the land of Egypt, out of the
house of bondage ! ' "
The news of their successes at this metropolitan
centre of business enterprise, social culture, and
Christian wor^, layed out, of course, in every direc-
tion. Thenceforward a part of the heavy load that
they had previously carried steadily grew lighter, —
the labor of creating a demand for their entertain-
ments wherever they offered them. Their enterprise
was nearly out of debt, and the company were in
that excellent working order which such an inspirit-
ing change in their prospects might be expected to
promote. A campaign through the principal towns
of Connecticut was planned. Rev. G. D. Pike, one
of the district secretaries of the American Missionary
32 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
Association, as well as its other officers, had been
actively interested in the work in and about New
York. As Connecticut was in his district, he offered
the Singers his services on this trip, which his spe-
cial acquaintance with the field, as well as his busi-
ness tact and energy, made most welcome. High
hopes were cherished that they might be able to
raise $500 a week above their expenses.
CHAPTER V.
SUCCESS AT LAST.
This campaign was a succession of triumph?.
The Singers, with their experiences of the last three
months so vividly in remembrance, seemed to them-
selves to be walking in a dream. Mr. White had
expected success, but even he had not daredto hope
for such a success as this. Ministers everywhere —
and especially those who had cheered the Singers at
Oberlin with their applause and contributions, and
so felt a sort of proprietary interest m the work —
gave themselves enthusiastically to promote arrange-
ments for their concerts. And the audiences that
crowded the churches and halls where they sang did
not seem to be content merely with contributing an
admission fee to their funds.
Almost a furore for making them presents broke
out, and spread from town to town as they went.
At Bristol, famous for its manufacture of clocks, a
gentleman pledged a supply of that useful article
for the new Hall on its completion. At Winsted,
another manufacturing centre, a few friends pro-
mised a bell. The Douglass Manufacturing Co., at
Middletown, asked the party to take from its cata-
logue whatever goods the University might need.
The Mcriden Britannia Co. gave them a full outfit
34 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
of silver ware for the dining-hall ; another Merlden
firm contributed gas fixtures ; and a president of one
of the Meriden banks sent word that while he could
not invite them to take us much as they might need
from the bank, yet if they would call he would make
them a present of $ioo.
Several gentlemen in Birmingham contributed $50
each to fit up a '' Birmingham Recitation Room" in
the new building. At the concert in Waterbury, two
gentlemen sent up $200; and the contributions, in
cash and valuables, at the concert in New Haven
amounted to $500.
Here at New Haven the enthusiasm seemed to
touch high-water mark. Two of the principal hotels
had declined to entertain the Singers on account of
their color. The fact became public through the
papers, and some of the famiHes of highest social
position in the city at once opened their doors to
receive them. Their concert was announced for
Thursday evening. By Tuesday morning all the de-
sirable seats were sold. Rev. Heniy Ward Beecher
was advertised for a lecture on the same night. But
there was so little demand for the tickets that Thurs-
day's papers announced that the lecture would be
deferred on account of the concert ! Mr. Beecher
attended the concert and made one of his felicitous
speeches. No one was apparently more delighted
than he that a day had come in that university city
when, a company of freed slave singers could draw
an audience away from the greatest preacher and
lecturer in the land.
The admission receipts at this concert were over
1200. The collection taken for them the next
INSULTS AND HONORS. 35
Sunday evening, in the Second Congregational
Church in Norwich, was the largest contribution
they had ever received at a Sunday service, and the
gross income of the last seven days of this Connect-
icut campaign exceeded $3900.
At the Sterling House, in Bridgeport, the party
were assigned to some of the best rooms in that first-
class hotel, and admitted to the same privileges in
the dining-room as the most aristocratic guests.
The answer of the proprietor, when asked if his
boarders complained of such attentions to colored
people, was pithy and to the point, "/ keep this
hotel, sir!"
At Norwich they were the guests of Connecticut's
distinguished War Governor and Senator, the late
Hon. William A. Buckingham. But the very next
day they were turned out of a hotel in Newark, New
Jersey, by a publican who would have felt honored
by even a bow from Governor Buckingham on the
street. This tavern-keeper had inferred, it seems,
when accommodations were engaged for them in ad-
vance, that they were a company of '' nigger min-
strels." Although they had already retired to the
rooms assigned to them before he discovered that
their faces were colored by their Creator, and not
with burnt cork, he promptly drove them into the
street.
The outrage was the harder to bear because they
were in special need of rest ; for they had been
riding all night, and their nervous energies were
well-nigh exhausted after the draught which the un-
usual excitement and success of the last few weeks
had made upon them. The best citizens of Newark
36 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
visited their indignation without stint on the land-
lord. Some of his most valuable patrons immedi-
ately left the house ; and it is said that the city-
council took advantage of the favorable feeling
toward colored people thus stimulated to pass an
ordinance opening to them all the privileges of the
public schools.
A visit to Washington followed, which was no
exception to the success which had of late so stead-
ily attended them. The Vice-President, with his
family, and many members of Congress, came to
their concerts^. The President turned aside from
pressing public duties to give them audience at the
White House, assure them of his interest in their
work, and hear them sing, '' Go down, Moses."
" Parson Brownlow," the famous Unionist Senator
from their own State, was so ill as to be unable to
sit up, but received them in his sick-room, and cried
like a child as these emancipated slaves sang that
pleading, pathetic song of sorrow, —
" O Lord, O my Lord, O my good Lord!
Keep me from sinking down."
Returning again to New York, a series of concerts
culminated in two memorable gatherings at Stein-
way Hall. The platform each evening was occupied
by some of the most eminent divines of the metrop-
olis, and the gt 12X hall was filled with a delighted
audience in which the dite of the city was largely
represented. Many went away unable to obtain
seats.
By this time the business methods and machinery
of concert work had been thoroughly perfected. Mr.
Pike was relieved from the duties of his secretary-
SECRET OF THE SUCCESS. 37
ship to continue in this enterprise, for which he had
shown such aptitude, and which was to owe so much
of its subsequent success to his energy and sagacity.
There was need that Miss Wells should return to
her school in Alabama ; and Miss Susan Gilbert,
who had been for some years in the service of the
Association in North Carolina, and afterwards at its
home office, took her place.
The Singers at last had the tide in their favor.
They were now so well known that they did not
need to sing to half-filled halls until they could
make a reputation. Their songs were unique, and
people did not tire of hearing them over and over
again. Thanks to Mr. White's unusual skill, both
in choosing voices and drilling them, their singing,
as all the critics agreed, was something wonderful in
its harmony, power, and bell-like sweetness.
Their history as emancipated slaves touched the
interest and sympathy of the public, particularly
that part of it which had been interested in the
great anti-slavery struggle. And last, but by no
means least, in accounting for their success, they
furnished a refined and wholesome entertainment,
which Christian people who did not care to visit
the theatre and kindred places of amusement could
attend and enjoy. There was need of, and a wide
demand for, just such healthful and elevating diver-
sion as these concerts afforded.
Beginning with several concerts in Boston, they
now visited successively the more prominent points
in Massachusetts and Rhode Island, and a number
of places in Maine, New Hampshire, and Vermont,
meeting everywhere an enthusiasm and a helriful-
38 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
ness from friends not unlike that by which they
were borne through Connecticut the month pre-
vious.
Among the presents received in Boston was a
$1000 organ for the University, from Smith Broth-
ers. Hon. A. C. Barstow of Providence had heard
them at OberHn, and tendered them the use of his
beautiful music-hall at that city, where their con-
certs were one repeated ovation. Returning to the
same city some days subsequently, after singing at
Worcester, Lawrence, Lowell, Lynn, Wakefield, An-
dover, Cambridgeport, Taunton, and other points,
another concert yielded them about $1000.
At Andover and Taunton the good-will of the
people took the shape of contributions for the pur-
chase of books for the University library. Reach-
ing Boston again, $1235 was taken in at a matme'c
on Saturday afternoon, the largest sum ever realized
up to that time from the admission receipts alone of
any one entertainment.
Their songs, which had been written out for the
first time by Prof. Theodore F. Seward, the distin-
guished teacher and composer, and published in
book form, were sold by hundreds at their concerts,
and hills and valleys, parlors and halls, wherever
they went, were vocal with the Jubilee melodies.
After a week spent in Cambridge, Chelsea, Salem,
and Newburyport, they visited Portland, Maine,
where the Council tendered them the free use of the
city hall. Remunerative concerts followed at Con-
cord and Hanover, New Hampshire ; St. Johnsbury,
Vermont ; and Springfield, Massachusetts, the latter
yielding $1050. With a night at Troy, New York
HOME AG Am. 39
and another at Poughkeepsie, the first season's
singing campaign closed. The fruit of these three
months' work was $20,000, more than three times
as much as their enthusiasm had dared hope for
when starting out from New York on the Connecti-
cut campaign.
It was a tired but light-hearted party that now
started homeward. They had bought first-class
tickets from New York to Nashville, and on arriving
at the station in Louisville early in the morning,
entered the unoccupied sittingroom assigned to
first-class passengers. A railway employe, coming
along soon afterwards, gave notice that " niggers"
were not allowed in that room, and ordered the
party out. Mr. White claimed the right to keep
his company there by virtue of their tickets, and
declined to leave until turned out by some responsi-
ble authority. Thereupon a policeman was brought,
who, with angry profanity, ejected them from the
room, amid the applause of a cursing mob of one
or two thousand people. The superintendent of the
road, however, as he has made a habit of doing ever
since when the party have had occasion to pass on
his line, placed a first-class car at their disposal.
The novel sight of such a carriage with colored
faces at almost every window made a sensation at
every station where they stopped.
The company was received at the University with
a joy and thanksgiving that cannot be described.
They had gone forth weeping; but they returned
bringing their sheaves with them — a marvellous
harvest after those months of marvellous patience,
privation, and triumph
CHAPTER VI.
THE SECOND CAMPAIGN.
Under God's blessing their labors had saved the
University from suspending, or even curtailing, its
work. But their success, so far, in raising money,
was chiefly valuable as evidence that a way had been
found for obtaining the much larger sum that the
necessities of the growing work required. The
Singers had received an invitation to participate in
the second World's Peace Jubilee, to be held in Bos-
ton in June. Stopping in Nashville little more than
a week, they again took the field. Giving a few
concerts in Illinois, Michigan, and Ohio, they went
on to Boston. Parts had been assigned them on
the programmes of several days' exercises. The
immense audience of 40,000 people was gathered
from all parts of the land ; and the color prejudice
that had followed the Singers everywhere reappeared
here in the shower of brutal hisses that greeted their
first appearance. But the air of that radical New
England city is not kindly to colorphobia, and a
delug-e of applause answered and drowned the in-
sult. And a day or two after the Singers had a
proud revenge.
Mrs. Julia Ward Howe's stirring lyric, ''The Bat-
tle-hymn of the Republic," was on the programme,
AN INSULT ANSWERED. 4t
to be sung to the air of *' John Brown." The first
verses were to be taken by some colored singers of
Boston. But for some unexplained reason the key
was given to the orchestra in E-fiat, cruelly high
under such circumstances, and the first verses were
a painful failure. The Jubilee Singers were to come
in with the verse beginning
"He hath sounded forth the trumpet that shall never call retreat."
Fired by the remembrance of their reception on
the previous day, and feeling that to some extent
the reputation of their color was at stake, they sang
as if inspired. Mr. White's masterly drill had made
easy to them the high notes on which the others had
failed. Every word of that first line rang through
the great Coliseum as if sounded out of a trumpet.
The great audience were carried away on a whirl-
wind of delight ; the trained musicians in the or-
chestra bent forward in forgetfulness of their parts ;
and one old German was conspicuous, holding his
violoncello above his head with one hand, and whack-
ing out upon it his applause with the bow held in
the other.
When the grand old chorus, " Glory, glory, halle-
lujah," followed, with a swelling volume of music
from the great orchestra, the thunder of the bands,
and the roar of the artillery, the scene was inde-
scribable. Twenty thousand people were on their
feet. Ladies waved their handkerchiefs. Men threw
their hats in the air, and the Coliseum rang with
cheers and shouts of " The Jubilees! The Jubilees
forever!" Mr. Gilmore brought the Singers from
their place below, and massed them upon his own
platform, where they sang the remaining verses.
42 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
Mr. White has never quite forgiven himself that
he did not answer the thunderous encore that fol-
lowed with *' John Brown" in the original version !
Musically speaking, it was the greatest triumph of
their career, and they never recall it yet without a
gleaming eye and quickened pulse. It was worth
more than a Congressional enactment in bringing
that audience to the true ground on the question of
" civil rights."
The number of the Singers had been increased to
fourteen, with a view to division into two companies
when it was desired to visit the smaller places where
it would not pay to take the full number ; and the
rest of the summer was spent in rest and drill at
Acton, Mass. A faithful trial, during the fall, of
the experiment of two small companies little more
than paid expenses ; and at New Year's Day the
troupe was reorganized, to consist of eleven mem-
bers, as follows : Ella Sheppard, Maggie L. Porter,
Jennie Jackson, Mabel Lewis, Minnie Tate, Georgia
Gordon, Julia Jackson, Thomas Rutling, Edmund
Watkins, Benjamin M. Holmes, and Isaac P. Dick-
erson.
A busy and successful campaign of three months
followed. The Singers received a letter, drawn up
at the suggestion of their distinguished and faithful
friend, Hon. George H. Stuart of Philadelphia, and
signed by such representative citizens as Mr. Stuart,
Jay Cooke, Rev. Dr. Hawes, Bishop Simpson, Rev.
Dr. Newton, John Wanamaker, etc., inviting them
to visit that city.
The Academy of Music, one of the finest halls in
the United States, had been refused a few months
THE VISIT TO PHILADELPHIA. 43
before for an address by a United States senator,
because he was a black man. But the names of the
distinguished citizens by whose invitation the Sing-
ers came to the city were sufficient to secure it for
their concerts ; and the fact that they were the first
representatives of the colored race to occupy that
platform gave a special significance to the occasion.
The great building was thronged night after night,
and it was one of the most profitable series of con-
certs ever given by the Singers.
Application had been made to several of the lead-
ing hotels for the entertainment of the party. But
no hotel-keeper had been found v/ith the convictions
and courage to risk the odium he might incur if he
admitted colored guests, and they had been com-
pelled to take up inconvenient and insufficient quar-
ters in a small boarding-house. This fact being
mentioned at one of the concerts, the proprietor of
the Continental, the best hotel in the city, who was
absent when application was made at his office, at
once announced that the Singers were welcome to as
good accommodations as his house afforded. Sub-
sequently he entertained them in the best manner,
and at a generous reduction from regular rates.
While stopping at the Continental, the house-
keeper one day kindly escorted the party on a semi-
subterranean tour through the kitchen and other
working departments of the great hotel. They were
much interested in the novel sight, and asked per-
mission to invite the working force of the hotel to
their dining-room, that they might sing for them.
Word came to the guests of the hotel of what was
going on, and they gathered about the doors of the
44 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
crowded room, begging that the concert might be
adjourned to the larger dining-room. The Singers
acquiesced on condition that their invited hearers,
white and black, should have the front places. There
probably was never a Jubilee concert that gave more
pleasure to the occupants of the " reserved seats ;"
nor to the rest of the audience, for that matter.
At a concert to be given soon after, in the Ma-
sonic Hall, Baltimore, a city noted for its intense
pro-slavery feeling, the ticket-seller, acting in accord-
ance with Baltimore usages, had taken upon himself
the responsibility of refusing to sell reserved seats
to colored people. This came to the ears of the
company when they reached the city the day of the
concert, and one of the Singers was sent incognito to
the ticket-ofifice to buy a reserved seat, and test the
truth of the story. His application for a seat to
hear himself sing was refused !
Here was evidently a call to do a little missionary
work, as well as furnish some entertainment for the
people of Baltimore. The ticket-seller was relieved
from further duty, and notice was immediately given
that any well-behaved person could have any seat in
the hall by paying the advertised price for it. A
few colored people occupied reserved seats here and
there on the main floor, but it was never heard that
any one received harm from such a radical innova-
tion in Baltimore customs. The audience were ap-
parently so interested in the singing that they for-
got to study the color of their neighbors' faces.
The Singers were accustomed to being refused
entertainment at hotels because of their color.^ This
was not always, however, for fear merely of offend-
FIGHTING THE CASTE SPIRIT. 45
ing other guests. In one case, in Illinois, the hotel
servants squarely refused to wait on the '-'■ nagurs,"
as they pronounced the word, and the Singers were
their own boot-blacks and chamber-maids. At an-
other hotel the landlord met a similar refusal by pay-
ing the mutineers their wages and sending them en-
viasse into the street.
But the most offensive manifestation of caste prej-
udice that ever flaunted itself in the face of the party
occurred during this campaign, at Princeton, N. J.
They had been invited by President McCosh, and
other members of the Faculty of Princeton College,
to visit the place, and one of the churches had been
tendered them for their concert. A little while be-
fore it was time for the concert to begin, they
learned that an out-of-the-way corner of the church
had been set aside for colored people, and that they
were refused admission to any other part of the
house. An estimable lady, who was a teacher in a
colored mission school, had bought reserved seats for
her class; but they, too, were compelled to take
their place in the colored quarter under the gallery,
regardless of the contract involved in the tickets
which they held. The singers were so indignant
that they would gladly have given up the concert.
The fact that so many old friends of the slave had
come from long distances to hear them alone per-
suaded them to go on.
During two seasons of concerts they had never
before been subjected to this indignity, even in a
public hall ; that it should be offered in a church of
Christ was a grievance not to be passed over in si-
lence, and Mr. White took occasion, in an interval
46 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
of the concert, to characterize it in the terms it de-
served. It was plainer preaching on that subject,
probably, than had ever been heard in that church
before. And most of those who greeted it with
their angry hisses have doubtless already lived long
enough to be heartily ashamed of them.
A tract of twenty-five acres, on a commanding
site overlooking the city of Nashville, had been
purchased for the permanent location of Fisk Uni-
versity. During the war the eminence had been
crowned by Fort Gillem, one of the encircling line
of fortifications that had defended the city in the
memorable contests that had raged around it. The
students had worked with the laborers to level the
earthworks, and the foundations had been laid for a
noble building for university purposes, to be called
Jubilee Hall.
The project of visiting England with a view to
raising funds for its completion, had been for some
time under prayerful consideration. During the
winter campaign it was decided to start early in the
spring, and the closing work of the season took the
shape of farewell concerts in New York, Brooklyn,
Boston, Providence, and elsewhere. One given in
Boston, March 26th, in response to a request signed
by Governor Claflin, Wendell Phillips, William Lloyd
Garrison, Rev. E. E. Hale, Dr. Kirk, Phillips Brooks,
and several other eminent citizens, was the most suc-
cessful, financially, that the Singers had ever given
in that city.
And so the winter's work drew to a close. Its net
result was the addition of another $20,000 to their
fund, making $40,000 that they had now secured.
PREPARING TO GO ABROAD. 47
With exultation and thankfulness as they thought
of past success, and with high hopes for the future,
preparations were at once made for the visit to Great
Britain. Very cordial letters of introduction, com-
mending the music and mission of the Singers, were
given by the governors of five of the New England
States, Rev. Henry Ward Beecher, Hon. George H.
Stuart, George Macdonald, — then on a lecturing tour
in America, — and other influential friends. An open
letter from Governor Brown of Tennessee, bespeak-
ing favor for their work, was especially valuable as
coming from the chief magistrate of a common-
wealth that was so recently a slave State.
They were not to get away, however, without still
another conflict with caste prejudices. Cabin ac-
commodations were refused the party by one after
another of the leading ocean steamship lines. At
last an application to the Cunard agents at Boston
met with ready success; and when the Singers
stepped on the deck of the good steamer Batavia, it
was to enter upon a year's experience where such
annoyances were to be unknown.
CHAPTER VII.
THE FIRST VISIT TO LONDON.
A STUDY of the situation, on Mr. Pike's arrival in
London in advance of the Singers, made it at once
apparent that the indorsement and patronage of dis-
tinguished people, which had been such a helpful
feature of the work in America, were still more indis-
pensable to an early and large success in England.
Under a favoring Providence, the letters of intro-
duction previously mentioned speedily opened the
way to all of the assistance of this sort that could
have been hoped for.
The Earl of Shaftesbury, than whom no man in
any station, on either side of the Atlantic, has given
his life more untiringly and unselfishly to every spe-
cies of philanthropic effort, at once manifested much
interest in the enterprise. There was no one else
in the kingdom whose rank, relations, and reputation
would combine to make him such a valuable patron
and friend. He was President of the Freedmen's
Missions Aid Society, the English organization aux-
iliary to the American Missionary Association. In
accordance with his advice, arrangements were made
for a private concert at Willis's Rooms on the after-
noon of the 6th of May. Cards of invitation, issued
in the name of the Earl of Shaftesbury and the Com-
THE FIRST VISIT TO LONDON. 49
mittee of the Society, were sent to the nobility,
members o'' ParHament, the leading clergymen of
different denominations, editors, and other persons
of influence likely to be interested in such a cause.
The visit to London had been timed with a view to
reaching the influential ministers and laymen from
all parts of the kingdom who throng there during
the May anniversaries. Mr. Pike — and Rev. James
Powell, who, being of English birth and used to
English ways, had come with him to aid in launching
the enterprise in foreign waters — had spent nearly
a month in stirring up an interest through the press
and in private effort.
When the time for the concert came the hall was
filled with a distinguished assemblage. The Singers,
keenly eager to justify the promises made on their
behalf, did their best.
Before the programme was half finished they had
carried their audience by storm. At the close con-
gratulations were lavished upon them, and offers of
cooperation were abundant. The Duke and Duchess
of Argyll were foremost in expressing a desire to
assist them, and before leaving the hall, arranged
for a visit of the Singers to Argyll Lodge the next
day. The leading dailies, the Times, the Standard,
the News, the Telegraph, on the next morning gave
cordial praise of the entertainment. Through this
first concert, and the distinguished hospitalities to
which it led, the Singers found themselves at once
introduced to the British public under the most fav-
oring auspices. '
The visit to Argyll Lodge was destined to be a
more notable event than they, even in their great
4
50 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
gratincation at what was apparent in the invitation,
couid at all foresee. The kind attentions with which
they were received in the drawing-room were strik-
ingly in contrast with their experiences of recent
date in American hotels and railway stations. But
what was their surprise and delight to learn, after a
little time pleasantly spent in conversation with
their noble hosts and other guests, that the Queen
had been asked to be present and was expected
soon !
They had been told, again and again, that if they
could but sing before the Queen their success would
be assured. But how to secure her notice for a
company of young freed people, singers who had
nothing of more renown to offer than the prayer-
meeting hymns which they had learned in bondage,
was a problem on which no light whatever had been
cast until it lay suddenly solved before them.
Soon after her Majesty's arrival the Duke in-
formed them that she would be pleased to see them
in an adjoining room. At his request they sang,
first, '^ Steal away to Jesus ;" then chanted the
Lord's Prayer, and sang " Go down, Moses." The
Queen listened with manifest pleasure, and, as they
withdrew, communicated through the Duke her
thanks for the gratification they had given her.
There was no stage parade or theatric pomp in the
scene ; but the spectacle of England's Queen coming
from* her palace to listen to the songs which these
humble students learned in their slave cabins, and
that not merely for her own entertainment, but to
encourage them in their efforts to lift up their fellow
freed people, was worthy a place in history.
DISTINGUISHED HOSPITALITIES. $1
Other hospitalities made the next three months of
their stay in London memorable. Probably no pri-
vate party of Americans was ever before treated
with such distinguished attention. It was not pos-
sible for them to accept all of the invitations of this
nature which they received. While at Argyll Lodge
Dean Stanley invited them to visit the Deanery at
Westminster Abbey, a pleasure which they realized
a few days after.
An afternoon was spent at the delightful home of
Samuel Gurney, the distinguished Quaker abolition-
ist, near Regent's Park, introducing the Singers to a
large party who were Friends in truth as well as
name. To no one did the mission of the Singers
mean more than to the noble circle of Quakers, who
had all their lives long been such devoted friends of
the oppressed.
Mr. George Macdonald, the distinguished novel-
ist, gave them a welcome invitation to his beautiful
home on the banks of the Thames, on the occasion
of one of his annual garden parties — a scriptural
gathering of the poor and the lame whom he brings
out from the crowded London tenements every sum-
mer for a day's outing under the trees. No one
could have enjoyed more than the Singers the op-
portunity of contributing to its success.
But the most distinguished attentions of this sort
which they received came through the kind offices
of Rev. Newman Hall, in mentioning the Singers to
Mr. and Mrs. Gladstone. The latter were to give a
lunch at their residence, Carlton House Terrace, to
the Prince and Princess of Wales, and other mem-
bers of the royal family. The Singers were invited
52 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
to be present and chant the Lord's Prayer, as &.
grace before lunch, and contribute in any other way
that might seem desirable to the entertainment of
the occasion. Standing in one of the alcoves of the
dining-room, they had been unobserved by most of
the company until the sweet harmony of that fine
Gregorian chant stole through the room. Then ex-
planations passed from one to another of the guests,
and there was a call for more singing. Along with
other pieces, "John Brown" was given, awakening
that special enthusiasm with which English hearers
have always received it. The Prince of Wales,
looking over the book of songs, called for '' No more
auction-block for me ;" and Mrs. Gladstone asked,
as a special favor to the Grand Duchess Czarevna,
whose imperial father-in-law had emancipated the
serfs in Russia, that *' John Brown" might be re-
peated. Special interest was manifested in the
Singers, and many questions were asked of them,
and many encouraging words spoken by the distin-
guished guests. Among those present, beside the
royal family, were the Duke of Sutherland, the
Duke and Duchess of Argyll, Earl Granville, and
other members of the nobility; Count Munster, Mr.
Motley, and other representatives of the diplomatic
corps ; the Hon. John Bright, the Bishop of Win-
chester — son of the great Wilberforce, Mrs. Jenny
Lind Goldschmidt, and others.
But this was not all of their good fortune at the
hands of the Prime Minister. A few days after a
note was received, in which Mr. Gladstone said, " I
beg you to accept the assurances of the great pleas-
iire which the Jubilee Singers gave on Monday to
GUESTS OF MR. GLADSTONE. 53
our illustrious guests, and to all who heard them. I
should wish to offer a little present in books in ac-
knowledgment of their kindness, and in connection
with the purposes, as they have announced, of their
visit to England. It has occurred to me that per-
haps they might like to breakfast with us, my family
and a very few friends, but I would not ask this
unless it is thoroughly agreeable to them." The
note closed with suggesting a day on which he would
be glad to entertain the party.
The invitation was of course gladly accepted.
Aside from the especial help it might give them in
their immediate work, it was felt that such atten-
tions to a company of colored people, just out of
bondage, by the Prime Minister of Great Britain,
was a rebuke to the caste spirit in America that
would do great good. Their first visit to Carlton
House Terrace was to eatertain its guests, now they
were to be themselves its guests. Mr. Gladstone
had spent the night at Chiselhurst, and was in such
poor health that he had, by his physician's order,
excused himself from attending the banquet to be
given at the Mansion House that evening by the
Lord Mayor to the Ministry. Nevertheless, he
rode in twenty-five miles that morning to keep his
appointment to meet his negro friends at breakfast.
Several members of the Cabinet and of Parliament,
with ladies of the nobility, were also among the
guests. The Singers were distributed between them
at the table, and were the recipients of the kind and
assiduous attentions of all. Writing an account of
the occasion for the New York Independent^ the
Rev. Newman Hall, alluding to the color prejudices
54 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
of SO many Americans, said: " I wish they had been
present yesterday, to see Mrs. Gladstone and her
daughters, and the noble lords and ladies present,
taking their negro friends by the hand, placing them
chairs, sitting at their side, pouring out their tea,
etc., and conversing with them in a manner utterly
free from any approach either to pride or condescen-
sion ; but exactly as if they had been white people
in their own rank in life. And this not as an effort,
nor for the show of it, but from, a habit of social
intercourse which would have rendered any other
conduct perfectly impossible."
After breakfast Mr. Gladstone showed to his
guests some of the principal objects of interest in
his collection of art treasures, explaining them in
his fascinating style. '' Then," to quote Mr. Hall's
account once more, *'all the party being gathered in
the drawing-room, the Jub'lee Singers entertained
us with their wonderful mus'C. First we had ^ John
Brown.' I never heard them sing it as they did
yesterday. It was not the music alone, but the
features of the singers also which made it so im-
pressive. Their eyes flashed ; their countenances
told of reverence and joy and gratitude to God.
Never shall I forget Mr. Gladstone's rapt, enthusi-
astic attention. His form was bent forward, his
eyes were riveted ; all the intellect and soul of his
great nature seemed expressed in his countenance ;
and when they had finished he kept saying, ' Isn't
it wonderful ? I never heard anything like it ! ' The
tender, thrilling words and music of ' Oh, how I love
Jesus!' brought tears to the eyes of the listeners;
and when they closed with the Lord's Prayer, all
DINNER OF THE CONGREGATIONAL UNION 55
the company, led by Mr. Gladstone, reverently stood
with bowed heads in worship.
"Just before leaving the room, they sang, ' Good-
by, brother ; good-by, sister ; ' which went to every
heart. As brothers and sisters, the Premier and
Mrs. Gladstone, with their guests, bade them fare-
well. It was just noon when we passed through the
hall, where several persons were waiting on official
business to see the Premier, who, doubtless, from
that time till late at night was anxiously occupied
with public affairs, but whose morning was given up
to his negro friends with such heartiness and leis-
ure of mind that a stranger m.ight suppose he was,
of all present, the one whose time was most his
own."
Subsequently Mr. Gladstone sent them a valuable
present of books for the University library ; as did
Mr. Motley, in accordance with a promise made to
them on their first visit to Carlton House Terrace.
Several other occasions served to introduce the
Singers to the public, in a way that gave them spe-
cial assistance in their work afterwards. By the
kind assistance of Dr. AUon, and one or two other
friends, arrangements were made for them to appear
at the annual dinner of the Congregational Union.
Six or seven hundred leading ministers and laymen
from all parts of the kingdom were present, and
gave rapturous applause to one after another of the
songs. As at Oberlin, this served as a favorable in-
troduction to the denomination throughout the whole
country. The promises of cooperation v/ere many,
and were well kept.
At the anniversary of the Freedmen's Missions
56 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
Aid Society the Singers were advertised as one of
the attractions, and the hall was much too small.
to hold all who came. Lord Shaftesbury presided.
The venerable Dr. Moffat was among the speakers,
and eloquently testified to the renewed hope he had
for Africa as he listened to the Jubilee Singers. He
had been *' holding his tiny rushlight amidst the
desolations of that continent, and holding it with the
feeling that his efforts were almost futile." But as
he thought of the trained missionaries who might
yet be raised up among the emancipated slaves of
America, he saw light ahead. Here again the '' John
Brown" song electrified the audence. As the stir-
ring refrain rang out,
" John Brown died that the slave might be free !"
the dense audience rose to their feet, hats and hand-
kerchiefs waved in the air, and the deafening ap-
plause was kept up until the Singers answered with
" God Save the Queen."
The American Missionary Association, in its work
among the freedmen, had always taken strong ground
against the use of liquor — a position which Chris-
tian people in England do not always take. The
National Temperance League therefore looked upon
the Singers as allies in its work, and gave them a
cordial welcome to their annual sotj-ee at the Cannon
Street Terminus Hotel. Such was the eagerness to
hear tjiem, after they had filled the parts assigned
them on the programme, that the other exercises
were shortened to give them more time for singing.
At the great annual fete of the League at the
Crystal Palace in July, the free use of the opera-
A PERPLEXING QUESTION. 57
house was tendered to the Singers for a concert,
and all the advertising was done for them by the
committee, without charge. The great event ol
this occasion, which was attended by thousands of
excursionists from all parts of the kingdom, was the
concert given in the central transept, by a choir of
five thousand children, under the management of
Mr. Frederick Smith. The audience was immense.
At the close of the programme the Jubilees came
upon the platform and sang one or two songs. One
of them, of course, was " John Brown," and at the
last verse Mr. Smith suddenly rapped up his army
of singers to join in the chorus. The effect was
very fine, and the song closed with round after
round of long-continued applause.
These occasions, however, added little to the Ju-
bilee Fund, valuable as they were in the way of ad-
vertising for their future work. The best method
of raising money was, in fact, a perplexing question.
Friends generally advised free concerts with collec-
tions at the close. But experience with this plan in
America was not at all encouraging. And, with one
or two exceptions, in the few cases where it was
tried the collection did not usually yield them more
than one half as much as would have been received
if the same audience had paid the common price for
tickets. One of these exceptions was a concert of
a semi-private character, planned by Dr. Allon, and
given in his chapel at Islington. Special cards of
invitation were sent out, on which the mission of the
Singers was explained, and the fact stated that a
contribution would be taken up for their work. Of
this concert Dr. Allon wrote to Rev. Henry Ward
58 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
Beecher : " The desire to hear them was so great
that three times the number of tickets printed were
appHed for. There was a great and most enthu-
siastic crowd. The collection produced about ^80.
Since then the interest in them has been growing,
and they will certainly have a hearty reception now
that they are about to visit the provincial cities
and towns of the kingdom. Their songs produce
a strange, weird effect. Notwithstanding the oc-
casional dash of negro familiarity and quaintness of
expression, they are full of religious earnestness and
pathos, and one loses all sense of oddity in the feel-
ing of real and natural piety. It will greatly help
them that their performance is such as the most fas-
tidious will not hesitate to welcome in our churches."
Dr. AUon's high standing, both as a Christian min-
ister and as an editor of works to promote the ser-
vice of song in the churches, gave to his testimony
special value.
The singing in the Nonconformist churches being
generally congregational, there seemed to be no
opportunity for the Singers to take that special part
in the Sabbath services to which they had become
so much accustomed in America, and in which it
was believed that they had done no little good. An
invitation from Rev. Newman Hall, therefore, to
sing at his morning service in Surrey Chapel was
specially welcome as opening the way to such work.
The/ were seated near the pulpit, and their singing
both before and after the sermon seemed to be re-
garded by the congregation as every way befitting
the Lord's house and its worship.
There were special reasons why it would be better
AT MR. SPURGEON'S TABERNACLE. 59
to give concerts in public halls, where the people of
all denominations could meet on a common footing
and with equal interest in the work. But it was
foreseen that it would often be impossible to secure
suitable assembly-rooms of this sort. And as it was
by no means common to open even Nonconformist
chapels to gatherings where an admission fee was
charged, Mr. Hall was again of timely service to the
company by his offer of Surrey Chapel to them for
a paid concert. A crowded audience attended, and
the precedent thus established was of much value.
Concerts were given in these days at St. James's
Hall and other places of repute for first-class enter,
tainments. But the expenses were so large as to
eat up most of the receipts. The concerts in chap-
els paid better, enlisting as they did, in the case
of strong city churches, a corps of co-workers in
the congregation who were usually sure to fill the
house.
The most notable of these was the one given in
Mr. Spurgeon's Tabernacle. Mr. Spurgeon had
signified, in his hearty way, his interest in their
mission, and had tendered them the use of his large
church. The Sunday previous to the concert they
attended service there, and at the close tarried to
shake hands with the great preacher. While wait-
ing their turn in the room adjoining that where Mr.
Spurgeon receives his visitors, some of the people
present asked for a song. The Singers, with tender
and earnest feeling, sang, " O brothers, don't stay
away." They had scarcely finished when Mr. Spur_
geon summoned them into his room. He had heard
the song, and was so affected by it that he wanted
6o THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
them to attend the evening service and repeat it
there.
'' I do not know whether you will approve or not,'*
he said to his people in commencing the service,
*' but it seems to me it is the right thing, and I will
take the risk. After the morning service I heard
the Jubilee Singers sing a piece, ' O brothers, don't
stay away, for my Lord says there's room enough
in the heavens for you.' I found tears coming in
my eyes ; and looking at my deacons I found theirs
very moist too. That song suggested my text and
my sermon to-night. Now as a part of the sermon,
I am going to ask them to sing it, for they preach
in the singing ; and may the Spirit of God send
home this word to some to-night — some who may
remember their singing if they forget my preach-
>>
mg.
Then followed the singing, so clear and strong as
to reach every person in the great audience of five
or six thousand people, and Mr. Spurgeon preached
with great effect from the text, '•'■ It is done as thou
hast commanded, and yet there is room." In giving
notice of the concert on Wednesday, he added the
exhortation, " O brothers, don't stay away." And
his counsel was well heeded. It was advertised that
the doors would be open at seven o'clock, but long
before that the crowds about the gates were such
that it was necessary to open them to avoid blockad-
ing t*he street, and the attendance was estimated at
seven thousand. Every song, with the inspiration
and enthusiasm of such an audience, was a triumph.
At the close, Mr. Spurgeon said : '' Now our friends
are going to Scotland, and I have told them to come
INVITATION TO COME AGAIN. 6 1
here and hold their first concert when they return to
London. They have come to Great Britain to raise
;^6ooo: they will do it; and if they want ;^6ooo
more, let them come back to this country again, and
we will give it to them."
CHAPTER VIII.
A BUSY WINTER IN GREAT BRITAIN.
The Singers had spent over three months in Lon-
don, and arrangements were now made for a tour in
Scotland, with a visit to a few of the larger cities on
the way.
Hull, the birthplace of Wilberforce, was reached,
by a pleasant coincidence, on the first of August, the
anniversary of emancipation in the British colonies.
Here it was decided to try the plan adopted at Dr.
Allon's chapel in Islington, and find how it would
work in the provinces. Fifteen hundred invitations
to a concert in the Hope Street Chapel were sent
out to those most likely to be interested. The col-
lection, which seemed a very large one to the friends
who had charge of the arrangements, amounted to
about £^2. When it was explained that not less
than ;^ioo ought to be realized from each evening's
work, if the mission to Great Britain was to be a
success, some of the good friends insisted on another
trial, with an admission fee. When the time came,
Hen^ler's Cirque, in spite of a rainy evening, and to
the delight of all, was crowded, and the receipts were
£\AO.
Sitting by his window at the hotel in Hull on
Sunday evening, and noting the tide of people flow-
OFF FOR SCOTLAND 63
ing idly by, Mr. White proposed an extempore relig-
ious service for their benefit. Taking the base of
the King William monument as a platform, Mr.
Pike preached and the Singers sang of the love of
Christ to a crowd that filled the street farther than
the voice of either speaker or singer could be heard.
Tears trickled down the cheeks of many to whom
the sound of prayer or religious song was apparently
almost unknown.
In Scarborough, a free concert yielded a collection
of about £(^0 and on Sunday the Singers sang, in
a heavy rain, to a Sunday-school gathering of four
thousand people on the green. At Newcastle, Rev.
H. T. Robjohns had so thoroughly worked up the
public interest that every seat was sold before it was
time for the concert to commence. At Sunderland,
Moody and Sankey had been holding meetings not
long before, at the beginning of what afterwards be-
came such a famous work, and the special interest
thus awakened in religious song prepared the way
for the Singers. J. Candlish, Esq., M.P., presided,
the ministers of the different denominations were
advertised as patrons, and the large Victoria Hall
was filled before many who wished to attend could
obtain admission.
Lord Shaftesbury, with characteristic kindness and
foresight, had given the Singers a cordial letter of
introduction to his friend, John Burns, Esq., of the
Cunard Steamship Line, at Glasgow. Mr. Burns's
sympathies were at once awakened, and he arranged
for a garden party at Castle Wemyss, his residence
on Wemyss Bay. Invitations were sent out to four
hundred persons of prominence and influence in
64 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
the west of Scotland ; and Lord Shaftesbury, who
was also present, made a very effective appeal for
their cooperation in promoting the mission of the
Singers.
To crown these helpful efforts to forward their
work in Scotland, his lordship placed in Mr. Pike's
hands, before their departure from Castle Wemyss,
letters of introduction to the Lord Provost of Glas-
gow, and the Lord Provost of Edinburgh. Their
contents were at that time unknown. Least of all
was it suspected that they contained a proposal that
the authorities of Glasgow and Edinburgh should
vote a welcome to the Singers, and bring them be-
fore the public under the auspices of the "Lord
Provost, the magistrates, and the Town Council"
of these two leading cities ! Reports of this gath-
ering at Castle Wemyss had prominent place in the
daily papers, kindling a general desire to hear the
Singers.
A series of successful concerts followed. At Largs
the pastor of the Established (Presbyterian) Church
set a desirable precedent by opening his church for
a concert with an admission fee. The city authori-
ties at Greenock gave the Singers the use of the
town hall, which holds two thousand people. It
was densely crowded on two evenings with audi-
ences as sympathetic and enthusiastic as could be
desired.
As this was the season when many of the people
of the larger towns in Scotland were at the summer
resorts, it was decided to pay a short visit to Ireland.
Letters from Mr. Burns, and the indorsement of the
Hon. George II. Stuart, who is held in high regard
THE RECEPTION AT EDINBURGH. 65
in that country of his birth, prepared the people to
welcome them. Dr. Henry, President of Queen's
College, presided at the first concert in Ulster Hall,
Belfast, and Rev. William Johnson, the Moderator
of the General Assembly, aided heartily in the sub-
sequent work there. At Londonderry their wel-
come accorded with the historic fame of that old,
liberty-loving town, so foremost in Protestant zeal
and good works.
Returning to Scotland, they were met with the
announcement that the authorities of Glasgow had
acted upon Lord Shaftesbury's suggestion, and voted
to invite them to give a concert at the city hall
under their official patronage. Looking backward
to the bondage and ostracism that was still so fresh
in their memory, such a thing, in that great city of
five hundred thousand people, seemed almost in-
credible. The city hall was full. The Lord Provost
presided, and beside him, on the platform, sat the
magistrates and leading clergymen of the city. The
Singers were eager to do their best, and the Lord
Provost in his closing remarks declared that he " never
attended a more delightful meeting."
Their reception at Edinburgh was equally hearty
and inspiring. The authorities gave them a vote of
welcome. The Lord Provost presided at their first
concert, and afterwards gave a dinner-party in their
honor at his own residence. At Paisley a most
helpful friend was found in Sir Peter Coats, whose
name as a thread manufacturer is a household word
throughout the world, but whose highest praise where
he is personally known is his Christian philanthropy.
He entertained the Singers at his country-house on
S
66 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
the banks of the " bonny Doon," piloted them in
visits to the many places of historic and poetic in-
terest in that vicinity, attended personally to the
preliminary arrangements for and presided at their
concert. At Kilmarnock, Ayr, Aberdeen, Perth,
Dundee, and other cities, concerts were given that
were a series of triumphs. Many presents were made
in money and books for the University, and the peo-
ple everywhere vied with each other in showing a
most gracious hospitality.
From the first the Jubilee music was more or less
of a puzzle to the critics; and even among those who
sympathized with their mission, there was no little
difference of opinion as to the artistic merit of their
entertainments. Some could not understand the
reason for enjoying so thoroughly, as almost every
one did, these simple, unpretending songs. This
criticism led to the publication, by Mr. Colin Brown,
Ewing Lecturer on Music in the Andersonian Univer-
sity, Glasgow, of a series of articles, analyzing this
style of music, in which he said: *' The highest
triumph of art is to be natural. The singing of these
strangers is so natural that it does not at once strike
us how much of true art is in it, and how careful and
discriminating has been the training bestowed upon
them by their accomplished instructor and leader,
who, though retiring from public notice, deserves
great praise. Like the Swedish melodies of Jenny
Lind, it gives a new musical idea. It has been well
remarked that in some respects it disarms criticism,
in others it may be truly said that it almost defies it.
It was beautifully described by a simple Highland
girl, — ' It filled my whole heart ! ' The richness and
REVIVAL LABORS WITH MR. MOODY, 6 J
purity of tone, both in melody and harmony, the
contrast of light and shade, the varieties of gentle-
ness and grandeur in expression, and the exquisite
refinement of \\\q piano, as contrasted with the power
of i\\Q forte, fill us with delight, and at the same
time make us feel how strange it is that these un-
pretending singers should come over here to teach
us what is the true refinement of music, make us feel
its moral and religious power."
The labors of the Singers in connection with the
meetings of Messrs. Moody and Sankey were one oi
the most memorable features of this visit to the
North. They first met the evangelists at Newcastle
on-Tyne, and for some days lent daily assistance ii
the great work. Their songs were found to be es-
pecially adapted to promote the revival. One inci-
dent in connection with one of the noonday prayer-
meetings, of which Mr. Moody often spoke after-
wards, cannot be better told than in the words of
Rev. Mr. Robjohns : '' The Jubilee Singers had been
specially prayed for. A moment's pause, and there
went up in sweet, low notes a chorus as of angels.
None could tell where the Singers were, — on the floor,
in the gallery, or in the air. The crowd was close,
and the Singers — wherever they were — were sitting.
Every one was thrilled, for this was the song they
sang:
There are angels hovering round
To carry the tidings home.'
The notes are before us as we write, simple enough,
— the words, too ; but one should hear the Jubilees
sing them. It was like a snatch of angelic song
heard from the upper air as a band of celestials
68 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
passed swiftly on an errand of mercy." And he
adds: *'Nor are these all our obligations to our
beloved friends. They have gone in and out the
churches, Sunday-schools, and mission-rooms, sing-
ing for Jesus. Such services to souls and Christ have
opened wide the people's hearts, and the Jubilees
have just v^alked straight in, to be there enshrined
for evermore."
In the great work at Edinburgh, also, the Singers
rendered special assistance, sometimes taking part
in as many as six meetings a day, — prayer-meetings,
inquiry-meetings, Bible readings, preaching services,
etc. On one Sunday evening Mr. Moody preached,
and they sang, to an audience of between six and
seven thousand working-people, gathered by special
cards of invitation in the Corn Exchange, w^hich was
followed by an inquiry meeting, at which some seven
hundred asked for prayer.
After the engagements of the Singers took them
away from Mr. Moody, missionary and revival meet-
ings were frequently held on Sundays ; and at them
and at Sunday-school gatherings Mr. Dickerson and
Mr. Rutling — as well as Mr. White and Mr. Pike —
often made addresses.
January brought a very whirl of work and a har-
vest of money, in connection with the campaign
through the midland counties. Wherever the Singers
went * they met crowded houses at their concerts.
Many subscriptions were made to furnish rooms, at
a cost of ;^io each, in Jubilee Hall. Mr. Frederick
Priestman, though carrying the cares of an extensive
business of his own, interested himself in perfect-
ing arrangements for a private concert at Bradford,
ONE MONTH'S WORK. 69
which was so well worked up that it yielded ;^I50,
Sir Titus Salt, who was unable to be present, send-
ing £2"^. Under the patronage of Rev. Eustace
Conder and Edward Baines, Esq., M.P., the first
concert at Leeds, in a pecuniary point of view, was
the most successful one so far that had been given
in the kingdom. At Halifax, John Crossley, Esq.,
M.P., the great carpet manufacturer, pledged a sup-
ply of carpets for Jubilee Hall. One of the results
of a second visit to Hull was the presentation, for
the library of the University, of a fine oil portrait of
Wilberforce, purchased through a subscription by
the citizens, a memento of the Jubilee work that
will always be held in high regard. The Hon. John
Bright was absent from home when the Singers vis-
ited Rochdale, but his family subscribed £\Q to fur-
nish a room to bear his name; and afterwards he
wrote a letter commending their mission as " one
deserving of all support," which went the rounds of
the papers and was of much help to them. At Bol-
ton, J. P. Barlow, Esq., gave £^0 for five rooms, one
of them to be named after President Charles G. Fin-
ney, of Obcrlln College, in remembrance of his evan-
gelistic labors during a great revival in that town
years before.
At Manchester they were fortunate in enlisting
the services of Mr. Richard Johnson, the apostle of
ragged schools. No town was ever before more
thoroughly ploughed with advertising and sown with
information, and such work never yielded a better
harvest. The proceeds of the four concerts in the
Free-Trade Large Hall amounted to over ^1200.
This sum was further swollen by the sale of the
70 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
books giving the history of their first American cam-
paign, the profit on these sales in one evening being
£/\o. Three concerts followed in the Philharmonic
Hall at Liverpool, with large receipts, the first one
yielding £z'^%' The total receipts of the month of
January amounted to ^3800, or about $i9,(X)o!
But this success was achieved at the cost of an
appalling amount of work. Requests for concerts
flowed in from all parts of the kingdom. It was
impossible to comply with half of them, and the
investigation involved in deciding where to go was
an exhausting strain on time and strength. A vast
amount of correspondence was unavoidable in reply-
ing to invitations to breakfasts, dinners, and teas,
and in answering the many requests that came for
concerts for the benefit of schools, churches, asylums,
and charities of every sort. Much thought had to
be given to the preparation of newspaper notices
and other advertising, and much time had to be
spent in enlisting the interest and assistance of those
whose patronage would be valuable. Adding to all
this the incessant demands in meeting the thousand
details of concert management and hotel arrange-
ments, and the watchful guidance of the Singers in
this new life to which they were so unused, it is no
wonder that one after another of the working force
broke down under the load.
Miss Gilbert, whose labors had been as inces-
sant as they were invaluable, was taken very ill, and
obliged to give up all work. Mr. Pike, who had
been doing the work of two men, succumbed next to
serious nervous prostration, and had scarcely settled
down for the rest that was imperatively necessary,
OVERWORK AND ILLNESS. ft
when his only assistant gave way under the load
that he was carrying, and was forbidden by his med-
ical adviser to give any further attention whatever
to business.
Mr. White was thus left alone. His lungs were
weak, and the heavy fogs and the night-work were
telling seriously upon them. And at this juncture
came word that his wife, whose health had not been
good, and who, with her children, was in lodgings
in Glasgow, was ill. Yet as the gross income of the
concerts at that time was averaging $1000 a night,
and it seemed to be so manifestly **now or never"
with their mission, he felt that it was his duty to
keep on, at whatever sacrifice of personal feelings
or strength, with the work. But a few days after
he received intelligence that impressed him with the
conviction that his wife, who had been taken with
typhoid fever, was more seriously ill than he sup-
posed. Hurrying to her bedside, he reached it less
than two days before she died. She had been a val-
ued teacher with him at Fisk before their marriage ;
and her death, which would have been a terrible blow
at any time, in these peculiar circumstances of his
health and work was unspeakably trying. A loss
of sleep and appetite followed which so reduced his
strength that he was finally obliged to give up work.
And in the midst of this prostration he was attacked
with haemorrhage of the lungs, and for some time
seemed to be lying at the very gates of death.
These facts becoming known to friends interested
in the work, offers of assistance were numerous, and
by relying largely on volunteer help, the Singers
were able to go on and fill all their appointments.
72 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
At Sheffield, Derby, Wolverhampton, Norwich,
Ipswich, Cambridge, Leicester, Nottingham, Bir-
mingham, and other cities, the experiences of Jan-
uary were repeated in crowded audiences, generous
contributions, and the good cheer of true English
hospitality.
There was a large harvest still ungathered when
the time drew near that had been fixed for their
return to America. But circumstances were such,
especially the health of those who had the charge
of the work, that a longer stay than was originally
proposed was impracticable.
A trip to the south of Wales, with concerts at
Newport, Cardiff, Merthyr Tydvil, and Swansea, was
followed by successful visits to Bristol, Southamp-
ton, Bath, Brighton, and a few other cities. Mr.
Spurgeon, not forgetful of his farewell words when
they left London, not only opened his Tabernacle
to them for a second concert, but made one of his
happiest addresses in connection with the present of
a full set of his works for the library. The house
was densely crowded, and the receipts exceeded even
those of the first concert in the same place.
The closing concert was given in Exeter Hall, and
yielded a larger sum than any other of the whole
campaign in Great Britain. That steadfast friend,
the Earl of Shaftesbury, presided. Dr. Allon, whose
counsels had been of great value to them from the
beginning, gave the audience some account of the
winter's work. Nearly ;f 10,000 had been raised for
the Jubilee Hall, aside from special gifts for the pur-
chase of philosophical apparatus, and donations in
money for the library, and of books from Mr. Glad-
THE RETURN TO AMERICA, 73
stone, Mr. Motley, Dean Stanley, Mr. Spurgeon, Mr.
Thomas Nelson, and many other friends.
Lord Shaftesbury, in his parting address, spoke
with much feeling of the pleasure their visit had
given the English people, and of the affection and
respect in which they would always hold the Jubilee
Singers. The Doxology was sung by the entire
assembly, and his Lordship, amid the cheers of the
audience, and in their behalf, bade them good-by,
shaking hands with each of the Singers as they left
the platform.
To the Singers personally, aside from the finan-
cial success that had attended their work, the visit
had been one of almost unalloyed satisfaction. They
had been everywhere the object of hospitable atten-
tions that, if they had any fault, were sometimes so
urgent and abounding as to be wearisome, after the
strain which their work made upon their energies.
Few of them had suffered from sickness, and the
shorter distances to be travelled, and the warmer
temperature in v/inter, had made concert-work easier
than in America. In no way were they ever offen-
sively reminded, through look or word — unless by
some rude American who was lugging his caste
conceit through a European tour, or by a vagrant
Englishman who had lived long enough in America
to "catch" its color prejudices — that they were
black.
The Singers reached Nashville in time to attend
the Commencement exercises. The trustees passed
resolutions testifying to the interest and sympathy
with which they had followed their career, to their
74 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
industry and devotion in their work, and to the high
honor they had achieved for themselves and their
people, adding: '* No one can estimate the vast
amount of prejudice against the race which has
perished under the spell of their marvellous music.
Wherever they have gone they have proclaimed to
the hearts of men in a most effective way, and with
unanswerable logic, the brotherhood of the race."
CHAPTER IX.
OVER THE OCEAN AGAIN.
In 1875 Fisk University completed its first dec-
ade. During the ten years thousands of young
people had been gathered in its classes. Its stu-
dents, in turn, had taught tens of thousands in Sab-
bath and day-schools, communicating far and wide
among the freed people its uplifting influences. It
had conquered the respect of those who began by
hating it. It had opened to the vision of vast num-
bers of colored people new possibilities of Christian
attainment and manly achievement. It had demon-
strated the capacity of that despised race for a high
culture. It had raised up the Jubilee Singers, who
had done great things for their people in bre;aking
down, by the magic of their song, the cruel preju-
dice against color that was everywhere in America
the greatest of all hindrances to their advancement ;
who had raised the money to buy a new site for the
University, and erect on it a substantial and beau-
tiful hall to take the place of the tottering hospital
barracks ; and who stood on the threshold of its sec-
ond decade as its special and providential reliance
in laying the foundation of its needed endowments.
This year was marked by several events of special
interest. Hitherto the Universitv had been without
^6 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
a president. Its work had been outlined and guided
in its g^eneral features by the American Missionary
Association. It was felt that the time had come
when a capable president should take charge of it,
supported by a fully-organized faculty. For this
place, Rev. E. M. Cravath was the unanimous first
choice of its trustees and friends. More than any
one else he had had the responsibility of its estab.
lishment ; and, during his subsequent service for
several years as field secretary of the Association,
the burden of planning its work and providing for
its wants had rested chiefly upon him. Educated
at anti-slavery Oberlin, and identified all his life with
anti-slavery effort, he was felt to be specially adapted
and providentially guided to the place. And as soon
as events shaped so that he could well be spared
from those duties, he resigned his secretaryship in
the Association and entered upon the new work.
In 1875, also, the University graduated its first
college class. It had taken some of them, ten years
before, with little more than a knowledge of the
alphabet, and carried them through extended pre-
paratory studies and a thorough classical course, to
the point where a rigid examination awarded them
the degree of A.B. At graduation one was chosen
instructor in the University, and others found re-
sponsible positions awaiting them as teachers in the
city schools at Nashville and Memphis. Two were
the sons of an unlettered freed woman, who had
consecrated every spare dollar of her hard earnings,
for these ten years, to aid her boys in getting an
education. It was a proud hour for her when they
stepped upon the stage to receive their diplomas —
PROGRESS AT FISK UNIVERSITY. 7/
a scene that it would have done the heart of every
contributor to Fisk University good to see.
The completion and occupancy of Jubilee Hall was
another of the important events of 1875. Both in
its architectural appearance and substantial con-
struction of the most durable materials, as well as
in its admirable adaptation to the permanent uses of
the University, it is all that could be desired. Its
walls are of brick, with stone foundations and facings ;
every part of the work upon it has been done in the
most thorough manner, and it is believed to be the
best building of its kind in the Southern States.
Crowning a commanding eminence overlooking the
capital city of Tennessee and the beautiful encircling
valley of the Cumberland, it stands, not only an
enduring and most fitting monument to the toils and
triumphs of the Jubilee Singers, and to the sympathy
and generosity shown them by the Christian public
on both sides of the Atlantic, but a perpetual in-
spiration to the freed people as they struggle out of
the slough of ignorance and social proscription in
which emancipation found them.
But the very success of these years had increased
the demands upon the University faster than it
had supplied the means of meeting them. It had
achieved results that demonstrated the necessity of
its existence and guaranteed its permanence. But
its needs were greater than ever. Its new site, and
the new hall standing upon it, was simply the solid
foundation for future growth, and it was entirely
without the means, within itself, of supporting, to
say nothing of enlarging, its work. Money was
urgently needed for endowments from which to pro-
78 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
vide for the support of teachers and to aid earnest,
struggling students to educate themselves for Chris-
tian work as teachers and ministers of the gospel.
In the poverty of the freed people the revenue from
tuition fees could be but a trifle at the best, com-
pared with its expenses.
The continual financial pressure throughout the
country caused a serious shrinkage in the receipts
of the American Missionary Association. Many
who were wont to give liberally to such objects were
unable to do so longer. Urged by these pressing
necessities and convinced that God pointed out the
way by his providences, the Jubilee Singers, after a
few months of rest, again took the field. Mr. White's
health was still so seriously impaired that it was im-
possible for him to undertake such exhausting work
as was involved in the entire care of a concert cam
paign, and Prof. T. F. Seward, of New York, who
first wrote down the Jubilee Songs, and had been
deeply interested in the work, was fortunately se-
cured to share the labor.
A series of concerts was given during the winter
and spring in the larger cities of the North, prelimi-
nary to another tour abroad. Some of them were
ve-ry successful, but the net receipts of the winter's
work were not large. The '' Times" were hard ; the
weather was unusually cold and unfavorable; and
rival companies, some of whom appropriated not
only the name, but even the testimonials belonging
to the Jubilee Singers, had taken the field, and, to a
considerable extent, had trampled down the harvest
where they had not the ability to gather it.
On May 15th the company, reorganized to consist
RETURN TO LONDON. 70
of ten members, sailed for England in the Cunard
steamer Algeria. It was a sign of progress that
more than one steamship line, which had refused
them cabin accommodation two years before, offered
reduced rates if they would accept them now. Mr.
White accompanied them, to give, so far as his
health would permit, the counsel and assistance
which his previous experience made so valuable, and
President Cravath followed in the autumn to take
charge of the general interests of the enterprise,
and to reenforce the working force when the heavy
drafts of the busy season began.
The announcement that they would be present
and sing a few of their slave-songs at the annual
meeting of the Freedmen's Missions Aid Society, in
the City Temple, London, Monday evening, May
31st, was to many of their friends the first news of
their return from America ; but it was news that
travelled quickly, and it drew an audience that not
only packed every inch of space in that capacious
church, but filled the large lecture hall below with
an overflow meeting.
So great was the gathering about the building
that to get even to the doors was a formidable task,
and the chairman, Lord Shaftesbury, was delayed
some minutes in reaching the platform by the diffi-
culty of penetrating the dense crov/d that filled the
corridors. In ascending the stand his eye caught
sight of the singers in the gallery, whom he greeted
with a cordial salutation, and in his remarks on tak-
ing the chair he said : '' I am delighted to see so
large a congregation of the citizens of London come
to offer a renewal of their hospitality to these noble
8o THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
brethren and sisters of ours, who are here to-night
to charm us with their sweet songs. They have re-
turned here, not for anything in their own behalf,
but to advance the interests of the coloured race in
America, and then to do what in them lies to send
missionaries of their own colour to the nations spread
over Africa. When I find these young people, gifted
to an extent that does not often fall to the lot of
man, coming here in such a spirit. I don't want them
to become white, but I have a strong disposition my-
self to become black. If I thought color was any-
thing — if it brought with it their truth, piety, and
talent, I would willingly exchange my complexion
to-morrow. In the name of this vast mass of British
citizens, and, I may say, in behalf of thousands and
tens of thousands who are absent, we receive them
with joy again to our shores, and will do all that in
us lies to advance their holy cause ; and, besides our
prayers and hospitality, we will do as Joseph did to
his brethren, send them back loaded with all the
good things of Egypt." Rev. Dr. Parker, pastor of
the City Temple, reechoed these words of welcome
in an eloquent address, and the occasion could not
have been more of an ovation to the Singers than if
it had been planned for that purpose.
The next evening they gave their opening concert
to a large and very enthusiastic audience in Exeter
Hall» with an address full of a genuine English wel
come from the chairman, Rev. LI. D. Bevan.
At this time Messrs. Moody and Sankey were in
the midst of their great work in London. The Sing-
ers had not been in the city an hour before a request
came from Mr. Moody that they would take part in
MEETINGS WITH MR. MOODY. 8 1
the service that afternoon at the Haymarket Opera-
house. The next day he desired them to sit on the
platform, and sing *^ Steal Away" after the sermon.
That remarkable series of meetings at the West
End was drawing to a close. The house was packed
in every part with an audience representing much
of the wealth and rank of London ; upon whom Mr.
Moody urged the claims of Christ in a discourse of
peculiar tenderness and power. At its close the
great congregation bowed, with tearful faces, in
silent prayer. Soon the soft, sweet strains of '' Steal
Away" rose from the platform, swelling finally into
a volume of conquering song that seemed to carry
the great audience heavenward as on angels' wings.
The effect could not have been happier had the song
been written for the sermon, or the sermon for the
song.
Thereafter their services were in almost constant
demand in the London meetings. For several weeks
they declined nearly all applications for concerts, in
order that they might be free for this work. After
Messrs. Moody and Sankey had closed their services
at Bow-Road Hall to go to Camberwell, the meet-
ings were continued at the former place, with preach-
ing each night by the Rev. Mr. Altken or Mr, Henry
Varley, and singing by the Jubilee choir. The at-
tendance was so large, on week-day as well as on
Sunday evenings, that hundreds were sometimes
turned away, even after a congregation of ten or
twelve thousand had crowded into the hall.
After these meetings closed, Mr. Altken gave
them a letter testifying to his misgivings at first ia
employing in such a work an agency that might seem
6
82 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
SO sensational, but cordially declaring that his mis-
givings were quite at fault, and that he should carry-
away most pleasing recollections of their work to-
gether. In recognition of their services in these
meetings, a subscription of over ;!f 500 was made
for Fisk University by a few members of the com-
mittee having the meetings in charge. Mr. Moody
gave them an open letter to his friends everywhere,
warmly commending their mission; and before leav-
ing the country purchased and presented to each
of the party a duplicate of that copy of Bagster's
Bible, whose almost constant use in his meetings he
has made so famous and popular.
Nothing could have better prepared the way for
their special work, nothing could have better pre-
pared them for it, than these revival labors. The
religious papers carried reports of the meetings
throughout the kingdom ; and wherever they went
thereafter, the great Christian heart of England gave
them a specially fraternal greeting.
During July and August, months usually unfavor-
able to concert receipts, the appointments at various
places in Wales and the South of England drew,
generally, good audiences. It was, however, after
the fall work began in Scotland that it was most
manifest how wide-spread and hearty was the inter-
est with which their return was awaited. Applica-
tions for concerts poured in from every quarter of
the kmgdom. Full houses met them everywhere.
At Inverness, where they appeared under the pat-
ronage of the provost, magistrates, and other lead-
ing citizens, the Music Hall was much too small to
accommodate the eager crowds that thronged the
doors on two successive evenings.
SUCCESSES IN SCOTLAND^ 83
At Aberdeen, Lord Kintore was active in efforts
to make their visit a great success. At Dundee,
Provost Cox presided at their concert, and the re-
ceipts were larger than on their first visit to that
city in the high tide of enthusiasm two years before.
At the first concert in Glasgow, given in the Kibble
Crystal Palace, the receipts for tickets, and the
profits on the sale of books for the one evening,
amounted to nearly ^^325. At Edinburgh, where
the chair was taken on one evening by Lord Provost
Falshav/, hundreds were turned away from the doors
of the Music Hall, even after all standing-room had
been exhausted.
The religious effect of their concert-work was
never more gratifying nor manifest. Several of
their new songs, particularly, seemed to have a pe-
culiar power in reaching the hearts of their au-
diences. After one of the concerts in Glasgow, an
unknown friend placed ;^I5 in the hands of one of
the Singers, as a contribution to their fund, accom-
panied with the request that they would sing " I've
been Redeemed" at every concert they should give
in Great Britain. Their singing of this and other
hymns at the Glasgow Evangelistic Conference, in
October, was spoken of in all reports as one of the
special attractions of that inspiring meeting. Their
services were sought also at the similar Conference
in Dublin a few weeks later. This was their first
visit to Dublin; and at these meetings, and at the
concerts which followed, Irish enthusiasm was thor-
oughly enkindled. Mr. Russell, known through the
three kingdoms for his efficient services to the tem-
perance cause, gave most valuable assistance in
84 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
"working up" the concerts; and at the first concert
in the Exhibition Palace it was estimated that fif-
teen hundred appHcants for tickets were turned
away after every seat in the great hall was filled.
Religious meetings with the Sunday-school chil-
dren, on Saturday or Sunday, came to be, also, a
common and important feature of their work. Ad-
mission was always given by free tickets, previously
distributed to a certain proportion of teachers and
scholars ; and the exercises consisted of singing, al-
ternated with short addresses. At Aberdeen, 4000
teachers and scholars filled the Music Hall, at nine
on Sunday morning ; and over 5000 gathered in the
Drill Hall, Edinburgh, at ten o'clock, on a Sunday.
At Liverpool the tabernacle erected for Mr. Moody's
meetings — one of the largest ever built for his ser-
vices — was crowded by over 12,000 children, repre-
senting over ninety different schools. Each of
these meetings, like others in smaller cities, were
occasions of sweet and solemn interest that will be
long remembered.
Nor was this visit any less marked than the first
one for the social attentions shown to the Singers.
The Earl of Kintore, Lord Lieutenant of Aberdeen-
shire, entertained them at his ancestral seat, Keith
Hall, — whose walls were laid before the Pilgrims
landed on Plymouth Rock, — and made them his
debtors by the memory of the delightful day spent
there and by subsequent kindly attentions. Their
visit to Chester brought a pleasant note from Mr.
Gladstone, recalling their former acquaintance, and
inviting them to spend an afternoon at Hawarden
Castle, his country home in North Wales, and pro-
LIVINGSTONE MISSIONARY HALL. 85
posing to send his carriages to meet them at the
railway station two miles away. A memorable after-
noon was spent in social intercourse with the great
statesman and his family, in the inspection of his
art and literary treasures, and in wandering about
the ruins of the older castle, — which dates back to
the days of Edward the First. No one could have
had a more gracious welcome to the hospitalities of
this historic English mansion. The Duke and Duch-
ess of Argyll also invited them, for the second time,
to Argyll Lodge, where they met a company of dis-
tinguished guests, including the Princess Louise,
on terms of pleasantest intercourse and most friendly
interest.
It was in the midst of this year's work, and when
Jubilee Hall had been but a little time occupied, that
the need of another building at Fisk University be-
came so apparent and imperative as to demand
immediate action. The ordinary earnings of the
Singers were all needed in meeting the other press-
ing necessities of the school, and much prayerful
deliberation was had concerning ways and means
for supplying this want. It was finally decided to
undertake to raise by subscription ;^ 10,000 for the
erection of a companion building to Jubilee Hall,
which should be called — with obvious fitness and
significance — ''Livingstone Missionary Hall." It
was when this decision was but just reached, and
before any general announcement had been made
of the plan, that a check was received from the
Baroness Burdett-Coutts for two per cent of the
entire sum, — ;^200. And Mrs. Agnes Living-
stone Bruce, Dr. Livingstone's daughter, — the
S6 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
loved '' Nannie" of whom he so fondly and proudly
speaks in his journal, — testified to her interest in
the Singers, and to her appreciation of this trib-
ute to her father, by a handsome subscription.
Soon after this the movement was publicly inaugu-
rated in London by means of two invitation con-
certs, under the patronage of Lord Shaftesbury
and other distinguished friends. The chairman at
the first of these concerts, Samuel Morley, Esq.,
M.P., himself subscribed ;^ioo; and under the
impetus thus given to the effort over $15,000 was
secured that year for Livingstone Hall, while con-
cert work yielded good returns for the general uses
of the University.
Would concerts on the Continent pay? Would
the slave songs keep their power where the words
lost their meaning? These were questions that
had been asked often during the work in England.
While the Singers were taking a brief summer rest
in Geneva, Switzerland, an experiment had been
tried which, if one swallow only made a summer,
micfht have seemed conclusive as an answer to these
questions. Just before their departure they gave a
concert in the Salle de la Reformation at which Pere
Hyacinthe presided. The distinguished chairman,
and, with few exceptions, the audience, did not un-
derstand English — much less the vernacular of the
slave songs. But the hall was crowded and the en-
thusias-m rose to white heat. When asked how they
could enjoy the songs when they could not under-
stand the words, the answer was, " We cannot un-
ierstand them, but we can />r/ them." With all the
encouragement which this concert gave, the certainty
VISIT TO HOLLAND. 87
of heavy loss if a tour on the Continent proved a
failure, made the venture still seem a hazardous and
doubtful one.
One of the London concerts was the means of
turning the scale in which this question lay balanc-
ing. Mr. G. P. Ittman, Jr., an eminent Christian
gentleman of Rotterdam, and a leading merchant
there, was in London on business when his attention
was attracted one day by an advertisement in the
Times of a Jubilee concert that evening at Sur-
rey Chapel. He attended, and was so greatly inter-
ested that he came forward at the close of the cort-
cert and urged the Singers to visit Holland, offering
to do all in his power to make their trip a success.
When the time came, some months afterward, to go,
Mr. Ittman was found to be as good as his word.
He not only gave his own time and influence lav-
ishly in preparing the way for the Singers, but he
enlisted the active co-operation of influential and
generous friends all through the kingdom. The
*' Story" found an admirable translation at the hands
of Rev. Adama van Scheltema, who rendered the
songs, even, into Dutch with remarkable success.
The publisher, Mr. A. van Oosterzee of Amsterdam,
was one of the most serviceable helpers whom the
mission of the Singers ever enlisted.
Local committees of leading citizens were formed
in almost every place the Singers planned to visit,
who assumed the burden of preparing for the con-
certs, and whose patronage was itself a guarantee of
success. Where there were no halls of suitable
dimensions the churches were tendered to the Sing-
ers, and even the great cathedrals^ as at Utrecht,
88 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
Leenwarden, Harlegen, Zwolle, Dordrecht, Delft,
Alkmaar, and Schiedam were opened for their con-
certs. Nowhere have the Singers found a heartier
welcome or left dearer friends than in the Nether-
lands.
The most distinguished attentions which they had
hitherto received from the great and the learned
were quite eclipsed in the splendor of the reception
given them in the palatial mansion of the Baron and
Baroness van Wassenaer de Catwijck at The Hague,
where they met the Queen of the Netherlands —
famous as well for her own accompHshments as the
patronage she has given art and literature — and
other members of the royal family, and a hundred
or more of the nobility and diplomatic corps of the
Dutch capital. All but the Singers were in court
dress, and the files of soldiery that lined the path
to the door, the liveried servants that ushered the
guests to cloak-room and salon, the brilliant cos-
tumes of the ladies, and the no less brilliant uni-
forms and decorations of soldiers and diplomats, the
coronet of the queen flashing with diamonds, and
the rich furnishings of the elegant apartments made
a scene of dazzling splendor which was only height-
ened by the attentions shown to their dusky guests.
The Queen gave the Singers a pleasant greeting indi-
vidually, and testified to the sincerity of her expres-
sions of pleasure in listening to their songs by hon-
oring t*heir public concert, a few evenings later, with
her presence. The King also received them, not
long after, at his royal residence, the Loo, and added
a generous subscription to the fund for Livingstone
Hall.
A SUCCESSFUL TOUR. 89
After two months spent thus with their Dutch
friends, the Singers returned to their work in Eng-
land, their treasury the fuller by $10,000 for this
excursion to the Netherlands, and their plans now
taking shape for a visit to Germany,
CHAPTER X.
EIGHT MONTHS IN GERMANY.
The field in Great Britain had been well har-
vested. The diminished receipts of concert work,
cwing to the hard times which rested like a leaden
pall on English industries, warned the Singers that
the longer they delayed their contemplated visit to
Germany, the less revenue it would probably yield
them, because of the increasing stringency there.
In October, 1877, therefore, they set their faces, not
over-confidently, toward the country which is the
fatherland of Christian song, and where they might
expect that their work would meet severer critical
tests than it had yet encountered. Stopping in
Holland to sing at a few places that they were
obliged to pass by on their previous visit, they met
everywhere with attentions that made this hurried
passage through the Netherlands seem like a holi-
day excursion. Crowned heads could scarcely have
been treated with more distinction at some of the
hotels, even, where they were guests.
President Cravath had preceded them to Berlin, —
accredited by letters from their unwearied friend,
Lord Shaftesbury, to the British ambassador and
other influential personages, — to make known their
mission and prepare for their ccming. To do this
AT THE NEW PALACE. 9 1
with success was a delicate and difficult task. But
the speedy entrance which they found, on their ar-
rival, into the best circles of the German capital
showed how wisely and well it had been done.
Baron von Bunsen, son of the great scholar, gave a
dinner-party in their honor, at which they met,
among other distinguished people, leading represen-
tatives of the diplomatic corps at the imperial court.
And reception followed reception in the drawing-
rooms of the dite, which made them and their mission
known to the leaders in the philanthropic, musical,
and religious circles of the city, and, to some extent,
of the whole empire. One of the court preachers,
Rev. Dr. Bauer, and his estimable wife extended to
them the hospitalities of an ideal German Christian
home. The Singers were permitted to share in the
Christmas festivities of the household — which were
advanced several days on the calendar to give them
acquaintance with this domestic anniversary as Ger-
man families delight to observe it.
But no other occasion in Berlin — nor any in their
varied experience elsewhere — was so significant or
memorable as their reception by the Crown Prince
and Crown Princess at the " New Palace" in Pots-
dam. They were invited to attend there at four
o'clock on a Sunday afternoon. German usage, in
high places as well as low, is so far removed from
the stricter views of Christian people in the United
States regarding Sunday observance, that the Sing-
ers had some misgivings about accepting the invita-
tion. But the advice of their most judicious Chris-
tian friends was in favor of going, and the result
proved that their fears were indeed at fault. The
92 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
imperial carriages, under charge of an officer of the
household, were sent for them. Arrived at the pal-
ace, there was none of the distinctive pageantry of
royalty to be seen, beyond the grim troopers who
stood sentinel at the doors and clanked their sabres
through the corridors. After their wraps had been
laid aside the Singers were ushered into an elegant
salon — selected for this occasion, as the Crown Prin-
cess afterward informed them, because of its admir-
able acoustic properties. The Crown Prince and
Crown Princess quickly came in to greet them, and
were followed by their children and other members
of the imperial family, including Prince Frederick
Charles, the hero of Metz.
It was as much of a gratification as a surprise to
the Singers to find that the emperor himself, who
had come out from Berlin to dine at the New Palace,
had detained his special train, and suspended his
engagements at the capital, that he might remain
longer and hear their songs. As the straight, stately
old soldier entered the room he bowed pleasantly to
the Singers, and, taking his place near President
Cravath, asked such questions about the freed peo-
ple and the mission of the Singers as gave a pleasant
insight into his largeness and kindliness of heart.
An aide brought him an easy-chair, to which he was
well entitled by his years as well as his relation to
the company, but he declined It, and with the polite-
ness of the old-school gentleman, remained standing
during the half hour of conversation and singing
that preceded his departure. Those who thus met
him will never be able to think of him other than as
gracious in manner and noble in character as he is
eminent in imperial position.
AT THE NEW PALACE. 93
The Singers, at intervals, sang '' Steal Away,"
** I've been Redeemed," '' Who are these in Bright
Array," and others of their most effective spiritual
songs. '' Nobody knows the Trouble I See" filled
the eyes of the Crown Princess with tears, and she
apologized for seeming '' so weak," saying that the
thought of the wretchedness of the slave life which
gave birth to such a wail as that quite overcame her.
In the familiar conversation during the intervals of
the singing, the Crown Princess told the Singers
that she had been anxious for a long while to hear
them. Her mother — Queen Victoria — had excited
her interest in them by a long letter which she wrote
giving an enthusiastic account, at the time, of their
singing when she heard them at the Duke of Argyll's.
Beyond her Majesty's courteous and formal thanks
on that occasion, they had had no hint of the im-
pression which their singing made upon her, and
this intelligence, so many years after, was specially
gratifying.
The Crown Prince chatted socially of matters in
America, and begged a copy of the songs, saying
that he should wish to play and sing them with his
family. "These songs, as you sing them," said he,
" go to the heart ; they go through and through one."
Both he and the Crown Princess not only expressed
great delight in the singing, but asked of their plans
for work in Germany, gave some suggestions, and
expressed a hearty hope that their visit might be a
very successful one. Tea was served for the Sing-
ers before their departure, and the Crown Princess
brought her children forward to shake hands with
each of them. It was a delightful glimpse of the
94 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
home-life to-day in the palace of Frederick the Great,
with its fine culture, warm feeling, and religious
sincerity. In its bearing on the future work of
the Singers it was worth everything. As Rev. Dr.
Joseph P. Thompson said, in an account of it
written for the New York Independent^ " The kindly,
hearty approbation of such an audience was a cer-
tificate of character as well as of musical merit.
They were received at the palace not as a strolling
band of singers, but as ladies and gentlemen, and
the degree of culture and politeness they exhibited
were gracefully recognized by their illustrious hosts."
Subsequently the Domkirche in Berlin — the church
where the imperial family worship — was tendered to
them withbut charge for their concerts, and the
Sing-Akademie — a music hall into which nothing
but entertainments of high tone and the best char-
acter are admitted — was opened to them, and the
concerts were every way a complete success. At
their concerts in the Sin?-Akademie, on their return
to the capital some weeks afterwards, the Empress
Augusta was present on tv/o occasions, and sending
for Professor White, during the intermission, to come
to the imperial box, manifested by her many ques-
tions her curiosity to know about the history of the
Singers, and her interest, especially, in the religious
aspects of the work at Fisk University.
German critics, it was found, yielded as readily to
the mysterious charm of the Jubilee songs as had
those of other countries, and were quite as unani-
mous and hearty in their praise. Rev. Dr. Kogel,
another of the four court preachers, and perhaps
the most eloquent devine in the empire, wrote an
GERMAN CRITICISM. 95
excellent article for " Dahclm," In which he spoke in
the highest terms of their work. He said : " Berlin
is, indeed, not Germany, as some modest inhabitants
of this metropolis think, still a good part of it, and^
to tell the truth, one highly critical. Should they
only stand first (so said to themselves the travelling
Singers from the emancipated negro-folk of North
America) the fire-proof of musical Germany, espe-
cially on the hard ground of the central province,
then would they win the game in the more out-of-
the-way parts of our German fatherland. And they
have v/on !" And elsewhere the same writer says :
" These are not concerts which the negroes give ;
they are meetings for edification, which they sus-
tain with irresistible power." The Berlirier Musik-
Zeitungy a severely critical journal, in a long and dis-
criminating article took up the concert programme,
piece by piece. Of "Steal Away," and the '' Lord's
Prayer," it exclaims, "What wealth of shading!
What accuracy of declamation ! Every musician felt
then that the performances of these Singers are the
result of high artistic talent, finely trained taste, and
extraordinary diligence. Such a pianissimo, such a
crescendo, and a decrescendo as those at the close of
' Steal Away' might raise envy in the soul of any
choir-master." The same critique closes, " Thus the
balance turns decidedly in favor of the Jubilee Sing-
ers, and we confess ourselves their debtors. Not
only have we had a rare musical treat but our musi-
cal ideas have also received enlargement, and we
feel that something may be learned of these negro
singers if only we will consent to break through the
fetters of custom and long use." And the critics
96 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
of the Volks-Zeitung, the Biirger-Zeitungy the Tag-
blatt, and the Konigliche privilegirte Berlinische Zei-
iung\Ntrt all of one accord in the same favorable ver-
dict upon both the songs and the singing, as judged
from artistic standards.
Now and then there would be, of course, here as
everywhere, a growling discord in the general har-
mony of the greeting. One crusty journalist pub-
lished an article disparaging their work, and declar-
ing that their pretence of raising money for a school
was probably a Yankee swindle. This served a good
purpose in calling out a fine tribute to their mis-
sion from a German gentleman who was a stranger
to the singers, but who had travelled in the United
States. In speaking of what they had accomplished
he likened the famous " Sing-Akademie" of Berlin
to a cow-shed, in architectural comparison with
Jubilee Hall.
In England that earnest, evangelistic element in
the churches which stood by Mr. Moody's work
everywhere took a special interest in the Singers,
and prized their services of song as an effective ally
in gospel effort. The same class of Christian peo-
ple in Germany met them with the same fraternal
heartiness, and rejoiced in this unique instrumental-
ity for bringing gospel truth to the formalists and
the materialists whom it was so difficult to reach.
After this good start at the capital the company
went successively to most of the larger cities in the
empire. At Wittenberg they made joyful pilgrim-
age to the places associated with Luther's memory,
and sang '' Praise God, from whom all blessings flow"
in his room in the old monastery. At Weimar
VISIT WITH PROF. CHRISTLIEB. gj
noted for its musical and art atmosphere, they had a
crowded house, the Grand Duke and his retinue at-
tending, with much courtly clatter of military escort.
At Wiesbaden they sang in the Curhaus, the now
dismantled old gambling hall, and in Homburg also
the Jubilee songs echoed to the same strange asso-
ciations. Visits to Gottingen, Cassel, Hanover,
Hamburg, Liibeck, and other of the old free cities
thereabouts, followed.
At Brunswick they sang in the hall where Franz
Abt was wont to conduct concerts, and received
from the great composer a cordial greeting and
many attentions. Thence their appointments took
them, among other places, to Osnabruck, Munster,
Dortmund, Essen, Elberfeld, and Dusseldorf. At
the latter city they were the recipients, after the
concert, of a formal reception and fraternal address
from the evangelical Protestant element of the Gity.
At Barmen, the capital of the iron and coal district,
with its large operative population, they had an
overflowing house. Spending a Sunday there, they
visited the great Sunday-school, one of the largest
in the world, singing for the children, and listening
to their singing; the name of Jesus, the name that
made them one, being the only word that either could
recognize in the other's songs.
At the Catholic city of Cologne, where the Protes-
tant minority has little vigor for Christian work, their
concerts were not successful. At the CathoHc city
of Bonn, on the contrary, where the Protestant ele-
ment has more of apostolic ardor, they found full
houses. Their stay at this university town is re-
membered with special interest for a delightful Sun-
7
98 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
day afternoon hour spent in the charming atmos-
phere of the great Professor Christlieb's home. In
the conversation the professor spoke with enthusi-
asm of his pleasant experiences in the United States,
during his visit to attend the meeting of the Evan-
gehcal Alliance. Just then, he said, he was reading
with the deepest interest President Finney's me-
moirs, and making notes therefrom for use in his
classes. Asking about Oberlin, he begged Professor
White to say to its Faculty that its religious influ-
ence was felt and gratefully owned in Bonn Univer-
sity. He spoke with admiration of Mr. Finney and
Mr. Moody as men of power, because they were men
of positive convictions.
Their visits to Darmstadt were lifted to a high
place in memory by the pleasant acquaintance they
made with that most charming lady and noble woman
who was so greatly beloved by every one in her royal
circle, and so idolized by her people, the late Prin-
cess Alice, Grand Duchess of Hessen. The court
theatre was placed at the disposal of the Singers,
and the Grand Duchess attended the concert with
her children, whom she spoke of in answer to a vis-
itor's admiring glance, with motherly pride and
daughterly loyalty, as the "■ Queen's grandchildren."
The Grand Duke was absent from home at this
time, and the Princess Alice expressed the hope that
the Singers would be able to visit Darmstadt again,
when her husband could have the opportunity of
hearing them. Returning for another concert a few
weeks later they were gratified to find not only the
Grand Duke and Grand Duchess present in the
royal box, but also the Prince of Wales and Duke
THE PRINCESS ALICE. 99
of Connaught, who had stopped at Darmstadt for a
visit to their sister, on their way to London from the
ceremonies of the grand royal double wedding at
BerHn. After the concert the Singers were sum-
moned to the royal box ; the Princess Alice received
each with a pleasant greeting, and expressed the
hope that they might have continued success. The
Prince of Wales spoke of the enjoyment their sing-
ing gave him at Mr. Gladstone's, asked which of the
party were present on that occasion, and added the
hope that they would make another tour of England
before returning home.
At Dresden there was a successful concert, at-
tended by the King and Queen of Saxony, who man-
ifested much interest in the slave songs that were
such a novelty to German ears. In Leipzig, distin-
guished for music and learning, their reception was
all that could be desired. The Gewandhaus, in
which, as in the Berlin Sing-Akademie, only the best
class of concerts is allowed, was placed at their dis-
posal, and the concerts were a great success.
A visit was made to Stettin at the invitation of a
German gentleman, who was formerly engaged in
business in Memphis, who entertained them in the
finest manner in his elegant home. Concerts were
given in Breslau, Munich, and other cities. A brief
visit was made to Switzerland, and then, retracing a
part of their v/inding track northward, they filled out
their eight months' campaign in Germany.
Financially, it had not been the success that was
desired. The hard times had been growing harder
every month ; it was expensive work to break up
such new ground ; and it was found necessary, in
lOO THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
the abundance of low-priced musical entertainments
in that country, to place the admission fees lower
than in England or the United States. But testi-
mony came from many sources, and in many ways,
that their visit had been rich in results. It was a
good thing to go up and down Germany singing
Christian truth to multitudes who would have turned
from it had it come in any other guise. Their visit
was a revelation of the qualities and capacities of the
negro to those who had known so little of him, that
was in his favor. Listening to the Singers, thought-
ful people said with surprise, *' We could not take
even our German peasantry and reach such results
in art, and conduct, and character, in generations of
culture, as appear in these freed slaves." Their
presence and work gave, as it could be seen, an
added impulse — far more than it could have done
in this country — to the freshened interest that all
the western nations feel in everything that relates
to the exploration, civilization, and Christianization
of the continent of Africa. And doubtless it was of
less consequence in the Divine thought that the
Singers shor.ld take away much money with them,
than that they should leave such influences at work
behind them.
At the close of this campaign future prospects for
successful concert work abroad seemed so uncertain
that it was deemed best to disband the company.
Some of the Singers remained on the Continent for
study, and the others turned their faces westward,
for that visit home which their three years' absence
had prepared them to enjoy so much.
CHAPTER XI.
PERSONAL HISTORIES OF THE SINGERS.
In an account of the original company of Jubilee
Singers in the first edition of this book it was stated
that the children who were set free by the abolition of
slavery in the United States occupied a position
which no other generation, of any colour, or in any
land, were ever placed before. Behind them were all
the disabilities and cruelties of that bondage in which
their lives began. Before them were all the possi-
bilities of culture, distinction, and usefulness that are
open to the citizens of one of the foremost nations of
the earth. Such facts added a peculiar interest to the
personal histories of the original band of Jubilee
Singers.
With the misguidances and limitations of their eariy
life, such as they were — and it was not possible for any
one to have an adequate idea of them who had not stood
face to face with them — the readiness with which the
Singers met the new social demands that were made
upon them in their work was as remarkable as the
quiet modesty and self-possession with which they
received the attentions and honours that came so
suddenly to them. It was a dizzy change, from a
breakfast of hominy and bacon in a slave-cabin to
102 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
dinners in the mansions of the wealthy and receptions
in the drawing-rooms of the nobility. But their
heads were not turned by it. They probably felt
more at home on the concert platform, than they
were able to do at first, but their manners there still
remained as natural and unaffected — as free from
professional ahs, as if they had never sung outside of
their own school-rooms.
To some of the company it was naturally a daily
regret that they had had to forego their school
advantages in the days of early youth. At the same
time they had made amends for all that, as well as
they were able, by giving attention to special studies
and courses of reading, so far as the circumstances of
their nomad life year after year would allow.
Each member of the original company was a pro-
fessing Christian, one or two having been converted
in connection with the religious influences that had,
through the Divine blessing, ever attended the work.
Christian profession is still a characteristic of each
member of the present company. Whenever the
exigencies of hotel life or of railway travelling do not
prevent, family worship is observed on each morning,
the service being, as a rule, a novelty to hotel servants,
while it is a season of spiritual refreshment, which
friends, who are occasionally present, will afterwards
refer to with peculiar interest.
A few years ago, when twenty-four persons in all had
been associated with the company of Singers, twenty
of the number had actually served as slaves, while
three of the remaining four were of slave parentage.
Although none of the present company were them-
selves slaves, there arc several of them whose parents
PERSONAL HISTORIES OF THE SINGERS. 103
were in bondage. There is not space in this volume
even for brief biographies of all who have from the
first been among the singers. The selection given
from those who are now actually engaged in the
service, will, at least, give a correct idea of slavery as
it was in the days of that generation which preceded
the present Singers ; of the changes and difficulties to
which the Emancipation introduced them ; and of
the sympathy and assistance which their descendants
still need and deserve. The still living parents of
many of the Singers can tell of things which happened
in their own experience, and which bring out the
dreadful realities of slavery in a way which no mere
graphic story-writer or eloquent preacher could in any
wise rival.
Many changes have come since the organisation of
the Jubilee Singers in 1871 ; and as \hQ personnel oi
the company has also almost entirely altered, a few
words concerning the first members of the choir will
be interesting.
Death has claimed five of those who took part in
the early struggles and triumphs of the organisation.
Mr. George L. White, who organised the company
in 1 87 1, died in Ithaca, N.Y., in 1895. JULIA jACKSON,
who was paralysed during the second visit to Great
Britain, passed away in Chicago soon after her return
to America. Patti J. Malone and MAGGIE A.
Caines died during the winter of 1896-7. ELLA
Sheppard is married, her husband, the Rev. George
Moore, being one of the secretaries of the American
Missionary Association. The husband of JENNIE
Jackson De Hart is a Principal of one of the
public schools in Cincinnati ; while the husband of
I04 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
Georgie Gordon Taylor is carrying on a very-
successful business as an undertaker in Nashville.
Maggie Porter Cole married a gentleman who
is engaged under the Municipal Government of
Detroit. MINNIE Tate Hall, now a widow with
one child, resides in Nashville. Mabel Lev^IS Imes,
who married some years ago, has feeble health and
is living in Cleveland.
Of the men who belonged to the original com-
pany, Benjamin M. Holmes is dead. Messrs.
DiCKERSON, Watkins, and RUTLIZE are still in
Europe.
Frederick J. Loudin* is a native of Charles-
town, Portage County, Ohio. His grandparents on
his father's side were natives of Africa, and were
stolen and brought to America in a slave-ship.
They were held as slaves in the State of Con-
necticut up to the time of the abolition of the slave
system ; but under the law which was enacted before
Emancipation in that State their children were born
free, excepting the oldest (an uncle of F. J. Loudin's),
who was born before the passage of this act.
On his mother's side, his grandfather's father was
a Scotchman, by the name of Morie Clark. His
great-grandmother was a native African, named
Diana .Tatcher. They lived at New Millford, Con-
necticut, where Mr. Loudin's grandfather, Clark, was
born. He served in the Federal army in the war
of 1812.
* Became manager and director of the company in 1882.
FREDERICK J. LOUD IN. IO5
His great-grandfather on his mother's side was an
EngHsh sea-captain. His grandmother, who Hved
in Vermont, was bound to a Mrs. Tuttle, who en-
deavoured to enslave her, but failed.
Though living in a free State, Mr. Loudin was,
from his earliest recollection, under the hateful shadow
of slavery. The Northern States, though they had
the vitality to throv/ off the slave system earlier in
their history, had still fostered the cruel prejudice
in which the colored people were held everywhere
as the representatives of an enslaved race. In some
respects, this ostracism was even more complete and
unchristian in the free than in the slave States.
Loudin's father had accumulated some property,
and had given generously, according to his means,
for the endowment of a college a few miles from his
home. But when he asked that one of his children
might be admitted to the advantages of its pre-
paratory department he was coolly informed that they
did not receive colored students. His farm was taxed
for the support of the public schools, but it was an
exceptional favour of those days that his children
were allowed to share their privileges. In Ravenna,
where Loudin went to school for a time, the seats in
the school-room v/ere assigned according to scholar-
ship. He was studious and quick to learn, but when
he was found entitled by the rules to a higher seat
than several members of his class, their parents took
their children out of school, in a white heat of wrath
that he should not only have a seat beside but above
them ! Subsequently he had the honor of being a
pupil of Mr. President Garfield.
Converted when a lad, he was admitted to mem-
I06 THE JUBILEE SINGERS,
bership in the Methodist church at the same place.
He was then a printer's apprentice. His wages were
S45 a year, and he gave $5 of this to the church.
Having a reputation among his acquaintances as a
good singer, he applied, two or three years after he
became a church member, for admission to the choir.
To his surprise and indignation his application was
refused, because of his color. He made up his mind
that he was not likely to get or do much more good
in that church, and he never troubled it with his
presence afterward.
When a young man he found himself in the city
of Cleveland, and obliged to obtain lodgings for the
night. Going from one hotel to another he was re-
fused by each in turn. It was nearly midnight ; and
only one remained unvisited, and that the leading
hotel of the city. Using a little strategy here, he
led them to suppose he was a slave travelling in ad-
vance of his master, and they gave him a room at
once, thanks to the reflected refulgence of this sup-
posed ownership by a white man ! He could not
have got one at any price had they known that he
was a free man and paid his own bills.
There was one college in Ohio, that at Oberlin,
which admitted colored students to the same privi-
leges as white ones, and his parents would have
gladly aided him in obtaining a college education.
But the obstacles in the way of using it, either as
a means of usefulness or of earning a livelihood,
were so great that it seemed to them not worth the
while. In those days the most a colored man could
look forward to was a position as waiter or hostler
in a white man's hotel ; or possibly, if he was excep-
MABEL LEWIS. IO7
tionally thrifty and subservient, to the ownership of
a small barber's shop. After he had learned the
printer's trade, in fact, he found it of no use to him.
White printers would not tolerate the presence of a
black compositor, and he was obliged to seek other
means of getting a livelihood.
Going to Tennessee after the war, he became
interested in the work of the Jubilee Singers, and
joined them previous to their second visit to Great
Britain in 1875.
Mabel Lewis was born, as she supposes, in New
Orleans. But of her parentage, and the date of her
birth, she knows nothing beyond vague supposition.
She has reason to think that her mother was a slave
and her father a slave-holder, and that it was owing
to the interest her father felt in her that she was
sent North, when two years old, and carefully reared
in a wealthy family. Her earliest recollection is of
a pleasant home, of being sent to and from school in
the family carriage, and of being carefully guarded
even from association with the servants. But, when
she was about ten years old, for some unknown
reason there came a change in the treatment which
she received. The family, who had used her as
kindly as if she were their own child, went abroad,
and left her to the care of the servants. Their cruelty
and neglect were such that she finally ran away to
escape her sufferings at their hands. She drifted
about from one place to another, a homelesss, friend-
less waif, cursed by the slight strain of negro blood
that appeared in her hair and complexion, working as
I08 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
she had opportunity, and as well as she knew how,
for her board and clothes. A benevolent gentleman
in Massachusetts finally became interested in her, and
provided her with school advantages. Other friends
afterwards aided her in obtaining the special instruc-
tion in music which her fine voice deserved, and finally
introduced her to the Jubilee Singers, whom she
joined in 1872.
Her health gave way during the exhausting labours
of their first visit to Great Britain, and she was unable
for several years to take up again the exacting duties
of concert work.
Minnie Tate's parents were both free coloured
people. Hor grandmother, on her mother's side, v/as
a slave in Mississippi, but her master gave her and
some of her children, including Minnie's mother, their
freedom. Designing to make their home in a free
State, the family took such of their possessions as
they could carry in bundles on their heads, and
started on foot for Ohio, little realising how long a
tramp they had undertaken. They had to work for
their living as they went along, and often stopped
several montlis in a place before they could get
enough money saved to warrant them in again taking
up their pilgrimage. Finally they reached a German
settlement in Tennessee, where the good people
treated them so kindly that they decided to bring
their journey to an end, and make their home among
them. Minnie's mother was allowed to attend school
with the white children, and obtained quite a good
education in the common English branches. After-
LINCOLN I A C. HAYNES, IO9
wards she removed to Nashville, where she married,
and where Minnie was born.
Her mother gave her her first lessons in reading at
home, but when older she went to Fisk School. She
was one of the original Jubilee Singers, and the
youngest of the company which made the first
visit to Great Britain, where her sweet voice and
her youth drew to her many friends. On the return
to America she was obliged, by the prostration
of her voice, to give up singing, and resumed her
studies.
LiNCOLNiA C. Haynes was a daughter of slave
parents, and was born in Macon, Georgia. Her
father's grandparents came directly from Africa, and
v/ere sold into Maryland. They had five children, one
of whom in early youth was sold into Georgia. There
he married, and in course of time became the father
of six children, the youngest of whom, named Mary-
land, afterwards became Lincolnia's father. Her
parents were married in 1870 and had two children,
Lincolnia being the youngest. At the close of the
civil war neither could read or write, but after their
marriage both entered the school of the American
Missionary Association, the husband attending at
night, as he was compelled to work during the day.
They both were very good singers, and early in life
their little daughter Lincolnia began to show signs of
musical talent ; for when only a tiny tot she would
make a piano for herself out of her high chair, and
play away on its cane bottom for hours together. She
entered the Ballard High School at her home when
1 10 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
quite young, finishing the course as valedictorian of
her class. Shortly after this her father died, and, being
desirous of a higher education, she managed, by means
of concerts and other help, to secure enough m.oney to
enter Fisk University, Nashville, Tennessee, where in
1892, she graduated.
While there Lincolnia was also a student in the
voice-culture department, the principal of the depart-
ment being responsible for her tuition.
After graduating she engaged in missionary work
under the American Missionary Association, labouring
in Tennessee and Georgia. On two occasions she was
chosen with others to travel through the North and
East to sing and thus raise money for the Missionary
Society ; she also taught in Ballard School until,
resigning that service, she became a member of the
Jubilee Singers.
Carrie S. Sadgwar, of Wilmington, North
Carolina, is the daughter of Frederick C. and Caro-
line Sadgwar, who were slaves at the time of Carrie's
birth.
Her father is a carpenter, and when learning that
trade while still a slave he also mastered the arts
of reading and writing. A friend wrote the letters
of the alphabet on a board in chalk ; and when the
overseer happened to come near the precious letters,
that *were of such value to him, would have to be
hurriedly destroyed with a jack-plane. Many tears
of sorrow and earnest longing were assuredly curled
up in those shavings. Her mother never learned to
read or write until she became free at the time of
the Emancipation.
CARRIE S. SADGIVAR— AGNES HAYNES. Ill
Carrie Is her parents' third child, and at nine years of
age she was sent to Gregory Institute, one of the schools
of the American Missionary Association, where she
remained until she finished the course. Having won
the hearts of her teachers, and proving worthy of a
higher education, she was sent by one of them — Miss
Hannah L. Fitts — to Fisk University. There she
gained a scholarship and worked her way until she
finished the normal course.
It seemed that Carrie was born to be a Jubilee
Singer. In the year 1871, on the 6th of October, the
first company of Singers went out from Nashville^
Tenn., that being the day before she was born. About
that time of the year, eighteen years later, she entered
Fisk University, where she became one of the leaders
of Jubilee songs. Almost at the same time of the year
she joined the present company of Singers.
When Carrie, after two years, went to New Hamp-
shire and met Miss Fitts — the teacher who had done so
much for her. Miss Fitts embraced her and with tears
of joy said, " If I had done ten times more for you,
Carrie, I would not regret it one bit, for I thank God
for my Carrie's progress."
The education and training of Agnes Haynes was
due to the remarkable energy and ambition of her
mother, who was born a slave.
Having so-called strict owners who thought it a
heinous crime for a slave to learn to read or write, she
had to gain by stealth all she learned. Accordingly,
when sent to take care of her master's children when
they were attending school, she took advantage of the
112 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
teaching by the governess, and learned to read as
thoroughly as the children did who were properly
taught.
Feeling her inferiority, as in this way she could
acquire the rudiments of an education alone — the
children being sent away to school when they grew
older — the slave attendant determined that, if ever she
had any children of her own, they should be educated
better than herself To effect this, it was necessary to
be free. Three times she endeavoured to reach
Canada — the Mecca of all those who were bound by the
chains of slavery — but each effort was unsuccessful.
Still, undaunted by repeated failure, hope was not
extinguished ; when, during the war, the Northern
soldiers came into the vicinity, she determined to
make another effort and go away with them. The
end of the war drew nearer, however ; the Emancipation
proclamation was issued and she was free.
Having four girls, the slave-mother sent them to
school in Staunton, Virginia, where she lived ; but as
they grew older she longed to give them better
opportunities than those afforded by the public
schools.
While working at a summer resort she heard, throucrh
one of the guests, that Fisk University offered the
opportunity so ardently sought. By dint of hard
work and saving she accumulated sufficient to pay
her eldest daughter, Eliza's, railway fare and first
month's board in that institution, trusting that God
would help her to earn the next month's expenses.
So the mother, toiling on, sent three of the girls to
Fisk, and finally the fourth, Agnes, was started. But,
being then quite old and having laboured so con-
GEORGIANA E. FOWLER. 1 13
tinuously, the brave woman's health began to fail, so
that she could not help Agnes as she had the others.
But Agnes inherited somewhat of her mother's energy
and ambition, and after her mother's health gave way
she pushed on alone, and was thus enabled to complete,
not only the course at Fisk University, but also to
obtain some voice culture as well.
It was the evening she graduated from the normal
course at Fisk University that Mr. Uoudin heard her
sing, and wished her to become a member of his
organisation. Longing to repay in some degree her
mother for the care and labour bestowed on her
children, and seeing that she could best do this by
accepting the offer made, Agnes became one of the
Jubilee Singers.
Georgiana E. Fowler is a native of Savannah,
Georgia. Losing her parents when very young she
has but a faint recollection of them, and knows but
little of their early history, save that they were born
under the yoke of slavery.
When four years of age her mother died, and she
v*'as given to a friend of her mother's, who cared
for her and sent her to school when a few years
older. This was done only at the cost of con-
siderable toil and many sacrifices ; but the friend
proved true to her trust, Georgie was kept at
school until able to help herself, which she did by
dressmaking.
When but a little child, Georcjie showed a love for
Ciiisic, in the lullaby s she used to sing to her doll, and
this talent was fostered by friends, who, though
8
114 THE JUBILEE SINGERS.
unable to help her to any cultivation of the voice, yet
enjoyed her singing.
She early became a Christian, and, on uniting with
the Church, also became a leading member of the
choir, and continued such until she joined the present
company of Jubilee Singers.
William Early's parents were both slaves m
Georgia and were sold into Mississippi. Their
owners were very cruel people, his mother even now
bearing marks of the beatings she received. She has
told William of how, when she was sold, she was
stripped to the waist for purchasers to examine her
body, to see if she was sound in all respects, so
as to be a good bargain ; and how they opened her
mouth to be assured that her teeth were good ; and,
finally, how they made her walk up and down in order
to show " how she picked up her feet."
This slave-woman's husband, after being repeatedly
punished, ran away at the beginning of the war, and
for a long time lived in the woods for fear of being
killed. He ultimately succeeded in getting possession
of his wife, and they made their way to Augusta,
Georgia, where William was born.
It was a hard struggle for a long time to get along ;
but by strenuous efforts the poor fugitives managed to
send William for a time to school ; but as soon as he
was old enough to work he was obliged to give up
books and learning for other things. Still, he obtained
some education while working at anything he could
get to do, with his father's help. He early showed a
love for music, and would take part in all the musical
JOHN L. A. LANE-MAGGIE E. WILSON. Ilj
events among the colored people in Augusta. He
joined the present company of Jubilee Singers in
1895.
John L. A. Lane's father was a slave, born in
Loudon Co., Virginia. His mother was a free woman.
Often does his father tell his children of the cruel
treatment he received from his master ; how he
used to be beaten, and then how salt was rubbed
into the sores caused by the whip. He finally ran
away and went to Georgetown, where John was
born.
John went to school until he Vv^as old enough to go
to work. He partly learned the trade of a carpenter ;
but all spare time was devoted to music, of which he
was passionately fond. Having a good tenor voice
he was greatly in demand for all the amateur musical
entertainments given among his people. Mr. Loudin
heard him sing, and liking his voice, engaged him as
a member of the company of Jubilee Singers in 1885.
He has remained with them ever since that date.
Maggie E. Wilson was born of slave parents,
who were born in Prince George's Co., Md., and who
were Emancipated after the civil war. Maggie was
the thirteenth child, and her home was in Washington,
D.C., where she was educated. The father, being
shrewd and industrious, determined that he would
buy a house, and made one payment on a small
suitable homestead. As a result of an accident he
died within a year after, however, leaving his wife
with nine small children and the house unpaid for.
1 16 THE JUBILEE SINGERS,
To rear and send to school so many little oner?
being no easy task, Mrs. Wilson experienced a hard
struggle in getting bread for the large household ; and
at the same time, not being able to make any further
payment, lost the home she had so earnestly hoped
to call her own.
As the elder children grew able to work, her task
lightened somewhat ; but to her great sorrow she was
not able to give them as good a schooling as she had
earnestly desired to do.
One day Maggie followed some children into the
schoolhouse, and remained until the pupils were dis-
missed. After that adventure she insisted upon being
sent to school, and the elder children united with the
mother in trying to give the youngest child that edu-
cation which they had failed to obtain for themselves.
As the young people w^ere not able to earn very
much, the weight of the burden fell upon the already
overtaxed mother, who struggled on, toiling from
early dawn till late into the night to keep hunger at
bay, and at the same time to keep Maggie at school.
Maggie's desire to learn encouraged the whole
family in their efforts, and they one and all deprived
themselves of almost every comfort that the child
might be benefited.
Being always fond of singing, Maggie took a pro-
minent part in the choir of the church she attended,
until, in 1882, she became a member of the company
of Jubilee Singers, and she has remained such until
the present time.
In this congenial situation Maggie has been able to
provide for her now aged mother, Mrs. Wilson being
at the present time seventy-five years of age. The
PEARL M. CRAWFORD. 11/
daughter thus makes a good return for the sacrifices
that were cheerfully made on her account in earlier
days.
Pearl M. Crawford's parents were slaves in
Athens, Alabama. After the Emancipation they
moved to Huntsville, in the same State, where Pearl
was born.
In 1877 they settled at Memphis, Tennessee, where
scon after they died of yellow fever, which was then
raging, leaving three children, Pearl and two younger
brothers. Mrs. Hayes, a widow, sister-in-law of Mrs.
Crawford, took the children and cared for them, as if
they were her own.
Mrs. Hayes' husband had been employed by a Mr.
Menkin as a carter, and at Hayes' death his widow,
though totally uneducated, continued to carry on his
work, although many efforts were made to supplant
her. But Mr. Menkin, vv'ho camxC from the North to
Memphis, had sympathy for a v/oman who had these
three orphan children to care for, and so continued to
employ her. Men would often apply for this work,
offering to do it cheaper, and asking v/hy it was giver^
to a Negro woman ; but by earnest pleadings and
careful attention Mrs. Hayes succeeded in keeping
her work. From a child, as soon as she learned how
to count, Pearl used to help her aunt to keep the
accounts ; and, therefore, although there were several
teams employed, Mrs. Hayes kept the business
straight, to the entire satisfaction of her employer ;
thus being able to fulfil the promise made to Mrs.
Crawford that the children should not be separated.
So Mrs. Hayes worked on, keeping the children
118 THE JUBILEE SL\GERS.
at their books, until Pearl (who often had to be away
from school on account of other work) graduated from
the normal department of the Lemoyne Institute,
which was under that Society which has done, and is
still doing, so much for Negro education — the American
Missionary Association.
After leaving school Pearl taught in the public
school at Memphis until she joined the Singers.
FiSK University, still the embodiment of all that
represents the uplifting of the Negro race in America,
has more than doubled its capacity and trebled the
number of its students ; the average attendance being
over five hundred. Hundreds arc anxiously wishing
to enter, and are only hindered by inability to raise
even the small amount needed for the course. There
is no abatement of the desire for education ; but, owing
to great financial depression in the United States,
the American Missionary Association, which has the
University in charge, is obliged to curtail expenses
rather than extend its enterprise, although such
extension is urgently needed.
Additional buildings added to the first Jubilee Hall,
are Livingstone Hall, now fully occupied, a Theo-
logical Hall, Gymnasium, a Model School, Magnolia
Cottage, for lodging accommodation, and a beautiful
Chapel, called Fisk Memorial, after the late Gen.
Clinton B. Fisk, being paid for by a legacy left by
the General. To these is now being added a much-
needed home for President Cravath, who hitherto has
been compelled to occupy rooms in Jubilee Hall. It
would gratify those who have contributed to the
University could they see the progress made, and
PISK UNIVERSITY. Itg
take account of the vast benefits, spiritual, physical,
and literary, which the Institution has been enabled
to bestow.
Since 1 878, when the University ceased to use the
Jubilee Singers as a means of revenue, the Trustees
have depended almost entirely upon the generosity of
friends for support, there being practically no endow-
ment. Occasionally students have been sent out to
deepen the interest of the public in the Institution
by telling of its work and singing the melodies of the
South ; for as the work extends the need for help
becomes proportionately greater.
SUPPLEMENT.
BY
F. J. LOUDiN.
CHAPTER I.
THE NEW MANAGEMENT.
With this chapter begins a new epoch in the
*' Story of the Jubilee Singers."
Hitherto, the triumphs and wonderful achieve-
ments had been accomplished under the direction
and management of the so-called dominant race,
but in September, 1882, a Negro steps to the helm
and henceforth directs the now famous Jubilee
Craft. He fully realized that it was no easy task
to come out of the ranks, where he had been on
equal terms with the rest of the company, and take
command ; that it would greatly damage the cause
of the Negro, if, under the management of one of
the race, there should be in any respect a failure,
and how thousands, who have no confidence in the
leadership of the Black Man, would say significant-
ly, " I told you so," or " I knew it." Many were
the predictions which came to our ears of the utter
failure of the company under the new management.
In May, 1882, Mr. White, who had been manag-
ing the company since 1879, told us, when disband-
ing for the season, that he sav/ no prospect of
keeping the company together longer, and I was
urged by some of the members, who, with myself,
Ihouoht the work of the Singers not ended, to take
124 ^^^ A^^jr MANAGEMENT.
the management and direction of the company.
Having waited until the latter part of August in
the vain hope that Mr. White would again take up
the work, I set about the task of re-organization.
Not quite ail were willing to continue in the
company under the new conditions and the task of
filling those places thus made vacant, for the time
had already passed when, if we were to be in the
field, the work of organizing should be complete,
was by no means easy.
After searching through several states, the va-
cancies were well filled and the work of rehearsal
began. After nearly a month spent thus, the new
parts of the Craft were fitted to their places, and
the vessel, with its new helmsman, v/as, with all
sails set, soon under Avay.
Two very successful years were spent in the
United States and Canada. But a desire for new
and greater achievements than the little band had
ever won was ever present with me ; but to find a
field where this Vv^as possible was the perplexing
question.
It did not seem possible to do this in either
Europe or America, for they Vv^ere neither of them
new fields ; so, finally, it was decided to circum-
navigate the globe ; and we resolved to sing these
sweet, tuneful melodies in lands vdiere they had
not yet been heard, and where we v/ere entire
strangers.
With this end in view, we sailed from New York,
April 3, 1884, bound for Great Britain,
IN GREAT BRITAIN. 125
IN GREAT BRITAIN.
Landing in Iviverpool after a rather rough pas-
sage, we went on to London and found that the
" May Meetings," as the annual gatherings of the
various churches and other organizations are
called, were already in session. As soon as it was
known that we were in the city, invitations came
thick and fast for us to take part in tliese various
meetings, only three of which were v/e able to ac-
cept, viz: the Y. M. C. A., the Y. W. C. A., and
the Freedmen's Missions Aid Society; the last was
held in Westminster Church, the other two in the
great historic Kxeter Hall, both buildings being
crowded to their utmost capacity.
At the Young Women's meeting, that lamented
and beloved Christian nobleman. Lord Shaftesbury,
presided. Among the many good things he said,
was the following:
*' He had never hoped to see such a grand sight
as that before him. Some of the Jubilee Singers
had borne the yoke of servitude, which, by the
mercy of God, had been broken; and the use they
made of their liberty was to devote their talents
and energies in the earlier part of their career to
help their kith and kindred. Some of them were
old friends of his. It had nov/ come to pass that
colored people came to England to advance the
temporal and eternal interests of the white popu-
lation. God forbid that we should hear any more
of that blasphemous nonsense, that there was any
126 IN GREAT BRITAIN.
material differejtice between races redeemed by the
same Savior and destined to the same immortality.
He had derived great benefit from the meeting and
enjoyed a rich and happy treat."
Our agent being new to the Vvork and to the
country, made the very sad mistake of booking us
in the South instead of the North of Great Britain,
when at this season of the year it was so warm that
all indoor entertainments were failures, and our
concerts were no exceptions, so that our losses up
to the close of the season, July 6, amounted to
several thousand dollars. A vacation of six weeks,
which was spent in Scarborough, the " Queen of
Watering Places," as its surpassing beauty entitles
it to be called, followed.
Notwithstanding our most pleasant surroundings,
they were anxious weeks as we looked forward to
the outcome of the approaching season, for which
plans were formulated and engagements made.
A new difficulty arose at this point. An agent,
who had been discharged before leaving America,
and a man for whom we had given a number of
concerts, were taking advantage of our absence
from the country to organize a company which they
called " The Original Fisk University Jubilee
Singers," and were making advances through an
approachable member of our company, to several
others, by offering them increased pay to return
and join them. All v/ith one exception refused,
being thoroughly loyal to the management. The
knowledge of this treachery did not come to me
IN GREAT BRITAIN. IZJ
until within a week or ten days before the time for
beginning the season's work, when it was an-
nounced at morning rehearsal that he and one of
my principal singers were about to leave. This
meant a delay of about a month in getting new
sineers and an additional two or three weeks to fit
them in their places ; and the breaking of more than
a score of good contracts, making myself liable for
damages; besides the additional expense of an idle
company, to which, in order that the situation may
be appreciated, the losses already incurred must be
added.
After a long, exhausting discussion with the par-
ties, I succeeded in showing the one whom I want-
ed to retain, and who was an excellent singer, the
dishonor of such action, and he agreed to remain.
September found us in excellent condition and a
bright prospect before us, which gave vigor to our
work.
Our third concert was at Hull, where we sang to
an audience of over five thousand in Hengler's
Circus, sharing the proceeds with a Methodist
Church.
The next appointment v/as at the old historic
city of York, where w^e had one of the grandest
array of patrons the company had ever been hon-
ored with at any single concert. It was given in
the '' Festival Concert Room," September 4.
Among those under whose patronage and in whose
presence the concert was given were the Earl and
Countess of Zetland, Lord and Lady Wenlock, Sir
128 IN GREAT BRITAIN,
F. G. Milne, Bart., M. P., and Lady Milne, the
Right Hon. the Lord Mayor and Lady Mayoress,
the Sheriff of York, Major-Gen. Willis, C. B., and
Mrs. Willis, Major-Gen. Nason and Mrs. Nason,
the ex-Lord Mayor and Mrs. T. Varey, Sir James
Meek, Rev. Canon Fleming, B. D., and thirty-one
other distinguished personages of York and vicin-
ity. An enormous crowd filled every available
space in the concert room. So greatly were the
people pleased that they demanded a second con-
cert, which was given at a later date.
We pass over many interesting events, as space
compels us to do so, and take the reader with us to
Chillingham Castle, in the North of England, the
home of the Karl of Tankerville.
The Earl and the Countess of Tankerville are
among the most active Christians of that region.
The old castle dates back well nigh a thousand
years, and we had been invited here to stay from
Saturday till Monday.
We went there on the 4tli of October. The day
was beautiful, and the estate of nearly two thou-
sand acres, in the midst of v/hicli the castle stands,
was decked in all its autumnal beauty. The native
cattle, white in color and in a wild state, which are
found on this estate and that of the Duke of
Hamilton's only, number nearly one hundred head.
They have about seven hundred acres of a deer
park through which to roam.
It seemed like a dream to us that we, who had
been, and still are, driven from so many hotels in
IN GREAT BRITAIN. 129
the '' Sweet Land of Liberty " because of our
color ; and some, too, who had been born in slavery,
should now be entertained by an Earl for three
days in his home. What took place on Sunday I
will let his lordship tell. In a letter he wrote to a
friend the next day, and which by permission was
published in a paper called '' The Service for the
King," (I regret that space will not permit the
entire article to be published,) he says :
'' Yesterday was such a day as Chillingham never
saw before — the old castle turned into an impromptu
cathedral was fairly taken by storm — a vast mul-
titude having gathered to hear the Jubilee Singers
and their touching hymns, which we thought might
be turned to good account in connection with an
address from Mr. Stevenson Blackwood, who was
here with us. We fancied that the court-yard " (a
large square, on the four sides of which the castle
with its four corner towers is built) ''would be
large enough for any number who were in reach,
but when the gates were opened the first rush
filled it, and they still came pouring in like a river ;
so I desired them to go up the tower staircases and
man the battlements, which made excellent galler-
ies — but still more came, some of whom were al-
lowed to go into all the rooms looking into the court.
" The scene was very striking, all these crowds of
faces so intent, so quiet, so orderly. Still, there
were many who were disappointed, for we expected
perhaps five or six hundred, and there were, I am
told, upwards of two thousand.
130 IN GREAT BRITAIN.
"The distances they came from were out of all
calculation ; some as far as Rothbury and the sea-
side ; and from Wooler and Belford in quantities.
" From the stone steps, in the centre of one side
of the court, which lead up to the Hall, there was
a platform raised for the Singers, and from which
Mr. Blackwood spoke. After settling the crowd,
who marshalled themselves to order like soldiers,
the Jubilee Singers began. You heard only a faint
note in unison, like the wind among leaves, which
resolved itself into a beautiful chord on an ^olian
harp, and then they swelled their voices into full
song. The hymn, " My Redeemer," was most im-
pressive, and when it died away you might have
heard a pin drop.
" Mr. Blackwood then began, and was splendid^
fixing the whole audience, although nine-tenths of
them only came to hear the Jubilee Singers.
^jC ^i^ ^f>- ''i^ *^ ?j^
" The elements, too, were under command, for
though we are now late in the season for fine
weather and subject to equinoctial gales, the day
was as bright and still as any summer's day that
we have had; and though boys and men were
perched upon all the tower tops and rickety old
battlements, not an accident or contre-temps of any
kind occurred, while 2,000 people wandered at will
through all the gardens and flower beds, and never
trod upon one or gathered a single flower, though
there was no one to hinder them. About sixty or
eighty came afterwards into the Hall, before finally
IN GREAT BRITAIN. 1 31
going away, where we had a parting prayer with
them.
* s{J ♦ >}i :is if!
" I could not help thinking when that weird music
chimed in so meltingly, that these songs of their
captivity (as they call them) might have been
something of an echo of the songs of the captive
children of Israel, when they hung their harps on
the willows, and w^ept by the waters of Babylon ;
and their songs, if they could have been handed
down to us, must have been most beautiful, for the
Jews are the first musicians and the first composers
in the world. But as song, like poetry, is the out-
come of the passions, whether of joy or of sorrow,
all the world over, these wild, plaintive hymns,
longing to be away in the Home to come, might
have some resemblance to those of ages past, as
* like causes produce like effects.'
" Altogether, our October 5th was a very mem-
orable one, and I do hope and believe will be a day
to be remembered by many, who went away with
very different thoughts than those they came with ;
and certainly these old walls never saw such a
day.'»
It was evident now that the tide had set in in our
favor and success followed success from day to day
and from month to month. February 17 we sang
in Hengler's Circus in I^iverpool, before an audience
numbering nearly seven thousand. The concert
was given under the auspices of the Y. W. C. A. of
Gordon Hall. It was a most enthusiastic audience
132 IN GREAT BRITAIN.
and the bursts of applause which followed many of
the pieces fairly shook the great building.
This was the largest audience where an admis-
sion fee was charged to which the Jubilee Singers
had ever sung. Of this concert, the Liverpool
Courier of the i8th, among other things, said :
" The Jubilee Singers are not a numerically strong
choir, but long association, careful practice, and
above all a deep sympathy with their songs have
brought the members individually and collectively
to a high state of perfection. The peculiar weird-
ness which characterizes many of their songs, the
richness and yet softness and simplicity of the
melodies and the exquisite taste and feeling with
which they are rendered, combine to give any
audience who have had the pleasure of listening to
them a rare musical treat, and such was the concert
last night.
"Frequently throughout the evening the Singers
had to respond to demands for repetition, and this
they did with a pleasure the sincerity of which was
evident to all the listeners."
IN IRELAND.
On each former occasion the Jubilee Singers had
visited only a few of the larger towns of Ireland,
and these only in the North, for the reason they
feared that the towns and cities where Roman
Catholicism predominated would not give paying
audiences, but it was resolved to try it, and the re-
sults fully justified the venture ; for we were
IN GREAT BRITAIN. 1 33
greeted almost universally with good houses of very
enthusiastic people. Queenstown, Cork, and many
other of the southern towns were visited with good
results. At Abbey Leix, we had the honor of the
patronage of the Viscount and Lady De Vesci, who
attended the concert, accompanied by Lady Ken-
mare, wife of Baron Kenmare, of Killarney House,
Killarney Co. We were honored with an invitation
to lunch the next day with Lady De Vesci at her
beautiful home. Lady Kenmare was also present
and invited us to Killarney House, should we visit
that most charming part of the Emerald Isle,
putting one of her cottages and a yacht at our
disposal during our stay ; but time would not permit
us to accept her most cordial invitation, much to
our reo-ret.
o
CHAPTER II.
BOUND FOR THE ANTIPODES.
It had been decided to start for the Antipodes in
the spring of 1886, so we returned to England in
March, after sending our agent on one month in
advance, with full instructions. It required no
small amount of persuasion to induce all of the
Singers to put the earth's diameter between them-
selves and home, and their parents as well to
allow them to go so far from the parental roof.
All, however, finally decided to go, with one ex-
ception, and his place was filled by a young man
from Georgia.
We reached I^ondon about March 27, and the
next four days were very busy ones, as the reader
may know, getting things together ready for a start.
Five thousand copies of the " Story of the Jubilee
Singers " had to be shipped, as well as eight or
nine hundred dollars' worth of various kinds of
printed matter which, as was learned afterward,
could have been done as well, if not so cheaply, in
Australia as in England. Numerous friends came
to say farewell and wish us God-speed, one of our
old friends, Richard Johnson, coming all the way
from Manchester for that purpose.
OUR VOYAGE. 135
OUR VOYAGE.
April ist found us astir, bright and early, and on
our way to the railway station, where we took the
train which conveyed us to the great Albert docks,
some dozen miles down the Thames. Arriving at
the docks, our party, save myself, saw for the first
time the beautiful staunch steamer " Orient," of the
Orient line of steamers, which was to be our ocean
home for the next six weeks. It was, up to this
time, the finest ship we had ever made a voyage
upon.
There were twelve of our party and the fare
alone was about three hundred dollars each, beside
the agent, who had already gone.
One might have thought we were leaving home
rather than going from one foreign country to an-
other, from the large number of dear English
friends who were down to bid us good-bye.
Promptly at ten o'clock, the appointed time, the
lines were hauled in and the ponderous 5,000
horse-power engines began their motion, and we
were on our way to the '' lyand of the Golden
Fleece."
The voyage was most pleasant and interesting.
The death of an infant and the breaking of a leg
by a third-class passenger made up the chapter of
accidents during the voyage. I shall try to tell
in another book some of the interesting events of
this voyage, and here mention only the detour
made by some half-dozen of our company to Cairo
136 OUR VOYAGE.
during tlie two days our ship took to pass through
the Suez Canal, one of the greatest events of our
lives up to the present.
At the end of forty-four days our ship lay
alongside the wharf at Williamstown, the port of
Melbourne. The long association on vshipboard
had made for us many friends. There was none
of that insolent color prejudice to confront us, as we
were the only Americans on board.
We had been asked by the ^'Aged Seamen's
Home," of Liverpool, to give a concert on the way
out. We did so, and the lady passengers managed
the financial part by selling programs, which they
printed and ornamented. The net results were
something over $150, which amount the purser re-
mitted to the "Home."
Before leaving the ship on the morning of May
14, 1886, the following was handed to me by a
committee of our fellow passengers :
S, S. ''Orient,'' May ij, 1886.
To F, J, Loiidin, Esq.,
Dear Sir : — We cannot allow our voyage in the
S. S. "Orient" to terminate without tendering to
you and the other members of the Fisk Jubilee
Singers our best thanks for your unremitting efforts
to contribute to our entertainment during the six
weeks we have been together. You have at all
times been ready to assist in making the evenings
pass pleasantly, and with so much cheerfulness
have you displayed your ability to entertain that
OLTR VOYAGE. 137
your presence on board lias been most welcome to
us all.
We also beg to express our liigli estimation of
the character of your musical entertainment as ex-
pressive of the religious feeling and the religious
life of the colored people while in bondage in the
Southern States ; we think the music not only
touching and interesting, but unique. We sin-
cerely hope that in your visit to the Australian
Colonies you will meet with the great success and
will receive the high appreciation which, from our
experience, we feel sure you most certainly deserv^e.
We are, dear sir, yours very sincerely,
Then follow the names of all our fellow passen-
gers in the first saloon.
CHAPTER III.
IN AUSTRALASIA.
We landed in Melbourne, the beautiful capital
of the colony of Victoria, and found things in a
very bad shape for us. Our agent, who had started
a month in advance of us, had only been on shore —
or rather on the mainland — four days in advance of
us, as there had been a case of small-pox on his
ship and all had been quarantined for three
weeks.
We went to the Grand Hotel, the best in Mel-
bourne, and in a few days began practice in the
Y. M. C. A. Hall, which was very generously
placed at our service for that purpose.
We can never forget the cordial welcome we re-
ceived. Numerous social gatherings were arranged
by leading citizens of Melbourne, by members of
Parliament and their wives, and by leading mer-
chants, until finally the social courtesies culminat-
ed in a grand reception and private concert at the
Grand Hotel.
The invitations sent out were as follows : " The
Very Reverend, the Dean of Melbourne, upon be-
half of the committee especially formed to welcome
the Jubilee Singers to Australia, requests the
IN MELBOURNE. 1 39
pleasure of company at a private
concert and reception, which will be given at the
Grand Hotel, on Monday afternoon, 31st May.
The chair will be taken at three o'clock by the
Very Reverend, the Dean. Morning dress. Car-
riages at 4:30 P. M.
Committee : The Honorable Jones MacBain,
President of the Legislative Council ; the Right
Worshipful, the Mayor of Melbourne ; the Very
Reverend, the Dean of Melbourne ; the Honorable
James Balfour, M. L. C; the Honorable C. J. Ham,
M. Iv. C; the Honorable F. C. Beaver, M. L. C;
the Rev. Rentoul, D. D.; the Rev. H. B. Macart-
ney, Jr., M. A.; the Rev. H. A. Langley ; the Rev.
D. S. McEachran ; the Rev. J. Watsford ; the Rev.
Wm. Allen ; Andrew Harper, Esq.; M. A. Duncan
Love, Esq."
The greeting given us on this occasion was most
memorable ; more than two hundred of the best
people of this wonderful city were present. Gen-
tle women and strong men grasped our hands in
such a manner as to assure us that, though among
strangers in that part of the earth farthest from
our homes, we were yet in the midst of warm and
true-hearted friends.
The singing seemed to touch their hearts, and,
indeed, wherever we went through Australia,
flowers were strewn along our pathway.
Following this came an invitation from Lady
Loch to attend her reception at Government House,
where we were made most welcome by the Gov-
140 IN AUSTRALASIA.
ernor and his estimable wife, and were cordially
greeted by those who attended.
On the 7th of June, we gave our first concert.
We had rented the Town Hall, seating 3,200. His
Excellency, the Governor, Sir Henry Ivoch and
Lady Loch, with suite, honored us with their
patronage on the opening night. The hall was
packed almost to suffocation, as it was also on the
twenty-five succeeding nights. Hundreds were
frequently turned away. We eclipsed all records
of concert companies (jubilee or classical) during
our stay in Melbourne, for we gave eighty success-
ful concerts during this visit to Melbourne.
In each of the capital cities of Australasia, the
governors and their wives honored us v/ith their
patronage. We sang sixty nights in Sidney, forty
in Adelaide, and thirty in Brisbane. We were in
beautiful New Zealand seven months, in Tasmania
one mionth — remaining in. Australasia altogether
three and one-half years.
Space will permit the narration of only a few of
the more remarkable incidents which were crowded
into our visit to Australasia.
The aborigines of Australia are said to be the
lowest type of the human family ; they are very
black, with long, wavy hair and very coarse feat-
ures.* We were invited by a missionary at Meloga,
a Mission Station, to come out and sing to them.
We gladly consented, and after a drive of fourteen
miles through thickly wooded forests, arrived at
the station. We found these black people far from
THE ABORIGINES OF AUSTRALIA. 141
cordial, in fact they gave us to understand by their
actions that they did not wish to have anything to
do with us. After we had spent about an hour in-
specting their schools, homes, etc., the church bell
rang, and when they had assembled we took our
places and began to sing that sweetly pathetic
song evolved from the crushed hearts of the en-
slaved black people of America, '^ Steal Away to
Jesus." Up to this time they seemed like unwil-
ling children forced to go to Sabbath school ; but
what a change of expression the tones of the old
slave song awoke ! First, wonder, which seem.ed
to say, " What strange sounds are these which for
the first time fall upon our ears ? " then joy, as the
full volume of the melody filled the humble little
church. The song ended, we sang another, and
still others of ^' sweetly solemn, wildly sad " old
melodies.
" And the song of our devotion
Filled their hearts with strange emotion,"
for long before the " Benediction " had been chant-
ed, they were weeping like children, tears of joy ;
and when we had finished they gathered about us,
and, with tears still flowing, they clasped our
hands and in broken accents exclaimed, " Oh ! God
bless you ! we have never heard anything like that
before ! " As we drove away, they climbed upon
the fences and up in the trees, and until our car-
riages were lost to view, they waved us good-bye.
The Maoris of New Zealand are the aboriginal
people of those beautiful mountainous islands.
142 THE MAORIS OF NEW ZEALAND.
Unlike the aborigines of Australia, they are a
strong, vigorous, intelligent people. They seemed
to take to us at once, and, though their songs have
a limited scale of only three tones, still they were
charmed with our music. I have known them to
follow us from town to town simply to talk with us
and hear us sing. One woman who, with her two
children, was on the train with us going to the
next town, said to me, '^ It seems as if your singing
makes me crazy ; I have been to two places to
hear you sing and I am now going to a third."
Three and a half years were spent among the
warm-hearted, go-ahead people of Australasia with
as great profit and pleasure to us as in any similar
period of our history.
CHAPTER IV.
FROM AUSTRALASIA TO THE ORIENT.
On the 25tli of October, we embarked on the
magnificent ship " Orizaba,"of the Orient line, home-
ward bound via Ceylon. I own it was with rather
a sad heart that we bade farewell to our numerous
friends in Australasia, although we were homeward
bound.
Our trip to Ceylon was pleasant and uneventful.
On a beautiful morning in November we landed in
Columbo, after seventeen days' sail. Unfortunately,
we found that our agent, who had preceded us by a
month, was unable to fix a date for us which would
suit the date of our arrival and departure, as the
only available hall in Columbo had been previously
engaged; so, after three days spent in Ceylon,
during which time some of us visited Kandy, about
forty miles from Columbo, we left for Calcutta,
greatly pleased with what we had seen. A number
of Europeans at Columbo were greatly disappointed
because we did not give a concert, and, after our
arrival, succeeded in having the parties consent to
vacate the hall for one night, but fearing the short
advertisement would not insure successful results,
I declined to give a concert — a decision I have al-
144 ^^ INDIA.
ways regretted, for if not financially successful it
would have been a rare experience.
Our voyage to Calcutta was a very rough one, as
during two days we were on the edge of a cyclonic
storm, consequently our arrival was delayed two
days ; but our agent, having taken this possibility
into account, we arrived a day ahead of our open-
ing date.
His Excellency, Lord Landsdowne, and his wife
accorded us their patronage ; the American consul
and wife were also among our distinguished pa-
trons. Our audiences were frequently very large
and enthusiastic, almost exclusively European and
Eurasians, as the natives were but little attracted
by us. After a season of about two v/eeks in the
hall, we opened a season of six or eight nights in
Bishop Thorburn's Church, with marked success,
and enabled them to free themselves from a debt
which had hung over them for years.
In Bombay we sang with even greater success,
as the Parsees came in large numbers to hear us,
and our hall was nightly crowded to its utmost
capacity, many persons sitting on the stage behind
us. Madras was also one of our most successful
points in India.
At Agra we had an experience which stands out
prominently among our long list of wonderful ex-
periences. At Agra is built that wonderful tomb,
the Taj-Mahal, acknowledged by the whole world
to be the most beautiful monument the earth has
yet possessed. Poets and painters alike have
AT THE TAJ-MAHAL, 145
striven to describe tliis world's wonder, and, having
exhaiisted the power of pen and brush, they have
been compelled to give up in despair and acknowl-
edofe that ^' the half has never been told."
It goes without saying that we, like the others
who have made pilgrimages to this tomb, built by
Shah Jehan for his devoted wife, Banos Begum,
were overpowered by its indescribable beauty, but
we were destined to have an experience of which
we had not dreamed.
At the close of our first night's concert, a gentle-
man came up to the platform, extended his hand
to me and gave expression as best he could to the
pleasure the concert had given him, and then added
that he would be glad to show us through the Taj-
Mahal, as he was custodian of the place. A thought
flashed across my mind that we might have an
experience enjoyed by no other Christian people —
namely, singing a Christian song in a Mohammedan
tomb or temple, and that temple the most beautiful
on earth. Thanking the gentleman for his kind
offer, I at once asked if it would not be possible
for us to sing a song there ; he looked a little sur-
prised, hesitated a moment, then answered, " Yes."
We told a few friends, including the proprietor
of one of the leading papers, who engaged a special
reporter to write up the event.
We were up bright and early, having been ad-
vised by the custodian to be there in the early
morning or late afternoon as the best time to see
it. Quite a large number of people drove out to be
present at this remarkable event. jq
146 IT THE TAJ-MAHAL.
As we Catered the arched door- way, we met
Mohammedans coming out ; they had been within
to bedeck the tombs of Shah Jehan and his wife
with the fresh flowers of the morning, and with
shoeless feet had repeated in the (to them) sacred
presence their morning prayers. We looked with
friendly glances into one another's dark faces as
we met and passed ; they inquiringly, while our
faces must have been aglow with expectant de-
light.
Ivightly we tread the rich mosaic floot until the
centre of the octagonal temple is reached, where
under the snow-white dome, two hundred and
sixty-two feet high, are located, exactly above the
real tombs in the crypt below, two sarcophagi du-
plicates of the real ones below, ornamented with
texts from the Koran, traced in precious stones —
sapphires, rubies, emeralds, garnets, jaspar, mala-
chite, lapis-lazuli, carnelian, agate, and blood-stone.
We gather around the sarcophagi and soon the
great lofty dome echoes the first Christian song it
has ever caught up, and that song the cry of a race
akin to those whose dust sleeps in the crypt be-
neath. As the tones of that beautiful slave song,
'' Steal Away to Jesus," which we had sung before
emperors, presidents, kings and queens, awoke the
stillness of that most wonderful of temples, we were
so much overcome by the unique circumstances
that it was with the utmost difficulty we could sing
at all. ''I've Been Redeemed" and ''We Shall
Walk Through the Valley " were sung, and thus
IN BURMAH. 147
closed one of tlie most remarkable events in the
history of the Fisk Jubilee Singers.
Life in the Orient was full of interest — Cawnpore,
IvUcknow, and Madras were particularly so; but
space forbids dwelling longer upon this most in-
teresting portion of our trip around the world. We
sailed from Madras along the east coast of India,
calling at the various ports until Coconada was
reached ; then, crossing the Bay of Bengal, our next
stop was at Rangoon in Lower Burmah. For a
stay of one week our work here was very profitable,
most of our concerts being given in the Methodist
Church. Here also we had the opportunity of
coming in contact with the native population. The
Baptists have a strong hold here, especially among
the Karens.
We were asked to sing to their schools, and one
beautiful morning we drove out to where they were
located and found gathered in the large hall nearly
half of their students, packed like sardines in a box.
They were gentlemanly and lady-like and greeted
lis most heartily. We sang a number of pieces for
them, which they seemed most thoroughly to enjoy,
many of them being moved to tears. They, in turn,
sang for us a number of the Moody and Sankey
hymns, which they did very well, indeed. The
Methodist Church was just opening a mission in
Rangoon, under the direction of Bishop Thorburn
and the immediate charge of Rev. Clancy. One of
the very first teachers at Fisk University was also
engaged here, and it was a real treat to meet so old
148 IN CHINA.
and tried a friend as Miss Matson. Another of the
Reverend Clancy's assistants was a Miss Lillian
Black, who impressed us as being one of the most
effective workers we have met in the mission field.
Leaving Rangoon, we sailed down the bay, along
the coast of the Malay Peninsula to Penang and
Singapore. At the latter place we were especially
successful, the hall being crowded nightly to its
utmost capacity ; our prices of admission were one
and two dollars. We made a trip also over to Je-
hore, which is situated on the mainland, where we
gave a concert for Dato Meldrum. We made
many friends here and the week was very pleasant-
ly spent. Leaving here by a German steamer, our
next stop was at the beautiful city of Hong
Kong. We were unfortunate here as to the
time of our concert, for it was race-week and
the people of Hong Kong give up their entire
time, night and day, to the festivities of this
great annual event — all business being suspended
from ten o'clock in the day, while the nights
are given up to dinner-parties and balls, which
are given not only at the homes of the residents
but by the officers of the various men-of-war,
of which there are always from twenty to thirty in
the harbor. Some of us made a trip up the Canton
River* to the wonderful city of Canton. Leaving
Hong Kong, we went to Shanghai, but, as many of
the leading Europeans of the French and English
colonies, as well as the American colony, had gone
to the races at Hong Kong and had not yet returned,
IN CHINA. 149
it proved to be an inauspicious time to visit Shang-
hai; still, we did a good business here and re-
mained about two weeks. From here we sailed for
beautiful Japan.
CHAPTER V.
IN JAPAN.
We found to our surprise that nearly all of the
accommodations in the various steamers sailing to
San Francisco were engaged, except in one ship,
which was the poorest of them all, so it was neces-
sary either to cut our stay shorter than we had
planned, or remain a number of weeks longer than
it would be profitable to do. Our first stop was at
Nagasaki, and, having arranged with the Steam-
ship Company to delay the sailing of our steamer
for about twelve hours, we were enabled to give a
concert, which was very successful indeed. Our
next stop was at Kobe, where we spent about a
week, singing to crowded houses nightly, our audi-
ences here consisting, as in other Oriental cities,
chiefly of Europeans ; still, a much larger percent-
age of the Japanese attended our concerts than any
of the other Oriental races. We had here a very
interesting and pleasant experience. The young
ladies of the Congregational School, under the
charge of the Rev. Atkinson, were very anxious to
have us come and sing for them and sent down to
know how much we would charge. We regarded
it as a labor of love and refused to accept anything.
IN JAPAN, 151
It was a most interesting and pleasant occasion.
The day was the closing of the term, and the usual
exercises for such an occasion were gone through
with; declamations, essays, singing, etc., were ren-
dered in English and Japanese, but they seemed
impatient to hear us. Your humble servant was
introduced and made a little speech, which was
interpreted by Mr. Atkinson, but they seemed very
anxious to hear the singing. I have never seen a
more interested and enthusiastic audience ; they
gave expression to their delight by clapping their
hands and deep-drawn sighs, which, Mr. Atkin-
son informed us, was their mode of express-
ing the highest degree of delight, and when we
left, the girls ran down to the hedge which sur-
rounds the school-house grounds and waved us
good-bye as we were drawn away in our Rickshaws.
Our next stop was at Yokohama, where also our
hall was crowded nightly with eager listeners, many
of whom were Japanese.
We met a ver)^ enthusiastic American here, who
was engaged in the shipping business on an exten-
sive scale. Our agent had engaged him to land
our baggage, deliver it at the hotel, and load it
again on the ship at our departure. I called to
settle with him before leaving ; he told me how
much he had enjoyed the concerts (I had seen him
every night in the two-dollar seats), and expressed
his deep regret that we were leaving so soon. He
said that if we were going to remain a month, he
would go every night, adding further that he dii^^
152 HOMEWARD BOUND.
not feel as tliough lie had given enough for his en-
joyment. I jokingly said, *' Very well, I do not
know of any law that will prevent you from giving
more." Whereupon he handed me my receipted
bill, amounting to twenty-five dollars, and refused
to accept any money in payment, adding that he
did not feel that even such a favor paid for the
pleasure and benefit he had received.
It is now Thursday, the 3d of April — and
at ten o'clock in the morning, we are on
board of the Rio de Janeiro. The ship weighs
anchor and we are on our way home again, it being
just six years to the very day of the week, day of
the month, and hour of the day, since we had sailed
from New York. The morning is rough. Hours
after our ship had started, Fujiyama was still in
plain view, and we looked with longing eyes back
to this beautiful land where our stay had been
much too short, either for profit or pleasure. The
sea is rough and grows rougher with each succeed-
ing hour, until we find ourselves in a veritable cy-
clone. Our progress is slow and gets laborious as
the ship rolls and tosses day after day. At last we
enter the Golden Gate after a voyage of seventeen
days, being two days behind the time of this, one
of the slowest ships plying between China and San
Francisco via Japan.
After a few weeks' stay in San Francisco, we
start on our way eastward, and we are not long in
finding out that we are no longer free from that
prejudice which confronts a Negro at every turn in
AT HOME. 153
life, and wliicli we had not met with in any other
quarter of the globe. We sang at Pueblo. Our
next point eastward was Colorado Springs, forty-
two miles distant, but we were compelled to return
to Pueblo after our concert to get a place to sleep,
as no hotel in Colorado Springs would keep us.
Our next appointment was still east of Colorado
Springs, so I was compelled to pay the passage of
twelve people eighty-four miles to get a place to
sleep. Surely this is the '' land of the free and the
home of the brave." We arrived at our various
homes on the third of June, thus having made the
circuit of the globe in six years and two months.
As an answer to the predictions of our failure
under the new management, of which mention has
been made, I would say that at no period in the
history of the company v/as its success more
marked. Some of the singers were enabled to buy
for themselves comfortable homes ; while I may
refer, with, I trust, pardonable pride, in view of
the discussion now being waged on the ^' Negro
Problem," to the fact that I was able to become the
largest stockholder in a shoe manufactory at my
home, Ravenna, Ohio ; that the stockholders did
me the honor to name the company The F. J.
Ivoudin Shoe Manufacturing Company, and the
shoes we manufacture the " F. J. Loudin Shoe.'*
So, I trust, my readers will pardon the reference
I make to the above, as well as to the fact of my
being the first man to make a successful six years
concert tour around the world, and that, too, with
154 ^^ HOME.
2l company of colored singers, singing chiefly music
composed by the Negro ; for it is such things which
go far towards solving the much debated '' Negro
Problem.'*
JUBILEE SONGS.
PREFACE TO THE MUSIC.
!n giving these melodies to the world in a tangible form,
it seems desirable to say a few words about them as judged
from a musical standpoint. It is certain that the critic stands
completely disarmed in their presence. He must not only
recognize their immense power over audiences which include
many people of the highest culture, but, if he be not thor-
oughly encased in prejudice, he must yield a tribute of ad-
miration on his own part, and acknowledge that these songs
touch a chord which the most consummate art fails to reach.
Something of this result is doubtless due to the singers as
well as to their melodies. The excellent rendering of the
Jubilee Band is made more effective and the interest is inten-
sified by the comparison of their former state of slavery and
degradation with the present prospects and hopes of their
race, which crowd upon every listener's mind during the
singing of their songs. Yet the power is chiefly in the
songs themselves, and hence a brief analysis of them will be
. of interest.
\ Their origin is unique. They are never "composed " after
the manner of ordinary music, but spring into life, ready-
made, from the white heat of religious fervor during some
; protracted meeting in church or camp. They come from no
musical cultivation whatever, but are the simple, ecstatic
utterances of wholly untutored minds. From so unpromis-
ing a source we could reasonably expect only such a mass of
crudities as would be unendurable to the cultivated ear. On
the contrary, however, the cultivated listener confesses to a
156 PREFACE TO THE MUSIC.
new charm, and to a power never before felt, at least in its
kind. What can we infer from this but that the child-like,
receptive minds of these unfortunates were wrought upon
with a true inspiration, and that this gift was bestowed upon
them by an ever watchful Father, to quicken the pulses of
life, and to keep them from the state of hopeless apathy into
which they were in danger of falling.
A technical analysis of these melodies shows some inter-
esting facts. The first peculiarity that strikes the attention
is in the rhythm. This is often complicated, and sometimes
strikingly original. But although so new and strange, it is
most remarkable that these effects are so extremely satisfac-
tory. We see few cases of what theorists call mis-for7n, al-
though the student of musical composition is likely to fall
into that error long after he has mastered the leading princi-
ples of the art.
Another noticeable feature of the songs is the rare occur-
rence of triple time, or three-part measure among them.
The reason for this is doubtless to be found in the beating
of the foot and the swaying of the body which are such fre-
quent accompaniments of the singing. These motions are
in even measure, and in perfect time ; and so it will be found
that, however broken and seemingly irregular the movement
of the music, it is always capable of the most exact measure-
ment. In other words, its irregularities invariably conform
to the " higher law" of the perfect rhythmic flow.
It is a coincidence worthy of note that more than half the
melodies in this connection are in the same scale as that in
which Scottish music is written ; that is, with the fourth and
seventh tones omitted. The fact that the music of the
ancient Greeks is also said to have been written in this scale
suggests an interesting inquiry as to whether it may not be a
peculiar language of nature, or a simpler alphabet than the
ordinary diatonic scale, in which the uncultivated mind finds
its easiest expression.
THEO. F. SEWARD.
INDEX TO MUSIC
Preface to the Music.
PAGB
NO. J'AGK
114. A great Camp-meeting in the
promised land 280
92. A Happy New Year 247
60. A little more faith in Jesus... 212
99. Anchor in the Lord 255
70. Angels waiting at the door... 223
20. Been a listening 178
128. Benediction 299
105. Bright sparkles in the
Church-yard 262
16. Children, you'll be called on. 174
6. Children, we all shall be free. 164
127. Chilly Water 298
121. Come, allof God's children.. 292
106. Come down, angels 268
33. Come, let us all go down 190
77. Deep River 230
61. Did not old Pharaoh get lost? 213
10. Didn't my Lord deliver Dan-
iel ? 168
95. Don't you grieve after me... 250
85. Down by the River 239
66. Farewell, my brother 219
5. From every grave-yard 163
75. Gabriel's Trumpet's going to
blow 229
51. Getting ready to die 206
109. Gideon's Band 272
17. Give me Jesus 174
19. Go down, Moses 176
56. Go, chain the lion down 208
94. Good-by, Brothers 249
NO
115.
89.
90.
14-
124.
87.
33-
PAGB
Good news, the chariot's
coming 282
Good old Chariot 244
Grace ; 245
Gwine to ride up in the
Chariot ^7*
Hail! Hail! 295
Hard trials 241
He arose ^94
136. Hear de Angels singin' 307
He rose from the dead 242
He's the Lily of the Valley. 197
Humble yourself, the bell
done rung 3°^
I am going to die no more... 205
I ain't got weary yet 221
I know that my Redeemer
lives 276
I'll hear the trumpet sound.. 170
I'm a rolling 167
I'm a traveling to the grave. 180
I'm going to live with Jesus. 207
I'm going to sing all the way 278
I'm so glad 189
I'm so glad 269
I'm troubled in mind 207
I want to be ready ; or, walk
in Jerusalem just like John 293
In Bright Mansions above.... 232
Inching along 220
In the River of Jordan 187
In that great getting-up
morning • *74
88.
41.
130.
50-
68.
III.
II.
9-
22.
54-
"3-
32-
107.
53-
122.
78.
67.
30-
no.
MO.
55.
73-
13-
lOI.
26.
40.
13a.
21.
102.
135.
63.
138.
76.
100.
23.
44.
49-
103.
59-
137-
79-
25-
43-
45.
I.
97-
134-
35-
1x8.
Z26.
X19.
81.
81.
29.
4-
58.
108,
42
117,
46
96
PAGE
I've been in the storm so long 208
I've been redeemed 226
I've just come from the Foun-
tain 171
John Brown's Body 257
Judgment-day is rolling
round 183
Judgment will find you so..,. 194
Keep a Moving 303
Keep me from sinking down. 179
Keep your lamps trimmed
and burning 224
Listen to the Angels 259
Lobe an' serbe de Lord 306
Love-feast in Heaven 216
Love King Jesus 309
Lord, I wish I had a come.... 230
Lord's Prayer 256
Many thousand gone 180
March on 200
Mary and Martha 204
Move along 260
My good Lord's been here... 211
My Lord delibered Daniel... 308
My Lord, what a mourning. 233
My Lord's writing all the
time 182
My ship is on the ocean 199
My way's cloudy 201
Nobody knows the trouble I
see 159
Now we take this feeble body 253
Oh, my little soul's gwine to
shine 305
Oh! holy Lord 191
Oh, Brothers are you get-
ting ready? 288
Oh, give me the wings 297
Oh, make a-me holy 290
Oh, wasn't that a wide river 234
Oh, yes ! Oh, yes! 246
Old ship of Zion 186
O Redeemed 162
O! Sinner Man 210
, Peter, goring them bells 270
, Prepare us 198
, Reign, Master Jesus 287
, Ride on. King Jesus 202
, Rise and Shine 251
NO.
12.
125.
7.
3-
69.
39-
28.
98.
133-
112.
72.
116.
24-
2.
93-
i3i:-
52.
27.
139.
18.
104.
65.
37.
123.
129.
120.
36.
8.
86.
82.
84.
80.
15-
83.
31-
74-
47-
57-
64,
62.
34
PAGB
Rise, Mourners 170
Rise, shine, for thy light is
a-coming 296
Roll, Jordon, roll 165
Room enough i6i
Run to Jesus 222
Save me, Lord, save me 195
Shine, shine 185
Shine, shine 254
Sitting down by the side of
the Lamb 304
Sweet Canaan 277
Show me the way 225
Some of these mornings 28S
Steal away x8i
Swing low, sweet Chariot 160
'Tis Jordan's River 248
The Crucifixion 302
The General Roll 206
The Gospel Train 184
The Old Ark 310
TheRocks and theMountains 175
The Angels changed my
Name 261
There's a meeting here to-
night 218
The Ten Virgins 193
The work's being done 294
These bones going to rise
again 300
They led my Lord away 291
This Old Time Religion 192
Turn back Pharaoh's army., 166
Wait a little while 240
Way over Jordan 236
We are almost home 238
We are climbing the hills of
Zion 234
We'll die in the Field , 173
We'll overtake the Army 237
We'll stand the Storm x88
We shall walk through the
valley 228
What kind of shoes are you
going to wear 202
When Moses smote the water 209
When shalll get there ? 217
Wrestling Jacob 214
Zion's Children 190
JUBILEE SONGS.
It will be observed that in moet of these songa the first strain is of the nature of a
chorus or refrain, which is to be sung after each verse. The return to this chorua
should be made without breaking the time.
In some of the verses the syllables do not correspond exactly to the notes in the
music. The adaptation is so easy that it was thought best to leave it to the skill of
the singer rather than to confuse the eye by too many notes. The music is in each
case carefully adapted to the first verse. Whatever changes may be necessary la
singing the remaining verses will be found to involve no difficulty.
Ko. 1.
^ototij) fenoins tije STrouble It sec, ILorTi !
No-bo-dy knows the trouble I see, Lord, No-bo-dy knows the
trou-ble I see, No - bo - dy knows the trouble I see, Lord,
Fine.
bo - dy knows like Je - sua. 1. Broth-ers, will you
-M-
■u-
-y — fc^-
^_i.
|=-
-■i?'-
^?^
j^-.
pray for me. Brothers, will you pray for me, Brothers, will you
D. a
pray for me, And help me to drive old Sa - tan a . way.
2 . Sisters, will you pray for me, &c.
3. Mothers, will you pray for me, &c.
4. Preachers, will you pray for me, &c.
I
■.% "^ V
No. 2. Stoing Idta), gtoeet (ttfiatiot
/^
;^t'
2-T
3^'
:4:
y
|ar::i^rjrr*r
fi-
V — p \
^ ^ ■r'j i^j iL ^j
^~&i-'=i
4-
t> t' ^ ^1
Swing low, sweet char-i-ot, Com-ing for to car - ry me home
9^5#=^
-n
■0 — 9 — # — — I 1 i — r~^
-# — » » — » — » — » — »- -^-
V — V — V — w^ — 9 — y — >Hi —
ii
rTs
.-i JZ^ _
f-^
Fine.
T"
v-~
^ ^ ^ ^
d;
J
Swing low, sweet char-i-ot, Com-ing for to car - ry me home.
W
^--
.0 — — — — p.
.0 — u
V-
.._,
t^zzg:
M-
i
t—0z-0:
~h-
t-K-
— i-
:?=
1. I looked o - ver Jor-dan, and what did I see,
2. If you get there be - fore I do,
3. The bright - est day that ev - er I saw,
4. I'm som - times up and some - times down,
-e- ^ -P - fs..
H^
r 1^ -N -K .. n
i^?-?-? ? ^ ^ s=
—m'T-
--0 T-
1
.0 — 1 — H^ — ^__
i;^^^ i N J :
^1 II 11 H ._
V-\J fd ^ d M
\J
w
^^ 9 9 1
Com-ing for to car - ry me home ? A band of an - gels
Com-ing for to car - ry me home, Tell all my friends I'm
Com-ing for to car - ry me home, When Je - sus wash'd my
Com-ing for to car-ry me home, But still my soul feels
lE^
-0-
-»-
-0-
-y 1 1—
B.C.
\> — N — h— is— ih ^ " F-^ — ^ — ^ — ^— ^^^— N-[-7-hrr|l
V — -fs — ih — -N — -N — ij* s — iK — ^ — s — * — siizjzit Jzz: j
)^ — y ^ — y T* \ ^ ^ y ^ I
Gom-ing af - ter, me, Com-ing- for to car - ry me home
com - ing too, Com-ing for to car - ry me home,
sins a - way, Com-ing for to car - ry me home.
heaven - ly bound, Com-ing for to car-ry me home.
S
-^
■#-
-m-
i6o
■^-
i
No. 3.
Moom IBnougi).
1. Oh, brothers, don't stay a - way. Brothers, don't stay a - "way,
-^— r-^ ^ #—- r-# #-!-#— r.« ^ — ^—
life
T::
-D-r
Broth-ers, don't stay a - way. Don't stay a - way.
iii:
V"
:-p
lit
Choeus.
i
ti=F
~N-
__K_4S 1
V
i
— \-^
-0
-«-
— 1-
-#-
— 1-
N 1-7 — « « — N— 4
L_^ ^_i ^ — 3
For my Lord says there's room e-nough, Eoom e - nough in the
Heav'ns for you, My Lord says there's room enough, Don't stay away
:^2-;=
"P'
-»
-h-
r
-0 #-
-I \—
i^zifcb
5-1
i
2 Oh, mourners, don't stay away.
Cho.—Fox the Bible says there's room enough, &c.
3 Oh sinners, don't stay away.
Cho.—'Eox the angel says there's room enough, &c.
4 Oh, children, don't stay away.
Cho.—Fox Jesus says there's room enough, &g.
* The peculiar accent here makes the words Bound thus: "rooma nough.''
i6i II
No. 4.
lChobus.
© Utxitttam.
^
^—zfz.
T=i= ::^^:t^p= :=i=ihi:i^= jiz:i?=:»=:
•^ fed £ *^ ^^^ ^
redeemed, re -deemed,
I'm waslied in tlie blood of the
L-p=ti=l
-» — »-
:r:
Fine.
9:
Lamb, redeemed, re-deemed. I'm wash'd in tlie blood of tlie Lamb,
V ^ s
-h— >-
^J-
-h-
.1^..
-n— «-nS-
w — *-— ^ — i — r — ^-F^-i1-l
-h ^j h — • 1^- -1— tHH
- 1^ — ^ — 1^ — \^ — H — ^htzzj J
-N N-
^ — b^^-y b
-^-
^ — i**—
fi — 0-
'0-
i^ ^ l^ !• ^
1. Al-tboiigli you see me going a - long
2. When I was a mourner just like
3. Re - li - gion's like a bloom - ing
-0-
'^7
so, Washed in
you, Washed in
rose, Washed in
tiM
-h
V—-
_-'^^
:^
:t^:
.0.
t
---V-
—0 —
the
the
the
i=
m
-0-
■-i
■0-
— I —
-I —
-b-
-H-
-0-
1-
^v
-0-
u y u
— ^H
blood of the Lamb, I have my tri - als here be - low,
blood of the Lamb, I mourned and prayed till I got through,
blood of the Lamb, As none but those that feel it knows,
D.S.-S.
WH
Washed in the blood of the Lamb. redeemed, re-deemed.
« € ; f"— «— r* ^ H—r-J J--. P^-
t
t
-y-
-h-
T-
*==Pt;
-Sn — rl
\
* Attention is called to this characteristic maui\cr of coanecting the last strain
With the chorus in the D. O.
162
No. 5. jFrum eberg (Srabegart.
^ u I If \^ i^ J \^ f 'u iT u ^ u
Just be-hold that number, Just be-hold that number, Just be -
N
W^^&^^f=\
EEp
:0=t-
-H-
.-J •_
-i >- V
li=^.
,N N ,S
:t^:
131
~^-
-N
9 #
^-r~>»-
-0-
-y — y-
-I—
;^:p;
-#-i —
laiii^
1^ ^y I ' ' "^ \j ^
1. Going to
2. Going to
hold that num-ber From ev - e - ry grave-yard. { 3 Going to
4. Going to
5. Going to
F rF d Fpi—-i-:d rm 1-
„ I ^ ^ I
^ 1 _i^ — )/ — 1_
-^
, r J+ V V
_, I
IS S
w
\ — — 1 — 1 — ——{ —
y
1
e —
— m m •"~v — w —
0-^—0 —
p. Cr— • »
—9 —
!
4 ^ »
-0 0-{-0
1. meet the brothers, there. That used to join in prayer, Go-ing
2. meet the sis-ters, there. That used to join in prayer, &c.
3. meet the preachers, there, That used to join in praj'-er, &c.
4. meet the mourners, there, That used to join in prayer, d'C.
5. meet the Christians, fliere. That used to join in prayer, &c.
A. ^ M. ^ - -«■ Jt. ^ ^* ^ #-'-^
lilt
\—^ ^
\/ \/ 1 ,
1 1 -
—0 • 0- '—0—
— 1 1 ! y—
-^ ]/ >
1
y y_
-V y — t^ ^
i^
§i
-0-
-I —
-0-
.y C^_
N — N-
N — I
-0-
t-
^%
D. a
■0-
\-\ —
V-
W- K#-^- -0 J
IJ u ^ 1 I
up thro' great trib - u - la - tion From ev - e - ry grave-yard.
1
ife:
.0-
+-r
i
163
No. 6. ffifjiltiten, toe all sljall te jFm.
|i
^m
-^-
-y — 0-
H:
3
f
tj-
45:
m
Chil-dren, we all
shall be free, Chil-dren, we all shall be
;^
B:rl2iJ~y:
:Si:
^
:*:
;te;
5;
I;
^-
:p
g- [j
-^ — ^ — ,
— (-
wm
--N ^
-* N-
M — ^
-^— g-
-0-
3-— ^— ziz:
r-i
j:
i
r
free, Children, we all shall be free, When the Lord shall appear.
^
9^^^,
fcfc
fe
V-
:^:
/TS
tt
ti--K--K-
-tf — a — "--4-
— P-
L^
-bf-
1
L>
:tS
-# 0~
-H-
-0-
■0-
d:
.J__,
~i —
1. We want no cowards in our band, That from their colors fly, We
^^.
EzEEcE
-ft-r9-
:pt W
\-s/ ^ \/ y —
J
-0 9 g
'~ 'Is
? #_
!! 0-
%
::t)— tc
fiti
-N — ^ — 1^-
^:^
call
for
-0
-j:^-.-^-
D. a
a:
-^ — ^-
0-
— ^-
0-
val-iant-hearted men, That are not
-P ^— r* 0—0 0-
-0-
a
rlii
— I-
I
-0-
-r-
-«:
S!
f
fraid to die.
_« — ^_
— » — g— »-bb-:
*
I
2. We see the pilgrim as he lies,
With glory in his scul;
To Heaven he lifts his longing eyes,
* And bids this world adieu.
Cho. —Children, we all shall be free, «$:c.
3. Give ease to the sick, give sight to the blind
Enable the cripple to walk;
He'll raise the dead from under the earth,
And give them permission to fly.
Cho. — Children, we all shall be free, &c.
* The words, "On Jordan's stormy banks I stand," are sometimes eung to tniB
fltrain.
164
No. 7.
i
B2
Or--,-
4=J:
3zE
1. Roil, Jordan, roll,
-y-
-N-4
^n
^±zi^qi.-v-t
-^-^— ^"'
ISV^g
roll, Jordan, roll, I want to go to
— ^
y— ^-
5^=B
Koll,
tefe^-
^-
iB^j
-N-
-#-
:K:
Si
-* — — ' — 0-
5 b
H-5-7
I
hea - ven when I die, To hear Jor - dau roll
i-fe^
ES
■I
:J^^-^^ '-
:^=J:
:as=ti-l:-r-
U
IS
Tk
R
^
-- ^-
-tf — I—
■g-y-
-fe"
P=^^=±
pi:
.1
_^._
:X
4v
^ V ^
n^^
-»-
oil, brothers, you on£!;ht t'liave b«eu tliere, Yes, my Lord ! A
s ^ .1^ :*a S
i
:&-E^-
i^^:
sit - ting
F
in
the lOngdom, To hear Jor-dan roll.
9-
h
.— r—^-
2. Oh, preachers you ought t'have been there, &c
3. Oh, sinners, you ought, &c.
4. Oh, mourners, you ought, &c.
5. Oh, seekers, you ought, &c.
6. Oh, mothers, you ought, &c.
7. Oh, sisters, you ought, &c
"165
No. 8. ^Ttttn iaclt ipi)araoi)'g atmg.
Solo.
Moderaio.
-N— N-
-N-
a-
■A-
— I-
r ^- h--^
pits:
3ti:i
1
1. Gwine to write to Mas-sa Je-sus, To send some valiant soldier,
2. If you want your souls con verted, You'd better be a praying,
3. You say you are a sol-dier, Fighting for your Saviour,
4. Wlien the children were in bondage, They cried un-to the Lord,
6. When Mo-ses smote the wa-ter, The children all passed over,
6. When Pharaoh cross'd the water, The waters came to - gether,
Chorus
Faster.
■^ N-
ai. — ^ --h \- \--
I-^-HS-
— € — ^-T-^
-0-
-r-
f:
:1-^
1. To turn back Pharaoh's army, Hal-le -lu ! To turn back Pharaoh's
2. To turn back Pharaoh's army, Ilal-le - lu ! To turn back, &c.
3. To turn back Pharaoh's army, Plal-le - lu I To turn back, &c.
4. He turn'd back Pharaoh's army, Hal-le - lu ! He turn'd back, &c.
5. And turn'd back Pharaoh's army, Hal-le - lu ! And turn'd back, &c.
6. And drown'd ole Pharaoh's army, Hal-le - lu ! And drown 'd oie, &c.
7^ -^ .
jah! To turn back Pharaoh's ar-m)', Hal - le - lu!
i66
/T\
zw=^
L^
-h-
■±d^
?-
m
No. 9,
I'm a IRoUing.
I'm a roll-ing, I'm a roll - ing, I'm a rolling thro' an un
p _>, ^ ^ — 1 k — Ik. — 1 — ^^"^ — ,■>
0—0 't5>
0-
-0-
e^ei:;ee
-0-
E
45U-.
-•^ — ^- -0—0 — ^—0 — —
-A-- — 1 1 — 0—\ 1 — ,-
p ^ — —
4
K--^-.-#— 5 0-'—4—~
friend-ly world, I'm a roll
ing, I'm a roll - ing thro' an
un - friend-ly world.
1. O brothers, wont you help me,
2. O sis - ters, wont you help me,
3. O preachers, wont you help me,
W b 1^ F^
§1^
^ -^ ^ ^ ' ^ \ ■^
O brothers, wont you help me to pray ? O brothers, wont you
sis - ters, wont you help me to pray ? O sis - ters, &c.
Ojpreachers,wont you help me to fight? O preachers, &c.
fc ^ ^ U i^ ^ I J- ,N ^ i" J^
-GL
V-
Vl
^-
V-^z
i-
-y-
—J
S
-sf'
E
H —
V \^r-
-d-^-#'^j-r— N—
J^-^-
r^^^-ji
^-N— ^
D. a
HI ■---# J-
^--f^-
:*-•
'^-^-
-0-
:d:
help me, Wont you help me in the service of the Lord ? *
I i ^ ^ 1*^ ^ 1^ S K V ^ K
•^■0-t^-f^-^'-^-0-'^^,J^^ K
9^
^-
-r-
ZIZZII ^ ^ g_i> g.
* Iteturu to the beginniug iu exact tiiu .
16:7
No. 10. MWt mg Hori tr^liber Mmitl
Sung in Unison.
— K-
-K— #-
^-
Did-n't my Lord de - liv - er Dan - iel, D'liver
I
-^-
I — I-
-^-0 — fi — N-F#-
-^-
r->-
-K--#
Dan - iel, d'liver Dan - iel, Did - n't my Lord de - liv - er
1st Veiise.
■#-
=f
-0-
Dan - iel, And why not a ev - e - ry man ? He de -
:fc
i^
-0-
-0-
liv-er'd Dan -iel from the li - on's den, Jo - nah from the
L^.
-0-
-0-
t
p^i^
:S:
:d:
-N-
-tf-T — ^ — N-
— ? — « —
-!»-
-h-
-h-
y:
bel - ly of the whale, A.nd the He-brew children from the
Zb^-
1^-
fc=^=Ig
-H-
-^-
-W-
N N
^1
fie - ry fur-nace, And why not ev - e - ry
man?
Did - n*'t my Lord de - liv - er Dan - iel. D'liver
Dan - iel, d'liver Dan-iel, Did -n't my Lord dc - liv - er
* Go on without pause, leaving out two beats of the measure.
i68
-#-
-H-
y-
t-J;
^
^
-bH-^
^
Dan - iel, And why not a ey - e - ry man ?
2d Veese.
The moon run down in a purple-stream, The sun for - bear to
i
d2=i
.p—m»p-0^ -H— K-=-^#-H
D. C. "Didn't my Lord:'
shine,And ev -e -ry star dis-ap-pear, King Jesus shall be mine.
3d Vebse.
i f\ ? * —
^ ^ ^ # # -
^ -^ ^ — fe -
P^-^=3
_4. — ^ L^ ^ ^ -
— ^- t-j 1- #
fe
The wind blows East, and the wind blows West, It
d:
V-
-Hr.
M-
L_^,
*
^-#
— y — '
blows like the judg-ment day, And ev - ery poor soid that
D. C. ''Didn't my Lord."
±zEz=M=3^
nev - er did pray
4th Veese.
be glad to pray, that day.
f^E^i
-0-
-0-
Vr
^=:
L_^.
set my foot on the Gos - pel ship, And the
ship it be - gin to sail. It land-ed me o - ver on
D. C. ''Didn't my Lard"
Ca-naan's shore, And I'll nev-er coma back a - ny more.
169
■^
^
No. 11. I'll ijear tfje trumpet S^unir.
» ^ N
-N~N-H
H ^0—0—0-
5
:S-ce
:4;=:{^:
You may bur-y me in the East, You may bur - y me
1 '^0 — #— y-
N:"&
— (-
ifcti*
Z}-
-6^
^
in the "West; But I'll hear the trumpet sound In that morning.
fc£
-iZ.
-N-
-#
In that morn-ing, my Lord, How I long to
go.
For to
hear the trum-pet sound, In that
•i9-
morn
mg.
Father Gabriel in that day,
He'll take wings and fly away.
For to hear the trumpet sound
In that morning.
You may bury him in the East,
You may bury him in the "West;
But he'll hear the trumpet sound,
In that morning.
Chx). — In that morning, &c.
3. Good old christians in that day,
They'll take wings and fly away, <S:c.
Cho. —In that morning, &c.
4. Good old preachers in that day,
They'll take wings and fly away,&c.
Cho. — In that morning, &c.
5. In that dreadful Judgement day,
I'll take wings and fly away &c.
Cho. — In that morning, «S:c.
* Repeat the music of the first btrain for all the verses but the first.
No. 12.
^\u, iiWrmrncrg.*
-#ir;
:c:
'— y-
:J-^&=
-g — 5— h — b — ^
1. llise,
2. Rise,
3. Ptise,
4. Else,
mourners,
seekers,
sinners,
brothers,
m
rise, mourners,
rise, seekers,
rise, sinners,
rise, brothers,
Fine.
O can't you rise and
O can't you rise &c.
O can't you rise &c.
O can't you rise &c.
-N-r
p=jtzE»E3J^-=iEEz=i;nt=E5-!i£S
— N-
tell, What the Lord has done for you. Yes, he's taken my feet out of the
J), a
:^dz=^^f^=rzvzgzF
- —J,-
:ii— y-
-^±^-
-^ — zi-
H— —
mi -ry clay, And he's placed them on the right side of my Father.
* This hymn is sung with great unction while "seekers" are going forward to
170
No. 13. Fbe imt come from tlje jfountain.
^-/-A- — # 1 1—; ^-H-j 1 ! — h' * — • ^ —
m: — _ — L^ — — 0_ •_ — — L^^ — j. L) _Ly — I i — - — s — I
V
1. I've just come from the fountain, I've just come from the
2. Been drinking from the fountain, Been drinking, <fec.
m
rb-2-
■R
"f-rl
SES
i^Si
-h-
0-
-h-
^
fountain, Lord ! I've just come from the fountain. His name's so
3^
-^•—•i,
't
Chorus.
sweet.
O brothers,
N S ,N
I love Je - sus, O brothers.
^^
IS' ^ S J ^ N N . ^
—Hi — F= F I — ^ — g^ - ^
^ 1^ ^ --, . 1^
'>, — y W-9-0
'V — V ^.^ — I 1^
U-
B. a
m
W&Ei
-0 -^
Je - sus, O brothers. I love Je - sus, His name's so sweet.
3. I found free grace at the fountain,
I found free grace, &c.
Oho. — O preachers, I love Jesus, &c.
4. My soul's set free at the fountain,
My soul's set free, &c.
Cko.—O sinners. I love Jesus, &c.
* The Tenors usually sing the melody from tJiis point.
No. 14. (Stoine to rare up in tfte dtijmot
Solo. Chorus.
iL^lE?:
Gwine to ride up in the chariot, Soon-er in the morning.
N S K
,S K N S w fs
■(^ -^ -^ J^ I ^
i
_jp — P ip — ^ H
-I-
i
Solo.
^:
^:
Chorus.
B k^ K ^
Ride up in the cha - riot, Soon-cr in the naorn-iug.
i
iiS
jS
-5-
-a-
^-
:ldz-.M:
-*-
-I —
P
Eide up in the cha -riot, Soon-er in the moridng. And I
4. 4. 4. j^ ^ ^ N h
* — i^' — ;^—
-I — a — a —
»
hope I'll join the Band. O Lord, have mcr-cy on me,
0--- __ _ , _ , ; ^_. ^-0 y ^ 0,
11
-^-
-9-
-h-
-y-
:p:
[Tiir
Lord, have mer-cy on me;
.t->-
S
,^
172
-h--
I
Lord, have
D. a
Gwine to meet my brother there, Sooner,
Cho. — O Lord, have mercy, &c.
3. Gwine to chatter with the Angels, Sooner, &c.
Cho. — O Lord, have mercy, &c.
4. Gewine to meet my massa Jesus, Sooner, &c.
Cho. — O Lord, have mercy, &c.
5. Gwine to walk and talk with Jesus, Sooner, &g.
Cho. — O Lord, have mercy, &c.
No. 15. aSEc'U iie in t!jj J='iem.
Unison.
what do you say, seekers, O what do you say.
seekers; what do you say, seekers, A-bout the Gospel war?
-9-0-
-0-
'.-^
And
I will die
in the field. Will die
.^ ^ ^ — ^^ ^-
in the field;
iifefe
Will die
— c — •_• —
2_t2zib — t-
" — bs
in the field, I'm on my jour-ney home.
L_^ ? ^
rzzit:
y » — » — » — »-
' — h
3:
1
U' U^ U'
2. O what do you say, brothers, &c.
3. what do you say, christians, &c.
4. what do you say, preachers, &c.
No. 16. ©fttraren, gondii it callelr on.
1. Chil-dren, you'll be called on
2. Preachers, you'll be called on
3. Sinners you'll be called on
4. Seek-ers, you'll be called on
5. Christians, you'll be called on
To march in
To march in
To march in
To march in
To march in
the field, of
the field, &c.
the field, &o.
the field, &c.
the field, &c.
N
I
bat - tie, When this war - fare'll be end - ed, Hal - le - lu.
,: Chorus.
-0 —
_f-
^ ^t—
— 9 — 0—
m «:i-' -\
+
^
-r
-\;r=m
When this war -fare'll be end- ed, I'm a sol-dier of the
fc^ES3
0-
EE
-0-
-i —
-0'
-W-
^-
-0-
^±~-0—-2--
I). a
ju -bi-lee, This warfare'll be ended, I'm a soldier of the cross.
No. 17.
(gibe me Jesiuis.
A-
'0-
-^
— I-
LJ-
£^
0-
"«'•:
1. O when I come to die, O when I como to die, O
2. In the morning when 1 rise, In the morning when I rise, &c.
3. Dark midnight was my cry, Dark midnight was my cry, &c.
4. I heard the mourner say, I heard the mourner say, &c.
|=?-^i
E5
-H-
E3=E3
when I come to die— Give me
Je
-N-
33
— ^-
sus, Give me Je-
i
±=^-
-A-
1—-
£33
BUS, give m e Je - sus. You may have all this world, Give me Je-sus.
I
TTo. 18. Cfje Mocfes; anJ rtjc iWountainsJ.
te^4^==#
J.
1 — i-
:±:i-
-S— ;.
^— i-
-H-
^-v J^— *
-H-
-N-J-
-H-
«=2z^t^:
^"^i^ — ^r
Ob, the rocks and the mountains shall all flee a- way, And
m^mmi
V 1^ — i^-
i:
S:
:?:
:5fc
cE3
you shall have a new hid - ing - place that day.
9^fetel
er^E:
E==E
T"
F
-»5'-
P b P
t
p — c—ie.
-I—
i
6S
S:
-^-
:pz:
1. Seek - er,
'• ^ ^ ^ ;/
seek-er, give up your heart to God, And
^W^
-y-
-y-
:£=;:
-v-
V 1»^-
1
-.m-
^
^-
-4-
i). a
111
you shall have
—0 0—
a new
i> u
.0-1. — ».
-0-
V-
hid
-0 —
4 — -:ir
ing - place that day.
I
T"
-r
■=Q^
1
2. Doubter, doubter, give up your heart to God,
And you shall have a new hiding-place that day.
Oh, the rocks, &c.
3. Mourner, Mourner, give up your heart to God, &c.
4. Sinner, sinner, give up your heart to God, &q.
5. Sister, sister, give up your heart to God, «fec.
6. Mother, mother, give up your heart to God, «fec,
7. Children, children, give up your heart to God, &c.
v.^
TSTo. 19.
ffio iroton, Mo^t^.
fc|2.
/>^=^:
^^2=N:
22:
1
I
1. When Is - rael was in E-gypt's land: Let my peopb go,
PgP=
T'
It
s
rH-
3
r— r-
-0 — •-
T"
EE3EB
--4-
« — «—
1^- .^
H
Oppress'd so hard they could not stand, Let my peo-ple go.
tel3
:t=X
.ft — ^
t^P
Is 1;
I «?-
p;_,e — /E
1 I
-(5? !■
ter
s:
:22=t:
— # — .5^
:s?:
■-4-
Itzi^i
-y—L-,
Bl
— t
Go down, Mo - ses, Way down in E - gypt land,
I s I i nT^,
rii^
-<5>-^
-| r
n
iifi:
:i
T—
E
.^..
T-
1
pi
:^=^=i::
-1—1-
:^=
-^ ^-
1:
P=?=*=
EEa::^^
S
ags
Tell ole Pha - roh, Let my peo - pie go.
-0—<9-^-
-#—($'-
iEEE
3=
:t
1 r
2. Thus saith the Lord, bold Moses said,
Let mj'- people go;
If not I'll smite your first-born dead,
Let my people go.
Go down, Moses, ^.
3. No more shall they in bondage toil,
Let my people go ;
Let them come out with Egypt's spoil.
Let my people go.
Go down, Moses, &c.
176
T—r-
m
4- When Israel out of Egypt eame,
Let my people go ;
And left the proud oppressive land,
Let my people go.
Go down, Moses, ef;c.
O, 'twas a dark and dismal night,
Let my people go ;
When Moses led the Israelites,
Let my people go.
Go down, Moses, etc.
'Twas good old Moses and Aaron, too,
Let my people go ;
'Twas they that led the armies through,
Let my people go.
Go down, Moses, etc.
The Lord told Moses what to do.
Let my people go ;
To lead the children of Israel through.
Let my people go.
Go down, Moses, etc.
8. O come along, Moses, you'll not get lost,
Let my people go ;
Stretch out your rod and come across,
Let my people go.
Go down, Moses, etc.
As Israel stood by the water side,
Let my people go ;
At the command of God it did divide,
Let my people go.
Go down, Moses, etc.
10. When they had reached the other
shore,
Let my people go ;
They sang a song of triumpTi o'er,
Let my people go.
Go down, Moses, et«.
11. Pharaoh said he would go across.
Let my people go ;
But Pharaoh and his host were lost,
Let my people go.
Go down, Moses, etc.
13. O, MosG:5, the cloud shall cleave the
way.
Let my neople go ;
A tire by night, a shade by day.
Let my people go.
Go down, Moses, etc.
13. You'll not get lost In the wilderness.
Let my people go ;
With a lighted candle in your breast,
Let my people go.
Go down, Moses, etc.
VL Jordan shall stand up like a wall.
Let my people go ;
And the walls of Jjericho shall fall.
Let nay people go.
Go down. Moses, etc.
15. Your foes shall not before you stand.
Let my people go ;
And you'll possess fair Canaan's land,
Let my people go.
Go down, Moses, etc.
16. 'Twas just about in harvest time.
Let my people go ;
When Joshua led his host divine.
Let my people go.
Go down, Moses, etc.
17. O let us all from bondage flee.
Let my people go ;
And let us all in Christ be free.
Let my people go.
Gk) down, Moses, etc.
18. We need not always weep and moan,
Let my people go ;
And wear these slavery chains for-
lorn.
Let my people go.
Go down, Moses, etc.
19. This world's a wilderness of woei,
Let my people go ;
O, let us on to Canaan go,
Let my people go.
Go down, Moses, etc.
20. What a beautiful morning that will be,
Let my people go;
When time breaks up In eternity.
Let my people go.
Go down, Moses, etc.
21. O brethren, brethren, you'd better be
engaged,
Let my people go ;
For the devil he's out on a big ram-
page.
Let my people go.
Go down, Moses, etc.
22. The devil he thought he had me fast.
Let my people go ;
But I thought I'd break his chains at
last.
Let my people go.
Go down, Moses, etc.
23. O take yer shoes from off yer feet,
Let my people go ;
And walk into the golden street,
Let my people go.
Gk) down, Moses, etc.
24.
25.
177
I'll tell you what I likes de best.
Let my people go ;
It is the shouting Methodist,
Let my people go.
Go down, Moses, etc.
I do believe without a doubi.
Let my people go ; , ^
That a Christian has the right to shout.
Let my people go.
Go down, Moses, etc.
12
No. 20.
h
i3ef n a iListening.
Been a
lis - ten - ing all
the night long, Been a
m^=^
¥={
y-
^-
t-
-h-
Vr
-H-
lis - ten - ing all the night long, Been
a
-^.
:^==fc
M —
_#
S
i:
i
r-N-
FlNE.
m
-e #-•■
-^—-a
-# *-
lis-ten-ing all the night long, To hear some sinner pray.
-H — ^-
:b:
-h-
:[::
i
>>— A— A-
-^-^
^-
-0 — #-T — N-#-
— I-
■A — h
-N-#-
:f:
-^--^
0-^-^-P-a—^
1. Some say that John the Baptist was nothing but a Jew, But the
2. Go read the third of Matthew, And read the chapter thro', It
-0'^
:^_^_^_^_==:;iz:ii
V— z'— i^-
0.
-t^
-^^— f
1=1=?:
w=i^
.^-W^
-D. C. ^^Been a listening. ^^
Ho - ly Bi - ble tells us he was a preach-er too.
is the guide for Christians, and tells them what to do.
-^ ^ ^ m * _
t:
\
178
No. 21. Heep tne frnm jsinfeing 3ioton.
i
-K-
^-TT-
-J2:
y — -K — ^ '• 1- J
Oh., Lord, Oh,
my Lord ! Oh^ my good Lord ! Keep
<7\
9i||
__<9«
.(5
<5>-
-^FINE. f
:t:
:t:
:t:
Keep me
Keep me
from sink - ing down :
from sink -ing down:
-9-
-■0 —
N N
I
I
13t
^
P
J), c.
-N-
-1 K-
mean to go to heav-en too; Keep me from sinking down,
see the angel beckoning to me; Keep me from sinking doTsna.
ft
.!^
m-
-^—
izftt^^
i-
-t
■k-
3. When I was a mourner just like you;
Keep me from sinking down :
I mourned and mourned till I got through*
Keep me from sinking down.
Oh, Lord, &c.
■1. I bless the Lord I'm gwino to die;
Keep me from sinking down :
I'm gwine to judgment by and-by ;
Keep me from sinking aown.
Oh, Lord, &c.
1/9
No. 22. fi'tn a trabllng to ti)t «Krabe*
Choeus.
=^E^
Hi^g^g
d:
-.^-v-
*
3
:Jn:
I'm a traY'ling to the graTe, I'm a trav'ling to the
i
W — * — ^^-H ^ s -
i
-#-T- H-h^--
H— I— -# -\ wIII~plJ
graYe, myLordjI'm a trav'ling to the grave, For to lay this bod-y
Fine. f
i^ciijezz^mz^
:^-=r=r
-f— t^-L
■I
-h-
down. 1. My Mas-sa died a shouting, Singing glo-ry hal - le -
H — '-
:22:
:fr-zj-
-H-
lu - jah,The last word he said to me. Was a-bout Je -ru -sa-lem.
2. My missis died a shouting, &c.
3. My brother died a shouting, &c.
4. My sister died a shouting, &c.
No. 23. iWang STijougantr ©one.
Plaintively.
-SES
1-
S
Ht
No more auc-tion block for me,
i
No more, no more;
L_^.
y
|i
r-^-
— I-
^ — ^--
-<$»-
i
No more auction block for me. Ma - ny thousand gone.
m^
T~r-
'^--
:^
2. No more peck o' corn for me, &c.
3. No more driver's lash for me, &c.
4. No more pint o' salt for me, &c.
5. No more hundred lash for me, &c.
6. No more mistress' call for me, &c.
i8o
t
i
No.24.
S>ttal atoag^
Steal a - way, steal a - way, steal a . way to Je - sus!
±-U-u — g— F-
ly-
-#-
-y-
lEziE
-b-
_^_
b-^
fi
VI/
>c/
^-:1^=:i:si:1:
-\^ K — ^
,3 /'T>
P
FiirE.
r
— N-
?=?=3^«
r
'^ i \ ^ ^ ii \j
Steal a- way, steal away home, I hain't got long to stay here.
-h 1^ s 1^
1]
-p-
-#-
§^^=5=:g:
-0 — »-
-0 — 0-
— •-
-I 0-
^-r^
-#-
tb:
\i/
\i^
'^m
9?
1. My Lord calls me. He calls me by the thunder; The
2. Green trees are bending, Poor sin- ners stand trembling; The,&c.
N ^-v,^ J^ I S ^ ^ i"^ N J:^ 1
^-
V-
nh-
.y_ .
-^ — y — w-
-y-
_Q_. s- — 1-5 P f5-, — ^^5 — N^- — \^ , Nf K-r-s: — ■ — n
9^
^
trumpet fK)unds it in my soul: I hain't got long to stay here.
— ^^! — h
V b-
-b'
p*-
fct^
\i^
s^
3 My Lord calls me,
He calls me by the lightning;
The trumpet sounds it in my soul:
I hain't got long to stay here.
Cfio. — Steal awaj', &c.
4 Tombstones are bursting,
Poor sinners are trembling;
The trumpet sounds it in my soul:
I hain't got long to stay here.
Cho. — Steal away, &c.
l8l
-^
-0-
-0-
I
No. 25. Mn iLortr's toriting all tlje timt.*
Solo. Refi-ain.
U
'f^^-=v^~f-
+-
-#-
nFJ:
-H-
^-^
fSi
-N-N-
-N— N-
Vt=^t=iTJ^^^
1. Come down,coine down.My Lord, come down,My Lord's writing all the
2. When I was down in Egypt's land, My Lord's writing all the
3. O christians you had bet- ter pray, My Lord's writing all the
4. King Jesus rides in the middle of the air,My Lord's writing all the
9-P^
^-Vt-4
U=^-
.Tl^_^_
Solo.
0^-
Refraiyi.
--^:
^^E^
.m.
V
-N— NP=t^
time. And take me up to wear the crown, My Lord's wriiing all the time,
time. I heard some talk of promised land, My Lord's WTiting all the time,
time. For Satan's round you every day, My Lord's writing all the time,
time. He's calling sinners from everywhere,My Lord's writing all the time.
1^- •
is^.
* Pnhllshed in sheet form, with piano accompaniment, by Joun Church k Co.,
Cincinnati. „
182
/
No. 26. Jutistttent ISag is rolimg Hounli.
Judgriient, Judgment, Judi!;ment day is rolling around, Judgment,
zfiz 1— .'-- i-pH^H— n- r ni r^: 1^^
Judgment, how I long to go. 1. I've a good old mother in the
^-^2.
^i
^--
-0 — fi'-
±-:^
:^±^^.±-0.
i=!r±^
-F~-
A-
-H-
-#-
1—J 1
Pi
«_f_
:in
ivizb:
9:^:
heaven, my Lord, How I
= ^ =FF=
long to go there too, I've a
-F-
is:
:E
V
^-
'.d
*^ U' t U' U' f, 1*" n 1^ I I
m
l> '^ \^
good old mother in the heaven, my Lord, how I long to go.
m.
^— t
•I — rt—
^-A_,_
2 There's no back -sliding in the heaven, my Lord,
How I long to go there too,
There's no back-sliding in the heaven, my Lord,
how I long to go.
C/to.— Judgment, &c.
3 King Jesus sitting in the heaven, my Lord,
How I long to go there too,
King Jesus sitting in the heaven, my Lord,
O how I long to go.
Oho. — Judgment, &c.
4 There's a big camp meeting in the heaven, my Lord,
How I long to go there too,
There's a big camp meeting In the heaven, my Lord,
O how I long to go.
CYiO.— Judgment, &c.
J83
No. 27. ®!)^ <ffiO!8ipel Exuin.
Unison.
'^:
■0 — ( — f-^
— « — <^-
¥-
-G-
-4
^-^0-
1. The gos- pel train is coming, I hear it just at hand,
2. I hear the bell and whistle, The coming round the curve;
3. No sig-nal from an -oth- er train To fol - low on the line,
d:
fe
3
0-
A-N
-i&-
-0-0-
i
IT
I hear the car-wheels moving, And rumbling thro' the land.
She's plaj'ing all her steam and pow'r And straining every nerve.
0, sin - ner, you're forever lost. If once you're left be - hind.
Get on board, children, Get on board, children, Get on
1=?:
•i9-
jlSl
E
x—r
L-rg:
.?:
^
■%±
:f:
^
7i*-
board,
-^
-<&-
r
dzziitniiv
ls«.
Id.
r— •{— ^-
aa
iii
-<z:
children, For there's room for many a more
:E^
T
:p:
T"
f
-» »-
-1-
-y— y-
more.
(2? ^.a
iPI
4 This is the Christian banner,
The motto's new and old,
Salvation and Repentance
Are burnished there in gold.
Cho. — Get on board, children, &c.
5 She's nearing now the station,
O, sinner, don't be vain,
But come and get your ticket.
And be ready for the train.
C%o.— Get on board, children. &c.
6 The fare is cheap and all can go.
The rich and poor are there,
No second-class on board the train,
No difference in the fare.
Cho. — Get on board, children, &c.
184
7 There's Moses, Noah and Abraham,
Aud all the prophets, too,
Our friends in Christ are all on board.
O, what a heavenly crew.
CJio. — Get on board, children, &c.
8 We soon sliall reach the station,
O, how we then shall sing,
With all the heavenly army.
We'll make the welkin ring.
Cho. — Get on board, children, &c.
9 We'll shout o'er all our sorrows,
And sing forever more,
With Christ and all his army.
On that celestial shore.
C/io.— Get on board, children, &c.
No. 28.
^ijine, Sl)ine.
A'—0 ^A.
c^
1^
--X
P=i=i:
^n
-0-—^~
Shine, shine, I'll meet you in the morning, Shine, shine, I'll
:i
-^
-^-^
meet you in the morning, Shine, shine, I'll meet you in the morning.
.•'-a-
--t
h--N-
3;
isz::
'-<5'-
iN-dv
Z]-
^(S*-
&-
]
Oh! my soul's going to shine,shine, Oh! my soul's going to shiue,shine.
1^=:^
-J — ^^-
-^—^—^—^:
■■^d
-r-
- #— ^-T-tf— #— *— #- j
1. I'm going to sit at the welcome ta - ble, I'm going to sit at the
welcome ta - ble, I'm going to sit at the welcome ta - ble.
m
±-=f^
-^—jL
i^
^<&-
:>s->v
-^— ^
:d-
'-<$'-
-25"
Oh! my soul's going to shine, shine. Oh! my soul's going to skine, shine.
2 I'm going to tell God about my trial, «i;c.
Oh! my soul's going to shine, &c.
C/iO.— Shine, shine, &c.
3 I'm going to walk all about that city, &e.
Oh ! my soul's gO'ing to shine, &c.
Cho. — Shine, shine, &c.
185
No. 29. ©li" 51)iP Of ^lon.
I I I r F I I T
I I t
(What ship is that a sail - ing, Hal - le - lu -
1. -J'Tis the old... ship of Zi - on, Hal-le-lu -
( Do you think that she is a - ble. Hal - le - lu -
pit==
:?=:?:
j2L
-H
-1^-
I
I
PI
ZH
-^-
f
^=r
3
-c_
3
Repeat twice for first verse,
1
3
jah, What. . ship is that a sail - ing, Hal- le - lu.
jah, 'Tis the old . . . ship of Zi - on, Hal- le - lu.
jah, Do you think that she is a - ble, Hal- le - lu.
:^:
-<^
:£=E
-F=:'
n it
'
1
/ .1 ' 1
1
W-
1
,
1
— g —
—
— —
^
— tf —
P — :
1
Do
you
1
— ^ ,
1 1
think that she
1 1 1
d d d
1
is
1
d
- 1 ■
a -
1
d
ble,
1
1
For
to
*
^*
f — ~
-B^
^,
— F
K
1
1
1
-e-S N ^ 1 r*' — ^-
-Mr^ -A H — ^ J— i=^ —
r-1— f]
J
#pr • # 0-M 1—
car - ry us all 1
.#. A -^ ^
lome.
0...
JO.
glo - ry, Hal - le -
^ — ^ — ^ — ^—
lu.
.a
9-§-t;-p-^-r —
-6i^—
—G>
-! 1 1 1
Li-
L^ — U
In singing the last two verses the music is not to be repeated.
2 She has landed many a thousand, Hallelujah,
She has landed many a thousand, Hallelu,
She has landed many a thousand.
And will laud as many a more. Oh glory, Hallelu.
S She is loaded down with angels, Hallelujah,
She is loaded down with angels, Hallelu,
And King Jesus is the Captain,
And he'll carry us all home. Oh glory, Hallelu.
i86
No. 30. 5n t!)e IJiber ot Jortran.
■■t
1. In the riv- er of Jordan John baptized, How I long to
9^i
:*
w-
— j=i — ^
— 1 1-^
F=^-=^-q=;
^-
#
• s
-^— ^— '— J — ^
-0 <9
J
be baptized;
In the riv - er of Jordan John baptized,
98
IHI
^*
^m
fe^^
M 0-
zini:z:Tc__j M=p:^ i^J -
I r ^
-«-
^
i
T--
F=F
.^.•.
is:
To the dying Lamb. Pray on. pray on, pray on, ye
i
rrr I — r-
Pt
:s:
3=dnr=r=::
(5?-i
mourning souls. Pray on, pray on, un - to the dying Lamb.
^A
-a
s::
:?:
:g
± 4L J^L
V-
»---» — » 0-
■0 B? 0---0 0-
m
2 We baptize all that come by faith,
How I long to be baptized ;
We baptize all that come by faith,
To the dying Lamb.
Cho. — Pray on, &c.
3 Here's another one come to be baptized.
How I long to be baptized ;
Here's another one to be baptized,
To the dying Lamb.
(Mo. — Pray on, &c.
187
No. 31. MLt'll ataxia flit g»torm.
/T\
+^ \-
lizt:
-«—
i=z
d:
;=j i8-gH
:S::^r
1. Oh ! stand the storm, it won't be long, We'll anchor by-and-by.
§iit
-I—
■I ; 1 1-
-» -' # [2
^^¥4= F=^5=r=^
-— Ir— r
-«-.
VA/
"P"
■» »---• #- -S?-;-
— ' 1^5 p^ 1 p
l^-
EES:
i_^ — N-k^g-:-$-#— g-i-^^
1
9^
stand the storm, it won't be long, We'll anchor by - and-by.
^-
;e^e
-y-
:fcz=EEE
-I — b-i
-y— *-
Si
r
m^
;^-ji>-
— •-J — J — J — I-
-^—^—^
■^— #■
1^— ; 1-. ^-J-r r
~1-
si
r-
--V
1. My ship is on the 0- cean, We'll anchor by-and-by, My
-J. "f- J J I I N '
V 1 — rh-| ■ 1 — * — #— r*'
-^^
-^^
•I 1-
h-
:^zzt
-■5^-
-6?
EE
Y — h — I .1 r-
ij I r
±
J.
D. a
7:J-
i=ST-^
f:^j=:=t^:i=j
te^
9-
^
ship is on the - cean, We'll anchor by -and-by.
-r^ — I — i — I — • — #— i-F'
:^
-» —
ty=zt
It
s
r
2 She's making for the kingdom,
We'll anchor, &c.
3 I've a mother in the kingdom,
We'll anchor, &c.
188
No. 32.
Bli4
I'm
4— t
80
I'm S6 ffirlair.
:s
g-:
=^=i
S
-f^*-
=i
-J-
Id:
-*i--
-N
t
glad, I'm so glad, I'm so glad there's
42. ^
-(^i-
^t=
-I —
A.
-I —
:p=zp
:g-T
-I —
-1—
-(—
-y-
I
I
— f-
Pi
-H-
-H-
:5E3:
-H-
3:
no dy - ing there. 1. I'll tell you how I found the Lord,
-i—
:fc-=n
-y-
-V—
-y-
I
:e
:b;
9=1
-t—
-I—
-J-
— I-
-N—
ing there, "With a hung down head
B. a
>»-
I
and ach - ing heart,
No
2. I hope I'll meet my brother there,
No dying there,
That used to join with me in prayer,
No dying there.
Cho.^tm. so glad, &o.
3. I hope I'U meet the preacher there,
No dying there.
That used to join with me in prayer,
No dying there.
Oio. — I'm so glad, &c.
189
-t&-
No. 33- atomt, let us all 50 IBciton.
1. As 1 went down in the val-ley to pray, Studying a-bout that
2. I think I hear the sinner say, Come, let's go in the val-
3. I tnink I hear the mourner say, Come, let's go in the val-
p^^Ji^
— I-
^#-. i^
H
^^^
-N-
t
1-f
si-
I
goodold waj^iYou shall wear the starry crown, GoodLord, show me the way ;
ley to pray ; You shall wear the starry crown, GoodLord, show me the woy ;
ley to pray ;You shall wear the starry crown, GoodLord, show me the way;
1-
1^z±
i
•2501
-A--
-0—
-G>-
^^
By ' and -by we'll all go down, all go down, all go down,
^i
-#-T-i^— *-^-^-
-0-
V-
:i=izH=x:j=±=:ifeizs-
zr-^
1
By -and -by we'll all go down, Down in the val-ley to pray.
No. 34.
jSion's ©Ijilxircn.
|i
-j_
|i
Oh ! Zi - on's children com-ing a - long, Com-ing a - long,
"zN — \-
-A
^^
trip
12:
Com-ing a - long, Zi - on's children com - ing a - long,
-K-
Talk*- ing a - bout the well - come day.
1. I
2. Oh!
3. I
hail my moth-er in the morn- ing, Com-ing a - long,
don't you wart to live up yon - der, Com-ing, &c.
think they are might - y hap - py, Com-ing, &c.
190
fe^=J^=3^-
1 > ;i b ^^—
I
com - iag a - long, I hail my moth - er in the
Z>. C.
-/9-
I — K-
K-
-N-
-^r.
-N-
tzsr.
m
morn - ing, Talk - ing a - bout the wel - come day.
No. 35.
©!)! ?^ol8 iLurir.
-
] ^
■■^
1
Kv
i
i_i'-4 — -
PK-, — ^ —
—0 —
^
-5-r-^
"^-T-i-
^
J-^; :
— — 1
E
p ^
— ^«^^ -,^ —
J -*
Oh! ho - ly Lord!
Oh!
ho - ly Lord!
-(5^
::&:
I — I — ^-
Oh!
ho - ly
Lord !
Done with the sin and
U
i
if
-'(&'
■3=--
sor- row. 1. Oh! rise
-0-
up
-«»-
chil - dren, get your crown,
Done with the sin and sor - row, And by your Saviour's
D. a
down,
sor - row.
2 What a glorious morning that will be,
Done with the sin and sorrow;
Our friends and Jesus we will see.
Done with the sin and sorrow.— CAo.
3 Oh shout, you Christians, you're gaining ground,
Done with the sin and sorrow;
We'll shout old Satan's kingdom down.
Done with the sin and sorrow.— Oho.
4 I soon shall reach that golden shore,
Done with the sin and sorrow;
And sing the songs we sang before,
Done with the sin and sorrow.— C%o.
191
No. 36. ^Cl^te ©lir ?!i:ime tieliston.
1^ w^
Oh ! this old time re - li - gion,This old time re - li - gion, This
~^-V-
It^llt-
-t
rta
-h ^r
->
m
old time
is good e - noTigh for me.
■V-
k
.0-
-i 1
-I—
-y-
m
—0 — ^ — I — « — «-H
—0— \-%—0 — — 0-- \
1. It is good for the mourner, It is good for the mourner, It is
^
1=?=^
-^ -^
V— V-
-br-
V' 0-
A ^ ^ ^* ^ ^
V— ^
.^_^-
Vi
:^-
-; — ^-
-0-
-t^ — 14-
-j<_^
*t=i
I
-r-N— n
-0-
-0-
-^.--H
-0-\ — a—V-'-
-^
-0-
r
■^-r
tb*^|^3^^
I
good for the mourner. It is good e - nough for me.
9t;
■W-i
:?:
-^ — ;
.0.
.0.
.0-
M-
y-
0-
-y-
-y-
2. It will carry you home to heaven,
It will carry you home to heaven,
It will carry you home to heaven
It is good enough for me.
Cho. — Oh, this old time religion, &Q,
3. It brought me out of bondage, &c.
C%o.— Oh, this old time religion, &c.
4. It is good when you are in trouble, &c.
CAo.— Oh, this old time religion, &c.
19a
-0 .
■+■
I
No. 37. 2ri)e Etn Vixiim.
:^—0ziz^-zJ
-=zr-^=tr=t
§!lfe
1. Five of them were wise wlien the bridegroom came,
-0 — 0-
m^
-SZI
ig:
tf i i i ^
^ 1
E:^±:r^-5
— 1 1
7" *• "
r
m^ % t % I
Five of them were
M U # « « |0
wise when the
1
bride - groom
came.
9:|Btf P ^ ^ ^
9 W ^
— ■ ' 1 — — —
t^r-^
»-T 1 r 1
-I
::^ ^ :
^ •
tJ
fct^d
s^
!t5:=TS
-S-(5'-
-A-
^*-
^^-=g=
3^
::i=:1=:di::
Repeat, pp
-^-
::d:
.2__^_^__i_4_,_
i^*-
s-iz
ill
O Zion, Zion, O Zion, when the bridegroom came.
§Sl
:s2i
II ^ '
iffl— r» — — — 0—r!^-
:zziEp-[:=t=4::
-^'^— ■
1=11
caul*:
2 Five of them were foolish when the bridegroom came,
Five of them were foolish when the bridegroom came.
Cho.~0 Zion, &c.
3 The wise thej^ took oil when the bridegroom came.
The wise they took oil when the bridegroom came.
CAo.— OZion, &c.
4 The foolish took no oil when the bridegroom came,
The foolish took no oil when the bridegroom came.
Cho Zion, &c.
6 The foolish they kept knocking when the bridegroom came.
The foolish they kept knocking when the bridegroom came.
Cho.—O Zion, &c.
6 Depart, I never knew you, said the bridegroom, then,
Depart, I never knew you, said the bridegroom, then.
Cho. — O Zion, &c.
193
I^^
No. 38.
Slowly.
^t ^xom*
1. The Jews killed poor Jesus, The Jews killed poor Jesus, The
- — ^ -^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^
§!iE6
±=
:t:=zzpz=x:
k-5:
r
— 1 1 r-» n 1 n
* # — 9 ^ #— -a
Jews killed poor Je - sus, And laid him in the tomb.
=F-
-h-
?I=
fc^zziiiizi-
^ — ^ —
:1«_3
I — H — h *-
!
lip
_, ^_i^_
m
He a - rose,
He
a
rose, He
a
is:
I
h
■^
r"
-p-
-H-
-^— T-
Repeat, pp
^ — ^ — ^
« — « — m-^ — -^-m — J y— *
I-
gl
rose He a - rose and went to heaven in a cloud.
■1
J-J-
liE^E^
-hs
izip=:T=*
1
-«^.
^ H-
riz±=::.^.ii5--::
1/
■rr
Then down came an angel.
Then down came an angel,
Then down came an angel,
And rolled away the stone.
C/iO.— He arose, «fec.
Then Mary she came wee))ing,
Then Mary she camo weeping,
Then Mary she came weeping,
A looking for her Lord.
C7io.— He arose, «kc.
194
No. 39. .^abe me, Hortr, Sabc.
±
^ 9. — 0—1-s
:e
1. I called to my father, my father hearkened to me, And the
_i —
•^ •«-
^-
-I —
:^=,z^:
^
-is-
N-rn
=z:j=:jv:rnz=z
L- ^^_pq \
"Z?
3
:±
last word I heard him say, was, Save me, Lord, save me.
-«-
9=
0-
V-
-: T y—
_i2-
-l$»-
^i^]
« — 0—-^
3-
-^— N-
u^ # — a-
3=5
5
-^— N-
-« — #-
And I wish that heav'n was a mine, And I wish that heav'n will a
■ -^- -0- •0' -^ -0- •*• ■0- -0-
9^^-
.WIZW-
■y—
-h
-H-
-fi e-
■?-tr-T— r— r
-H F
:^ ~T- ^_g
p-p-T"
:^:
-i —
1
i^ ^^
be mine, And I wish that heav'n was a mine, save me, Lord, save me.
cS^ — '■ — ^ — T" — I — n — I — C — L ~
-0
I I
^ ^-
i Si ^11^ (i:
-r-
x=x.-=x
'^-
I — i
2 I called to my mother, my mother hearkened to me.
And the last word I heard her say
Was, save me, Lord, save me.
C%o.— And I wish that heav'n was a mine, &c.
3 I called to my sister, my sister hearkened to me, &c.
Cho. — And I wish that heav'n was a mine, &c.
4 I called to my brother, my brother hearkened to me, &c.
C%o.— And I wish that heav'n was a mine, &c.
195
Ko. 40. Juirgment koill flinlr giju so.
^2 — ^— :2iiz^zifz is-ij-ziiz: -zh^~j-9- isbi
it:ezj[zjr
Just as you live, just so you die, And af - ter death,
mmm:
-i-=
r^-i—0-
■<5»-
1^;
rf5>-i—0—
E:
T'
J U,
<5>-
ri5? 1
£:::
*-^
Judgment will find you so.
1. O brethren, brethren,
-i^-
-0 T-#-
-1—
-h-
m
-9-
-F=t
— f-
:i:
F
jSE
:i
^
-j,-
watch and pray,
iL|
Judgment
S*-
'9-
3
-» —
-F=±=p
-r-
=F=
will find you so, For
%=-# — •=
!|=
14
E3:
t
0-
-F-
:s:
D. (7.
J ,
.J I .
-0-
0-0-^
Satan's round you ev - 'ry day, Judgment will find you so.
-I
-0-
-I-
-0
r-
2 The tallest tree in Paradise,
Judgment will find you so;
The Christian calls the tree of life,
Judgment will find you so.
Cho. — Just as you five, &,c.
3 Oh ! Hallelujah to the Lamb,
Judgment will find you so;
The Lord is on Iho giving hand,
Judgment will find you so,
Cho. — Just as you live, Ac.
iq6
No. 41. W^ tbe iLilB of tf)t VMtn*
-N-
-H —^'
::z:is=:d:
::t
;Sr
He's the li - ly
0-
■I —
_i_r-iL_p:
;e
:::^:
:?^
-2^-
1
of the val - ley,
Oh ! my
-<9-
-F-
tczr-
I
:^
9=
'-~v-
T&l
■:i?=X
#=$
-^-r
:tr
25"
^1
Lord; He's the li - ly of the val- ley, Oh, my Lord;
-1
-N-
-U-
t^
rfi* ^-
-r o
^--^
:a:
:i-i-
1
|i
d=d=d=d:
jsr.
<5*-
22:
::2^-
UISl
1. King Je - sus in the chariot rides, Oh! my Lord; With
9^
^:
:t:
-f^-
.£2-
EE:
:p
-©>-
^=i
D. C.
four white hors - es side by side,
'-V-
E
■& — '---+
r:
-&-
my Lord.
:z^:
:^
i
2 What kind of shoes are those you wear,
Oh ! my Lord ;
That you can ride upon the air^
Oh ! my Lord.
Clio. — He's the lily of the valley, &r,
3 These shoes I wear are gospel shoes,
Oh ! my Lord;
And you can wear them if you choose,
Oh ! my Lord.
C%o.— He's the lily of the valley, &Cc
197
No. 42.
prepare u&.
1-
-H-
:-g-
:?ri=«
-4— >
— ^-
JL
'9
Pre - pare me, Pre - pare me, Lord, Pre - pare me, "When
I — ^
-^-
^
death shall shake this frame
— « ^ a * !
go down the
:p
-t/-
-h-
::-7-
r
stream of
When death shall shake this frame.
1
111
P
$-
.0 —
-0 —
-0-
-h-
X-
^=i
-7—
D. a
i^ — jjr
m
rt^d
I
gi
•f 1^ 1; 1; fc^ • '
leave this sin- ful world behind, When death shall shake this frame.
^ — • ^
-0-
-0-
:^zit»:
2 The man that loves to serve the Lord,
When death shall shake this frame;
He will receive his just reward.
When death shall shake this frame.
Cho. — Prepare me, &c.
3 Am I a soldier of the cross,
When death shall shake this frame;
Or must I count this soul but lost,
When death shall shake this frame.
Cho. — Prepare me, &c.
4 My soul is bound to that bri,2;ht land,
AVhen death shall shake this frame;
And there I'll meet that happy band,
When death shall shake this frame.
CTio, — Prepare me, <!fcc.
198
:^^^^=i
No. 43. iWs &W is on tte ©ccan.
Is^
i_is_- ^0 — #
— N-
-0 — I- — .— -
u • /
:±:
•^ ■/ ^ X^ ^ \j \j \^
My ship is on the oceun, My ship is on the ocean, My
§i
;^-^-
^=I== :^~_fe:=:^::vzii--i:
£
f-dk-*
V >/-y—'ir-\)-v
w-v^a
m
ship is on the o - cean, Poor sin - ner, fare - you - well.
>U-
-i —
5=^==:5:
T"
-I —
-0
mm
:K-,
r
-*-
-F-
-N-
-H-
:t
"J"
1. I'm go - ing a - way to see the good old Dan- iel, I'm
m^
'^'
-0-
A ^
?zi:U
^ZlZI^ZZlfc
:b:
*
.« ,
d;
Fd:
~1-
D. a
I
9ii
go
ing
+T
W-
a
-#-
way
To
X h-
T-
izm:
J
-r-
r;
see my Lord.
m
2 I'm going to see the weeping Mary,
I'm going away to see my Lord.
Cho.—M.y ship, &c.
3 Oh ! don't you want to live in that bright glory ?
Oh ! don't you want to go to see my Lord ?
Cho. — My ship, ice.
199
No. 44.
IH^-
:: t- — -g g — p-^ — ^ — ^^--_ ^-
^ > i/ i^
1. Way o - ver in the E - gypt land, You shall gain the
mi
-# — — 0-
-0 0-
'0-
:=fc
E3
*-
— 1 —
— j —
— ^ —
^f5-^5-
-5—5-
- 1* ^ i^ -
W-
vie ■
— 1
- to
- ry,
1
Way
_^; — ^-
- ver
in the
E - gypt land,
«-)f—
—0 —
f
— » —
■■»•
-MT •-
^ ^
^
\i^
ii
^
p
^--
Nr jT-i nv — ^^ — I — I Vt — ^ N N ir-n
You shall gain the day. March on, and you shall gain the
-0-
-0-
'0-
-0-
t
ee;
19-
T
—\ —
E
£:
^_i_,e — S,
l^i
T"
-I 1
-I
-h-
V
^-
Repeat, pp
vie - to
Ll2-
i
a
-I —
-0-
-I —
-1—
March on, and you shall gain the day.
H — 4— ■#• •#-•#-■#-•«
— 15? »-v
pzipiriizt:;
— bs-
zztzi:
V
|--
m
2 When Peter was preaching at the Pentecost,
You shall gain the victory;
He was endowed with the Holy Ghost,
You shall gain the day.
Cho. — March on, &c.
3 When Peter was fishing in the sea,
You shall gain the victory;
He droi)ped his net and followed me,
You shall gain the daj'.
Cho. — March on, &c.
4 King Jesus on the mountain top,
You shall gain the victory;
King Jesus speaks and the chal ^ot stops.
You shall gain the day.
Cho. — March on, &c.
200
TSTo. 45. ii»8 fflsaag's atlouiiB.
l-r-^-fr.J:
Oh ! bretheren, my way, my way's cloud- y, my way, Go
.(22.
rl
-tS'-
-S?-
:p:
-U-
-t^"-
F-=tF=F=F=F=tp
:c:
-y--'
iLif
send them an - gels down, Oh ! breth-er - en, my way,
-1 —
-y-
1^
-»-
-H-
-*$>-
-s^
B=CF=F
my way's cloud-y, my way, Go send them an - gels down.
#. #. ^ if- .^ •#- • ^«-
s
x:
=F=F^
-©i-
i:;
T
-y—
■u — b — f. — r — F — -"-^
-t^
-I —
2=
:^— ^— ,*— r— #
H
■^— ^-
s s s s
i
1. There's fire in the east and fire in the west, Send them angels down, And
2. Old Sa - tan's rnad and I am glad, Send them angels down, He
3. I'll tell you now as I told ^ou before, Send them angels down, To
4. This is the year of Ju - bi - lee, Send them angels down, The
m
■\ — I — \-
-\i-M—v—v-
E
-7-
9-1
I
fire a - mong the Meth - o - dist, O
missed the soul he thought he had, O
the promised land I'm bound to go, O
Lord has come and set me free, O
#-
send them an -gels down.
send them an - gels down,
send them an - gels down,
send them an - gels down.
-y-
-b — b-
\j
-y — I
I
20I
No. 46. ^i'^t on, Hing Jesu^.
i
lE^
-EEi-iig;
._J —
-_! '
-<&-
:^
-I 1-
Ride on, King Je - sus, No man c^n a hin-der me,
Ride on, King Je
sus,
No man can a binder me.
i
:tz^
—\ N-h"
^— ^— (*
— "-I — ' — I — I—-'
-0-
1. I was but young wlien I begun, No man can a hinder me, But
— I a a —
0-
7^-
4-H— ;-
— 0-^ — ^-
L
._l_
' •0- ■0- •0- -»•
now my race is almost done, No man can a hinder me.
2 King Jesus rides on a milk-white horsey
No man can a hinder me ;
The river of Jordan he did cross,
No man can a hinder me.
C7iO.— Ride on, &c.
3 If you want to find your way to God,
No man can a hinder me;
The gospel highway must be trod,
No man can a hinder me.
r//o.— Ride on, &c.
fflgaijat feintr of g|)oe^ arc you going to toear?
No. 47.
.0-
-0-
-0-
-0~V-^'
-*.i_.
y ^ ? -y
1. What kind of shoos you going to wear? Golden slippers!
2. Wiiat kind of crown you going to wear? Star-ry crown!
3. What kind of robe you going to wear? White"^ robe !
4. What kind of song you going to sing? New
song !
f
-0-
-I—
:p:i
* Puhlishetl in sheet form, with piano accompaniment, by
CIucinnatL
202
•^ 4 i ^
JouN Church & Co ,
^ .s
y'—^^—^—'/—^-
r:^-V^--b--N-
^
■t^-?-
-# — — — — I
What kind of shoes you going to wear? Golden shlippere! Golden shlippera I'm
What kind of crown you going to wear? Starry crown ! Star-ry crown I'm
What kind of robe you going to wear? White robe ! Long white robe I'm
What kind of harp you going to play ? Golden harp ! Gold-en harp I'm
*
I — r
If i' i \^
■ ■#-• z: z: ^ Z-
0*
r — I r-
i 1 r-
■M
9-1 « — 0- J — ^_-
-N-
1/
^
IPi
'—- *•- (5*
bound to wear, That out-shine the glit - ter - ing sun.
bound to wear, That out-shines the glit -ter -ing sun.
bound to wear, That out-shines the glit - ter - ing sun.
bound to play, That out-shines the glit -ter -ing sun.
Yes, yes,
— 4-
-«_
-0-
-e-
-0-
-0-
-0-
H ! — 1
K
Yes, yes, my Lord, I'm going to join the heavenly choir,
i9'
iiS:
4L
—I —
— »-
— I —
—
-y-
— b
LV-
t
-I —
M- -^ M- — •«■
P P t
Yes,
Repeat pp
Yes, yes, yes, my Lord. I'm a sol - dier of
ii^^^^=fe
-1—
-I —
-I —
-«-
^-•
,^_^_L;^ ^ >^-
the cross.
-1 — r
-I
LISZI-
203
No. 49. iWarg ani iWartl)a.
^^LTJvzi^vzdziiiz
"1-
N— ^— N
— ^ — i 1 1
3
MM
b lib
1. Ma-ry and a Martha's just gone 'long,Ma-ry and a Martha's
ii
-0 H
-^
fe— i ?^— b— 5^^-5^F^^^^4^^h"F — I- — F
.0 — ^ —
-0 ^
-» i SZIp p ft
I
—L
-4=^~
±i:i±:
I 9-
JL
-9-
'9'
N—
I ! b
just gone 'long, Ma - ry and a Mar-tha's just gone 'long, To
9^
-«>-
^
T-
-<&-
-0-
-0-
h- b^ b^ — b-
e^eeee:
;eee
d:
4^=:t
:^
lis:
j;
Id:
:s:
ring those charming bells; Cry-ing free grace and dy-ing love,
P
^^ —
-I ^ — r"^ — T
bcizii
-«-
t— 1 — r
-(5"-
EE=b:=bEEE=E
i=3
lN=i
iE^a^si
-0—\-0
-0 — •-#-
-^-
:^:
tf^:
M-
9^
Free grace and dy - ing love, Free grace and dv - ing love, To
-^- ■#-«#- _ -i^- Jr^ Jr- -0- -0- * -0-
9 1 h-
"P-
-^- W—
r
-0-
E
-<9-
-p-
ee;
H
fc:3
1^
9—p—p—
:-jL
<5^ — •-
l_^ £^ 1
9-EEE
I I {II
ring those charming bells. Oh! way o-ver Jordan, Lord, Way o -ver
.0. -,^- .^ .0.
'^^=^
E
T— i — r
"St-i
-0 — z^-
•0- -fSf- •#•
I 1 ^-
EEE:^EEEE3^feEEEE^^2E^
I i
i9^
Jordan, Lord, Way over Jordan, Lord, To ring those charming bells.
I3EEEE
I I 1 r
:^±:
1
2 The preacher and the elder's just gone 'long, &c.
To ring those charming bells.
CAo.— Crying, free grace, &c.
3 My father and mother's just gone 'long, &c.
To ring those charming bells.
C7io.— Crying, free grace, &c.
4 The Methodist and Baptist's just gone 'long, &c.
To ring those charming bells.
Cho. — Crying, free grace, &c.
No. 50. 5 ain't going to irie no more*
d:
^(5--
zj:
iE^
F-
:fc4::
==:^
Oh ! ain't I glad, Oh ! ain't I glad. Oh ! ain't I glad, I
— N-
->.-
0-
ain't a going to die'no more ; 1. Going to meet those happy Christians
feSE-^-
'0—
S-
§
soon - er in the morning. Soon - er in the morning,
21=^=:
^ — ^
:=i::
-H-
IS
t
Soon - er in the morning. Meet those hap-py Christians
D. O.
^-£
-0—
t^:
1
soon- er in the morning, I ain't a going to die no more.
2 Going shouting home to glory sooner in the morning, &c.
QJw.—Ohl ain't I glad, &c.
3 Going to wear the starry crown sooner in the morning, &c.
Cho.—0\\ ! ain't I glad, &c.
4 We'll sing the troubles over sooner in the morning, &c.
Cho.— Oh ! ain't I glad, &c.
205
^:
No. 51. ©^tting Mi^atig to Mit.
'U-i I-
::!
F=i
-/9-
-A-
:E3
-1^-
-A-
Get- ting read-y
to
die, Get - ting read - y
to
'-5-
ii:
-i5^-
-(^-
-^-
-($*'-
:i
^g ^
die, Get - ting read y to die, O
Zi - 01], Zi - on,
a
a;
-_J-
-4-
3
-d?-
•-«-^
:d:
+
-_j
9
<5^ # 1
1. When I set out, I was but young, Zi - on,
Zi - on, But
D. G.
Id:
3>
Zi
-<&-
— JJ
-sr
Za - on.
now my race is ai - most run, zi - on,
2 Religion's like a blooming rose, Zion, Zion.
And none but those that feel it knows, Zion, Zion.
Gio. — Getting ready to die, &c.
3 The Lord is waiting to receive, Zion, Zion,
If sinners only would believe, Zion, Zion Chorus.
4 All those who walk in Gospel shoes, Zion, Zion,
This faith in Christ they'll never lose, Zion, Zion.— CJiorus,
No. 52.
3Hje ffiencral ISoll.
a:3
0-aw
^i^-i:^
I'll be there, I'll be there. Oh when the general roll is called,
-S:
-^-
-^-h'
-^~
V W •— O '
I'll be there. 1. O hal - le - lu - jah to the Lamb, The general
2. Old Sa - tan told me not to pray. The general
K-
id:
1-
^^^
i=^=t-
-0—
roll is called, I'll be there; The Lord is on the
roll is called, I'll be there; He wants my soul at
giv - ing hand, The general roll is called, I'll be there.
Judgment Day, The general roll is called, I'll be there.
2o6
No. 53. it'm 2rroui)lrt in iHflinXr*
[The person who furnished this song (Mrs. Brown of Nashville, formerly a slave),
stated that she first heard it from her old father when she was a child. After lie
(had been whipped he always went and sat upon a certain log near his cabin, and
with the tears streaming down his checks, sang this song with so much pathos
that few could listen without weeping from sympathy: and even his cruel oppres-
Isors were not wholly unmoved.]
—CEZZ^r
I'm troubled, I'm troubled, I'm troubled in mind, If Jesus don't
0.
belp me,
teE^i
1.0 Je - sus, my Saviour, on
z>. a
izsi:j3.L.^.^_,
H-
:?tzs
^Jc
. — «-
I r I 1
^H h
C25:i;j
thee I'll depend, When troubles are near me, you'll be my true friend.
2 When ladened with trouble and burdened with grief,
To Jesus in secret I'll go for relief.
Cho. — I'm troubled, &c.
3 In dark days of bondage to Jesus I prayed,
To help me to bear it, and he gave me his aid.
Cho, — I'm troubled, &c.
Ho. 54. i*tix going to Hibe toWj Jesu^.
^j-
._j_
:^-d:
pq=ZN=:
:^:
-N-,
-N-J-
-0 — 1^-
— I —
-0—
1. I'm going to live with Je-sus, A soldier of the Ju-bi-lee, I'm
2. I've started out for heaven,
3. I know I love my Je - sus,
A soldier of the Ju-bi-lee, I've
A soldier of the Ju-bi-lee, I
:i
-^-
-0 — '
Fi5=d=d:
0-
-N--
._i-
mm
going to live with Je - sus,
start -ed out for heaven,
know I love my Je - sus,
A
A
A
soldier
soldier
soldier
of the cross,
of the cross,
of the cross.
3EE:
trh-i:
-N— A-
-H-
-t\-
:s=:i
— 0'
?3
._, N-
-0^
Oh! when j^ou get there remember me, A soldier of the Jubilee, Oh
m
— fk — I — (-
-K--
:b:
-H-
jtr.
3^1
when you get there re - member gone.
207
A soldier of the cross.
No. 55. J'^^ ft^^w iw *ft^ Stcitm go long.
Chorus.
u j+_ C
— ^^— f'-r p — g — w
^
-H— t^
I've been in the storm so long, I've been in the storm so long, children, I've
1st time.
pray. 1. Oh! let me tell my mother
2. Oh! when 1 get to heaven,
3. I'll go in - to heaven,
how I came a - long, Oh,
I'll walK all a - bout, Oh,
and take my seat. Oh,
give me lit - tie time to pray. With a hung down head and an
give me lit - tie time to pray, There'll be no - bo - dy there to
give me lit - tie time to pray, Cast my crown at
D. a
ach
turn
Je ■
ing heart,
me out,
sus' feet.
Oh,
Oh,
Oh,
give
give
give
me
me
me
lit - tie time
lit - tie time
lit - tie time
to
to
to
pray,
pray,
pray.
No. 56. ®c), ci)am X\)t Hion troton.
i5=i=
1^
\-4
--h-
i
-^-
ifzzzzi
— N-
^-'
H
'V-
Go, chain the li - on down, Go, chain the li - on down. Go
chain the li - on down. Before the heav'n doors close. 1. Do you
s,_js_±z3:
^l — I N — I — — 0-
-^:i,z^z:^:
K 1*! — Pi Pi Pi—
]^-'-# i
see that grand old sister, Come a wagging up the hill so slow. She
D. a
:d5::i::=^
wauts to get to heav'n in due time. Before the heav'n doors close.
2 Do you Bee the good old Christians? &c.
3 Do you see the good old preachers ? <fcc.
208
No. 57. ffiKtien iWosejsi smote tf\t fflZSatet.
When Mo - ses smote tlie wa - ter, The chil-r'jen all passed
^_^:r^^*-
;aEEEEE
-0-
-0-
-0-
'0-
0-
~0-
-0-
-0-
-0-
■0-
-^^z±-^
-0-
-0-
E
-0-
-0-
£
i, ' r b U ^ ' ^ t' I
o - verjWhen Moses smote the wa - ter, The sea gave a - way.
I
§:
— 0.
ifczfc
-0-
-0-
r \^ — b^ — 1^-
■0-
■0-
-0-
:y:
-^A_^__,.
I F-^-# r-0 -,-,
m
^
.^.-4
^ ^ b ' ^ ^ ^
1. O chil-dren ain't you glad You've left that sin - ful
-#-
E:
E
i
4i.
D. a
m
9:
^
x:
— I-
:tii_L
-r
f
-^ — -jir
ar - my ? chil-dren ain't you glad The sea gave a - way ?
-0~
-0-
V-
EEEE^
-0-
-0-
-y-
±
# — #-
0-
■\ — r
\
2. Christians ain't you glad
You've left that sinful army ?
O Christians ain't you glad
The sea gave away ?
Cho. — When Moses smote, &o.
3. brothers ain't you glad
You've left that sinful army?
O brothers ain't you glad
The sea gave away?
Qvo. — When Moses smote, Ac
«09
14
No. 58.
©i)! pinner jmau.
'iSh
Oh!
:^:
I
-__^i_
il5^eiss5E
^—
^=FI;^±c:?^z^:t^q
.^_^,.u.
-^-
— — — I
sin-ner, Oli !
b 1
sin-ner man, Oh ! sin-uer Oh !
:g:
1^ I
i^f-
Ls:,
r<$*-
i:s:
-#-
-pi — I — I —
V — '/-
"9
3
-» — »- .— j»-7i -^T" .5. 15."
which way are you go-ing? 1. Oh! come back, sinner, and
-I —
V-
-9-
-I —
-*-
f
b I
r-h
-N-
»~»~^~«'
-H— -
-N— K— N-
don't go there, Which v/ay are you going ? For hell is deep, and
§
gl
^-
-1 —
5—
ig;
:bzz[:=z±
lii
::1^:
-r--^
J), a
fefe
~g~»"
i
JifeEg
dark des - pair. Oh ! which way are you go - ing ?
-7-
^^
-^^-
L_^^.
2. Though days be dark, and nights be long,
Which way are you going ?
We'll ^hout anrJ sing till we get home,
Which way are you going '?
CVio.— Oh! sinner, &c.
3. 'Twas just about the break of day,
Which way are you going ?
My sins forgiven and soul set fi*ee,
Which wa,^' are you going?
Cho. — Oil ! sinner, <fcc.
^10
No. 59. Mn ioo^ Hotti'^ bttn tere.
iz^zzt.
43L_«-
£-
E3
"^-
'9'
tlEtA
a-.
F*=:i
f:
My good Lord's been here, been here, been here,
.fC-*-
-(5<!-
j2.
-I
-f-
Li:
jS^ •
r^-— f^-
T.i'
My good Lord's been here, And he's blessed my soul and gone.
:g==zS:
:S:
:1
-h-
T
-F-
:S::-
l5»-
9^i
:=rqzzi:±i=i::;;pz:d3=:jr_zi -; ,-z.-^ :ii=::r=q=q
M — <«-: — - S « >5! i xj — s — • — w — 3^— H
-•-F#— ^-^-T -^ — 9 — %-\-^ — %^~ U — S — ^ =H
^ I I ■ I
1, brothers, where were you, broth- ers, where were you,
•^ -(2. * JL ^
n
i
I —
-I —
-s'-
(5?-
GL .
i-.
-is' — '
-I (^ — tf 5 #
^__^_^ « ^
-^ 1
-0-
.A
-9'
r
D. C.
3^1
broth - ers, where were you When my good liOrd was here?
pi
4Z.
A- SL
■#--•-•#- -^ •#-
^
-(—
cjc:
z::
-(5^
— I-
L-_^.
2 sinners, where were you. &c.
Clio. —My good Lord's been here, <fec.
3 Christians, where were you, &c.
Cho. — My good Lord's been here, &c.
4 mourners, where were you, &c.
Cho.—Uy good Lord's been here, <fec.
211
No. 60. a little more Jfaitl) in Je^ug.
want,
want,
want
IS a
m'4^
±r=i=^
-L.
:r=E:
-»-
:?-,_g=:SJ=:
5 3 P ^\. I P P
-N — ^^-
g ^ L^ ^ '^
lit - tie more faith in Je - sus.
§if^
■^ -0- -^
-y-
1. When-ev-er we meat
# • r
-r-
i
._>, — ^ — .1^
-_ 1 1 — _- ^-
-0 w—
~N-
:i^=:tJizi!vzirjz=^±z:
^J \i ^ V '^ '^
-0-
-0 '—0
1/ i^
you here we saj^ A lit - tie more faith in Je - sus, Pray
§!fe;
-? — ?-•■
-I —
-I—
-I —
^--^
-h-
?:
-y-
2). a
--A — N — N — N — .
—0 1^
--v — K-
-HS— N-
-0 — 0—
i
: ^—0—^—«^ A\
what's the order of the clay ? A lit - tie more faith in Jesus-
W^
V-
I tell you now as I told you before,
A little more faith in Jesus,
To tlie promised land I'm bound to go,
A little more faith in Jesus.
C/io.— All I want. &c.
3.
Oh! Hallelujah to the Lamb,
A little more faith in Jesua,
TOie Lord is on the giving hand,
A little more faitti in .lei^ua.
0%o.— All X want, &c.
^ -F- -F- -r- ■<►- - -
— — — ffi 1 1- — r--f - -J
I do believe without a doubt,
A little more faith in Jesus,
That Ciiristians have a right to shout,
A little more faith in Jesus.
Cho. — All I want, &c.
Shout, you children, shout, you're free,
A little more faith In Jesus,
For Christ has bought this liberty,
A little more faith in Jesus.
e7to.— All I want, <feG.
212
No. 61. 29ft not oltr ^Ijaraolj get lost?
z4z:E— [zih zmz: 0—trs _gr~»~ » ~^~ b»zz: # — ^ — r -
1. 1
saac a ran-som, while he lay Up - oii au al - tar
._ 1
*-F*-^-i-3-
--t-
0-
H
tSZJ
bound, Mo- ses, an infant cast away, By Pharaoh's dau<2;hter found.
r-i=?=-
=H=kzfi
I 1-
:=i:
-^s-
:^-t
-_ 1
:i
-0-
— I-
!> I I II
Did cot old Pharaoh get lost, get lost, get lost, Did
iiE
zizt=t.
-* —
in:
-y-
:czi
i —
izizciz:
-»g - » •» -
-p-
not old Pharaoh get
9=
^:
-p-
-0-
_L„
-y-
E
&-'-■
-0-
-0-
-b — b^-h
2 Joseph, by his false brethren sold,
God I'aised above them all;
To Hannah's child the Lord foretold
How Eli's house should Jail.
C/io.— Did not old Pharaoh, &c.
8 The Lord said unto Moses.
Go unto Pharaoh now,
For I have hardened Pharaoh's heart,
To me he will not bow.
C/io.— Did not old Pharaoh, &c.
4 Then Moses and Aaron,
To Pharaoh did go,
Thus says the God of Israel,
Let my people go.
CAo.— Did not old Pharaoh, &c.
6 Old Pharaoh said who is the Lord,
That I should him obey?
His name it is Jehovah,
For he hears his people pray.
C/io.— Did not old Pharaoh, &c.
6 Then Moses numbered Israel,
Through all the land abroad.
Saying, children, do not murmur.
But hear the word of God.
CAo.— Did not old Pharaoh, &c.
7 Hark! hear the children murmur.
They cry aloud for bread,
Down came the hidden manna,
The hungry soldiers fed.
C/io.— Did not old Pharaoh, Ac.
8 Then Moses said to Israel,
As they stood along the shore,
Your enemies you see to-day,
You Will never see no more.
C/io.— Did not old Pharaoh, &c.
9 Then down came ragiug Pharaoh,
That you may plainly see,
Old Pharaoh and his host,
Got lost in the Red Sea.
C/to.— Did not old Pharaoh, <fcc.
10 Then men, and women, and children
To Moses they did flock;
They cried aloud for water.
And Moses smote the rock.
C/io.— Did not old Pharaoh, Sec.
11 And the Lord spoke to Moses,
From Sinai's smoking top,
Saving, Moses, lead the peop?«,
till I shall bid you stop.
CAo.— Did not old Pharaoh, k,c.
213
No. 62,
fflgftregitling Jacot.
p!3
-^-
^^-^
-0-
-_^_?
-h-
'0-
1. Wrestling Ja - cob, Ja - cob, day is a breaking,
m^
i.
r-=^--
■>> 0^-
'9'
-0'
k
-0-
^
Fine.
-TZi-
Wrestling Ja - cob, Ja - cob, I will not let thee go.
C « 0- » m m N N
-0-
-H-
V u' —
— h-
-y-
-<?-
■fc
-1^-
^
/r\
^TN
■V-
:fz:
Let me go, Ja - cob.
m^
0-
■0-
-0-
-0-
will
J?-
It':
-0-
-H^-
dziiq
-<&.
not let thee go.
:^:
-^-
Let rae go, Ja - cob.
-H —
-•—
:i^i^-±
-SI
-0-
I will not let thee go, Un
¥
«f-«— ^ — ^ — ?^ — ^^ — ^ ,
z:=zzi:z=gi=FL^zz:bzz:fe=ib^zz:f t E3
^.b=
4>
1 , "t
-?-- ^-"
^j^ s-
ih I^-
1
— :Js—
O-tI?-
^
til
1
thou bless me,
— -1
I
1-0 — #—
will not
~ 9 t
-0 — —
let thee
—0-,-
1-5
Un-
— 11 '
2i^^
■■ r -"
J yA
--F F —
_i 1
-r
— 9 —
214-
I
±=1
9 -i-
-->>-
:dv
J J — 1-|
-y y— '-I
^-
1-^
E
Wrest - ling Ja - cob, Ja - cob, day is a -break -ing,
m
53;
-■S-— -J:
-9-
'9'
^
^
§^P^
"Wrest- ling Ja - cob, Ja - cob, I will not let thee go. Ill
{Or this.) I'll
e :^u__N
-#_•.
-i —
:p:
l>
-p-
-h-
:Si:
#
hU b 1^ L?-
-t-
it^^— i 5 5~5 ^"—^ ^-^-^-
__N _^ h"^— H^^ J -^-l
hold thee till the break of day, I
wres - tie till the break of day, I
will not let thee go, TJu -
will not let thee go, Un -
1 — Z ^ ^—
»
^ 5—
-N ^^-
— s —
7J. C
til thou tell me what's thy name, I will not let thee go.
til thou come and bless my soul, I will not let thee go.
3EE5:
'?—
^1
:*z=:^
-(5?-
-tt
-«?-
I
215
NO. 63. ILoht^Uam in S^eaben.
:h12z3:_«:
:^-K
^
#
m
v^ i^ —
s
There's a love - feast in the heav - en by - and - by,
> 1
chil-dred, There's a love - feast in the heav-en by - and
by. Yes a love - feast in the heav - en by - and - by,
Fine,
ij:j=:t"-'E:^
:3±:bii:z::>L|J=:id
m
chil - dren, There's a love-feast in the heav - en by - and -by.
i
b-=:p
-I2-T
r-N-
—N — hv—
-9 — # —
1. Oh! run up, chil-dren, get your crown, There's a love-feast in the
h\iz='^i^^±zz±i
jri.-ii^^i=;z:
-H-
:t^:^
— I-
m
heav - en by - and - by. And by your Sav-iour's side sit down.
D. S.
r-N:
N-
-?^£
There's a love - feast in the heav-en by - and - by. Yes, a
*
2 Old Satan told me not to pray, &c.
He wants my soul at the Judgment-day, &c.
3 Oh, brethren, and sisters, how do you do, &c.
And does your love continue true, &c.
4 Oh, brethren, brethren, how do you know, &c.
Because my diesiis toM m© sc, <fec.
216
No. 64. fflSaijen gljall i get tt)ete.
^-L
--N-
N-
— N N-
-Jnz
There's a heaven - ly home up yon-der, There's a heaven - ly
|S
rz=:
home up yon - der, There's a heaven - ly home up yon - der, Oh
Fine.
Solo.
m
:i.=i=i=i:
EEEr
ES
-^^— /•
when shall I get there? 1. Old Pi - late says, I
Chorus.
Solo.
wash my hands; When shall
get there?
-b-
-I — I-
#-i^
Chorus.
-0-^
t-
D. a.
i
find no fault in this just man ; When shall I get there '
2 John and Peter ran to see,
When shall I get there ?
But Christ had gone to Galilee,
When shall I get there ?
3 Paul and Silas bound in jail.
When shall I get there ?
They sang and prayed both night and day.
When shall I get there ?
4 I'm bred and born a Methodist,
When shall I get there ?
I carry the witness in my breast,
When shall I get there ?
5^17
No. 65. ^i)nt'^ a imectius Ijea So^nigijt.
Get ycu rea - dy, there's a meet-ing here to-night, Come a
9-is^
^^M-
-I —
-y-
^~N-
-->;--
l-J ^ .
-9'
'9'
-9-
-«^-
long, there's a meet-ing here to-night; I know you by your
9 — 9-^ — 9-- — 9 — #-- — 9-
r r i 1 »-
;-^-^-f-^-;-^-^-y-
9-
-9-
^ u p
'-!?■-
-; 9-
-y — 5^
Fine.
-N-
-9 — 9 —
-9—9 —
-r-^Vir
h^izz^jz:
dai - ly walk, There's a meeting here to-night. 1. Camp-meeting
.9 5-
.fe
>/ - u
— 1 — 9- - : F -^-
__s*.
^^
^^-
-N — ^~^-
^-^s-:i^_
T1
•7
-9—9'
9 — 9Z
-N ^^
-9 — 9
& —
-^---
— I-
il^
-^-i—
— ^^ — ^ — ^ — y
down in the wilderness, There's a meeting here to-night;
9:!jf3EEEEEEE
-r
.^
.« — 0.
p— &-
:t:J-k
i). a
* - # * • 4- * -J- *
I
know it's among the Methodist .There's a meeting here to-night.
m
9 9 ^ >
M — ^.-
-k
I
218
2 Those angel wings are tipped with gold, &c.
That brought glad tidings to my soul, &c.
3 My father says it is the best, &c.
To live and die a Methodist, &c.
4 I'm a Methodist bred, and a Methodist born, &c.
And when I'm dead there's a Methodist gone, &c.
No. 66. jFatetoell, mg iBmhet.
) -^-( -
— g.^—^—a — W-i — \-hj — h — H — «—
_3_| ^ — ^ P_i_Dv — ^ — ^ ^
Farewell, my brother,"^ farewell for-ev- er. Fare you well, my
r — fi-^^—it.
:t2=r=t^
^q^:
ip- -^
£eE
£
^
■t^-
^t
21
brotlier, now, For I am going home. Oh 1 good-bye, good-bye, For
^ -^ -j*- 4— -^ -fi-' ■»■ ■&-,
J^^
-}^-.
■;=M==t:
v?^
y-
*^-
-^-
■•-^— y — v—^
zzip=t=b^
c
Vi/ Si/
-"^
>1^
l»v— i.-i gi — K-
^^ l>
i
:W:
S^EFJEJ
b l^ ^
^--^ — ^r--^-
D.C.
-r^-%l-=%-t\
P
I am bound to leave you, Oh, good-bye, good -bye, for I am going home
m^^
<e.._t"— «
-i^_j^_
'li-V-^-.
ft
J/ifer 1)6? (Japo sing this :
Shake hands, shake hands, for I am bound to leave you.
Oh, shake hands, &c.
* Or Sister.
219
No. 67.
Jncfting along.
[AttentioB is called to the appropriateness of the melody for the expression of
these singular words. It is all embraced within the first three tones of the scale,
and thus may be said to be itself not more than an inch long,]
Chorus.
-^-
-^
if-
:±
— I-
^.^-izd
Keep a inch-ing a - long. Keep a inch-ing a - long ;
^
-J— a
i
=1-
-0-
-^-
-0-
^
-N-
53
23
P
Je-suswillcomeby'nd-bye ; Keepa incliing a-long like a
Fine. Solo.
A—±
poor inch.- worm, Jesus will come by'nd-bye. 1. 'Twas a inch by inch I
Choeus. Solo,
=t:
?
>»-
-^-
'^
<5>-,-
sought the Lord,
Je - sus will come by'nd-bye ; And a
Chorus. I). G<
=1==:
— 1-
m
inch by inch He bless'd my soul, Je-sus will come by'nd-bye.
2 The Lord is coming to take us home,
Jesus will come by'nd-bye ;
And then our work will soon be done,
Jesus will come by'nd-bye,
S Trials and troubles are on the way,
Jesus will come by'nd-bye ;
But we must watch and always pray,
Jesus will come by'nd-bye.
We'll inch and inch and inch along,
Jesus will come by'nd-bye ;
And inch aad inch till we get home,
Jesus will come by'nd-bye.
220
No. 68. 31 ain't got toearg ^tt
fc:
BH
And I ain't got weary yet, And I ain't got weary yet ; Been
I
^ K
^ ^
r
down in the val-ley so long, And 1 ain't got wea - ry yet.
^ ^ ^ y
^F^^
1 . I I I . i
Solo.
Chorus.
y— y— y-
1. Been praying for the sinner so long, And I ain't got weary yet ;
§L5#z±
— ^.-t^e-r-t-t-t-f-
:r
^^=1
V — \/ — \/ — 1^-
g
I?
Duet.
i>. r.
»=:
*
^ ^ ^ — ^--^— ^-
-N — hi — N — N — N — I
-m — « — « — m — — «-f
■0—0 — — — — 0-^
m
rh"-K
:45=!^=±=K
I— 5— •— _•-
:::t:
I
Been praying for the sinner so long, And I ain't got weary yet.
-- — — 0-
^
.^^
-0 — 0-
i^El-
— p w m — w — a 1——
MTC
2 Been praying for the mourner so long, &g.
3 Been going to the sitting-up bo long, &c.
No. 69.
Eun to 3fei5us.
[This song was given to the Jubilee Singers by Hon. Frederick Douglass,
at Washington, D. C, with the interesting sti.ternent, that it first suggested
to him the thought of escaping from slavery.]
-~^
4-
-4-
W--^
:^
-^-
^-
-lA
*
%
-It
-^ — ■
Hun to Je « sus^ shuji the dan > ger,
-^-
-^. — f-
- tf- i — ^ — g -
-t—
±z^
II1^»B JW I
-«/— #-7-|?— g/-
ii^
don't ex - pect to stay mucii long = or Iiers. L He will
-^-^-
-M-^-
:^2:tzi_^_^-
-b— — &— tb
-fe— ^
= ^-^-
EfeE
be our dear- est friend, And will help us to the end ; I
don't ex-pect to stay much long - er here. Run to Je - sus
1^
=1^
-f-i-#
.z^lzzniiv
— ^v— i^-
shun the dan - ger, I don't ex-pect to stay much long-er herCc
* 2 Oh, I thought I heard them say,
There were lions in the way.
I don't expect, etc.
Many mansions there will be.
One for you and one for me,,
X don't expect, etc.
232
No, *^o ^.mtU toaiting at t&e ©ooSc
Sl^
-iv
~i-
-*
:^
i-
7
1. My sis - ter's took her flight and gone horae, And the
2. She has laid down her cross and gone home, And, &c.
3. She has taken up her crown and gone home, And, &c.
i=^b=^^
E^to
fffi
^Ea^jE
q==i:4^^^^
-g-
--K-
r
A-
*=f=i
5^^
an - gels wait-ing at the door. My sis-ter's took her
m4=^
-'u—i
p— y-
=g=
# —
:p=f:
-y-
yb|
:^;^
=i=--=1:
A_
!±g:
r
5?
3t::#
1=i
vi/ v*a/
^-
I
flight and gone home, And the an-gels wait-ing at the door.
U S!
iii
-y-
3^
— ^
P^^^rpSE^
ijfc
J^ L..
i^
Tell all my father's children, Don't you grieve for me ;
^:^.
I
pi^^^=^^^^P3
PS^:
Tell all my father's children, Don't you grieve for me.
l-^=z:z^
t 5 C B f
1
223
No. 71. feeep gout lamps trimmeD*
li
fcfe==i^=^
lat
Keep your lamps trimm'd and a-burmiig,Keep your lamps trimm'd and a-
S
ite
:|s=:^
-jtz^
tHzzt
burning, Keep your lamps trimm'd and a-burning, For this work's almost done.
m
^E^=?^
^
^
l2=£z±
-^— g*-
^^UJ.
?
Brothers, don't grow wea - ry, Brothers, don't grow wea - ry,
Preachers, &c.
I
P^"^
-N
■^
^
Fine,
g^J
9- \ , '^—^—0-
-|ff-
h-
:^ti=^
Brothers, don't grow wea - ry. For this work's al-most done.
I
fc
^^^^^
fcfcalzzit
N-^-
-*— -N
Keep your lamps trimm'd and a-burning, Keep your lamps trimm'd and a-
^-=n::=^:
\—jt
Mlz±.
buming, Keep your Mmps trimm'd and a-burning. For tbis work's almost done.
tei^
2=2:
I>5=Z4^
fe
i=Z3^:
;^
::;=t
_^'Tis re - lig-ion makes us hap-py, 'Tis re - lig - ion makes us
We are climbing Jacob's ladder, &c.
Ev-'ry round goes higher and higher, &c.
g ^g%r^ ^p ^-%^j^^
:g
happy, 'Tie religion makes us happy, For this work's almost done.
224
jifo. 73, ©ftoto me tbe aajag.
fefe
-41.—^ • — ^-^ — ^
"^^
rjEi::^:
ts^
sm
1. Broth - er, have you come to show me the
2. Sis - ter, have you come to show me the
3. Yes,.... my good Lord, show me the
m
g^i^^^
(!©^
:2:
f
way?
way?
way;
§^fefe
^
J-
Broth - er,
Sis - ter,
X 6S) • • • •
have
have
my
J .
E:
E
you
you
good
come
eome
Lord, .
£
to
to
m
is:
|te
t-
show
show
show
§te=^
r
me
me
me
-W—
-^-
the
the
the
-0-
-1 —
way?
way?
way.
Show
Show
Show
I — ^-
-^
-4-
me the
me the
me the
r~D
ii>
r
3.=
way
I
iS!^
—I-
f
how
i
i
to
i
watch
E^
is:
^
22:
and. . .
s:
i
22s
15
No. 73. Jt)e been BleDeemeti*
I've
been
re -
deem'd, . .
I've been
re •
-9--
-^
^Bj^-
N-
-f"
— N—
^-^
K K
K
^T\ ^j
«
i' "i" ^\ ^
V 1
\^\) ^
-i
%
^ ■
■ ^ " -
A
^ dr
tf ■ - ■ tf
J
I've
been
^ ^ U
re- deem'd, I've
been
re - deem'd
I've been
re
r\. ■ ■
1
9-^.
•*
>•
•* •? >• 1
7
\
7 |(r
«
m
/ \
r
1 r
1
1/
b
1^ b
deem'd, .
I've been re - deem'd, I've been re-
,f \ — -^ . k »
i^= = K K E
frs ^—^^ -N -A -N
— ,.,^ ^=>.^:5 \s ^ ^_
^ K /-3 i J J iJ
d S A
J \i 'i ^j ^ iv li iv r^ ^ ^ ^ .( L 1^ r
deem'd, I've been redeem'd, I've been redeem'd, I've been redeem'd, I've been re -
^^^:: ^ ^ ^ ^
)• "f w »*
V V V V
^ t m » m » 1 \
_. / / V
\^ V 'y 'y
\i r L n
deem'd, .
I
I've been re • deem'd, I've been re
^ N
-0 #—
-&-
-4 #
-9
-• — — 0-
l^ L^ ^ .^
'-^=^
I
•0^^ ■#-•♦- -^ . .
deem'd, I've been redeem'd, I've been redeem'd, I've been redeem'd, I've been re -
^-H^-^^^
J^^^J^J^
SLi:?=MEt^-— 5z=5:
v~^-
'■■^^^
±z^
V '•
deem'd,
^?W6.
^
-t-^-4~fvtf*~^>^*
3=^
^
— 2 — -:^ r — ^^ — •-
r I. I, I.
^ <^ J y I
deem'd, I've been redeem'd, Been wasb'd in the blood of the Lamb.
i
i^
m
I
f
^^H^=^
226
a^^^^
^^BF?
1^
Been washed in the blood of the Lamb, Been
There is a . . . . fount - ain. . . filled with blood, Drawn
The dy - ing . . . thief re - joiced to see That
m
$
:i^=S
:i^=ij55:
^—^
Jt!t
t-M:
m
washed in the blood of the
from. ... Im - man - uel's. . . .
fount • - ain in his
Lamb,
veins ;
day;..
I
Been
And
And
§
ft
&.
ifc
m^i
t=[
there may I, though
vile
%
£
£
m
washed in the blood of the Lamb, That
sin - ners plung'd be - - neath that flood. Lose
as he, Wash
-h-
f
I^
t
B.C.*
ii
flows from Cal - va
all their guilt - y
all my sins a
t
-&■
ry. ..
stains.
way..
I
is:
m
itizz:
T©^
* Da Capo in ejtact time.
227
No. 74. Mt sWl ttaft tfjro" tfee Oallej.
f:^i=::|i=:^zi|i
f\ -'- K -
r! — :J
-4S (*^-
I
We shall walkthro' the valley and the shadow of death, W e shaU
1^ -^
^
-t/-p— i-
fsjgfefefegg
zgrrar:;
9'
\valk thro' the val - ley in peace ; If Jesus Himself ehaJl beouf
•0' ^ -^
-» — ^- — ® — p
£EE^^
r J
i^w^.
9^fe-
lead • er, We shall waJk through the val • ley in peace.
^-^
^^
J
ja ^-
±±
V
zzz:'siz
i
^^
^^^
■t— K
vP. ^
i-^-rfTnrc-r— 'rr
i
e shall meet thoae Ohris-tians there, meet them there, We shall
m
l^ziilz
—»-
/?\
$:
?
g^
I
meet those Chris - tians
^Pt
EEi
-f- :?_iL
2i2d
there, meet them
EEEF
;— f— /■
lem there ; If
m
5:
1^
»
t
::|==i(vz::jv=:::^
It
EE5^
-1^=^
+-g
Je . BUS Him - self shall be our lead
-N-
«i 1
§!
I^E
I^
er, We sliall
zfc
t-
m
B. C.
walk. .
§ir
through the
■-^^1=^=^
^
val
0-
ley
^^
in
peace.
2. II : There will be no sorrow there, :|
If Jesus Himself shall be our leader,
We shall walk through the valley in peace.
Chorus. — We shall, &c.
No. 75. ©atitierg Crumper0 going to filoto,
(As Bung by Miss Jennie t,''ACKSON. )
P
h-h— N
4=5E£i£fc-ii=?
^-^^^^-^^
\.zz^w±?z
V
1. Gabriel's trumpet's going to blow, By awd by, ly and by; Yes,
=i^
fcziszife:
i
-jczMz^zut.
Gabriel's trumpet's going to blow * At the end of time.
3.
Oh, get you all ready for to go
By and by, by and by ;
Oh, get you all ready for to go
At the end of time.
The first sounding of the trumpet
for the righteous
At the end of time.
Go, wake the sleeping nations,
3. By and by, by and by ^
Then my Lord will say to Gabri-el, Go, wak e the sleeping nations
By and by, by and by ; it the end of time.
Go, get you down your silver trum- «
At the end of time. [pet, ^^^^^^ ^^^^^ ^.^^^^^ ^^^^ ^j^l ^^^ ^^ ,
4. By and by, by and by ;
The first sounding of the trumpet Yoa'U run for the mountaine to hide
for the righteous, you,
By and by, by and by ; At the end of time.
329
No. 76. lorD, 3[ toi0f) 31 ban a^come.
'-^
fe:
-^:
-:h-
-fi
-N N
^
1. Lord, i wish I had a - come when you call'd ine, Lord ; T
3. There's no temp-ta - tions in the heav - ens, There's
3. My fa - ther and my moth-er in the heav - ens, My fa-
^
'^
K
:^:
Jt±i,
wish I had a - come when you call'd me, Lord, I
no temp-ta - tions in the heav - ens. There's
ther and my moth - er in the heav - ens, My fa
fe^i
??:
-^-
tm:
wish I had a - come when you
no temp - ta - tions in the
ther and my moth - er in the
call'd
heav
heav
me,
ens,
ens,
znfc— ite— tt
mi^
:^^S
igzife
fcd
-^n
-^±-
m
Sit* ting by tbf side of my Je - siis. Way o-verin the
£;
-™?
^i
t-^ ^^-H-^-
lieav - ens. Way o - ver in tlie heav - ens, Way o - ver in the
^^
i^Ei
;«-:
:it
i
heav • ens. Sit -ting by the side of my Je - sua.
No. 77.
Deep iRitier.
Deep. . . riv-er^ My home is o - ver Jor- dan, Deep. . . .
f PP
^-=^
i
riv-er, Lord. I want to cross o - ver in-to camp-ground, LordJ
230
:5PI^=^^JE3^^E^^
want to cross o - ver in - to camp- ground Lord, I
I
3=6=
•*■ .
iS--"
im
want to cross o - ver in - to camp - gromid, Lord, I
Fine.
iP^i
want to cross
-^ e — s — ^^ — H ' • r
o
ver in - to camp - ground.
^
-ts-
1. Oil, don't you want to go to that Gos - pel - feast, That
2. I'll go in - to heav-en, and take my seat,
3. Oh, when I get to heav'n, I'll walk all a - bout, There's
-N-
I
^===J:
-^-
■^ V.I
prom - is'd land where all is peace ? Lord, I
Cast my crown at Je - sus' feet. Lord, I
nobody there for to turn me out. Lord, I
^^^
S^
I
->« — -^ — a-
-»
want to cross o - ver in - to camp- ground, Lord, I
S-
e;=J:
:5— *-
W^
want to cross o - ver in - to camp- ground, Lord, I
p. is ^ rp
--N-
fi:
-^
^-•-
i£iz*:
-K-
i
v/ant to cross o - ver in - to camp- ground, Lord, I
D. C.
^0^m
-a-
T=^
h— -s
want to cross o - ver in
231
S-i:
^
to camp ground.
\
Ko. 78. 3In bmU mansions afiotie*
In bright mansions above, In briglit mansions above. Lord, I
tMm-4-r
-I — f
I — I — f-
t±.
-0 — »-
V-
■^
-y-
-#--—* — »-
i^-e^E
-H-
)«— ?e
-» —
i '
-# -I \-i H
--# « ^ tf
fa:
:il^
Fine.
P
-5 4.--— i
-N— H-
r
I
want to live up yon- der, In bright man- sions a - bove.
m
I
m^m
-9-
^ u y
^ S^
=1:
A-j:
N
fr
'#:
it
-^ — »-
'jt
1. My fa-ther's gone to glo-ry;
2. My broth-er's gone to glo - ry ; |- 1 want to live there too, Lord, I
3. The Christian's gone to glo - ry ;
^PM
I
^^^
-^-^-
^
2). O.
. ^ ^
want to live up yon - der, In bright man - sions a - bove.
«r ^, 1 Pt »i h
333
No. 79. 8©g Lorn, tobat a a^ourning.
M
-^—^
""-#• — *"
^H^ES=i
nfe:
f5T
^.-7
wm
My Lord, what a mourning, My Lord, what a mourning,
.<2.
«-•-
^
;te
:^
.^ Pv-;^ -j , r
v^
( 1. You'll
My Lord, what a mourning. When the stars begin to fall. \ 2. You'll
^ I 3. You'll
ii
5#
-e?-
f
:Ei
I . L I U I I
^ 1 l^ I
::|^:
-*-v
itci
=t
hear the trum-pet sound To wake the nations un-der ground,
hear the sin - ner mourn. To wake the nations un-der ground,
hear the Christian shout, To wake the nations un-der ground,
t
i
i
m
-^
fcife
-^— ^— ^— ^— ^
3^:
--i-n^-=^
IS-
I
Looking to my God's right hand, When the stars be-gin to fall.
.— ,1' —
f
-^.
I
^2>l
No. 80. Wz are climbing: tfje l^iU^ of ^ion*
(As sung by Miss Jennie Jackson.)
tSlowl]/.
i
Se
3:
-H
-#--
^t^:
:^
We are climbing the hilis of Zi-on, the bills of Zi-on, the
hills of Zi-on, We are climbing the bills of Zi-on,
'i-
ist
-^ — 1
:=|v
With Je - BUS in our souls.
fS^
9-
S
( 1. Ob, 1:
\ 2. Ob, s
(3.0b, £
brethren, do get ready,
seek-er, do get ready,
sin-ner, do get ready.
i
=t
-:A--
:*:
~f9-
^.
Oh, brethren, do get ready,
Oh, seek - er, do get ready,
Oh, sin - ner, do get ready,
Oh, breth - ren,
Ob, seek - er,
Ob, sin - ner,
^^^
*ZX_» ^__ ^ H
do get read-y, With Je - sus in your souls.
No. 81. ©f), toasn't tf)at a toiDe Eitiet?
Oh, was - n't that a
Jor - dan, Lord? wide
^ ^
1.
riv - er I There's
9^
$
-H-
■($'-
n^g ^
ES:
234
\lst. \2d. 1
^^^s^m^m^m
one more riv-er to cross, cross.
j^ ^ - - - ■• ^
1. Oil, the riv-er of Jor - dan
3. I. . . . have some friends be-
3. Shout,.... shout,
4. Old Sa - tan is a
^— ^-
iTrS^^
i, t^ b-b— ^
'-^-'
iHr
:1^
4:
¥
-^-
i
is
so
■wide,
fore me gone,
Satan's a - bout,
snake in the grass.
One more riv - er
^i
V-
m
to
Fr
i
^l^?l^
:|5:
m
r
cross ;
cross ;
cross ;
cross ;
JLy • • • •
By the
ttz
:£
1^
If .
t
f
on the
^ ^ ^ ^
don't know how to get
grace .... of ... . God I'll . . . .
Shut .... your . . door and. . . .
you don't mind . . he'll get . . .
B.C.
i!E
oth - er side
fol - low
keep him out ; i
you at last ; ;
side; \
on; (.
One more riv - er
E^^i
235
to
'■f:
cross.
No. 82. ana? otiet 3[orDan»
'—Jr~4. — i~* ~i ^
Oh, way o • ver Jor - dan, View the land, view the land ;
h— '— h P hi 1 J-
17—1 f
?
b-r
S
i
E3=3
/?7i«.
:q:
Way o - ver Jor - dan, Oh, view the heav'nly land.
H 1
:t=:
r-
m
f
-: --7-
i^
i:^:
3:
::lv
i
-^— ^-
-9
-^-
fcl:
i=fr*^
fciife
want to go to heaven when I die, "View the land,view the land ; To
T-Hp:
^
•#-i-/«=?:
:1=:|=t
r^t
^n
i^
*=:*
J^=^^=^^
z>. c.
■4S — ±
3=1;
shout sal - va - tion as I fiy. Oh, view the heav'nly land.
9i
i
^
2 Old Satan's mad, and I am glad,
View the land, view the land ;
He miss'd that soul be thought he had,
Oh view the heav'nly land.
Oh, way over Jordan, &c.
3 You say yon're aiming for the skies,
View the land, view the land ;
Why don't you stop your telling lies f
Oh view the heav'nly land.
Oh, way over Jordan, &c.
4 You say your Lord has set you free,
View the land, view the land;
Why don't you let your neighbors be ?
Cm view the heav'nly land.
Oh, way over Jordan, &c.
236
No. 83. (LOe'll otimafee tfee armg.
' 1
We'll • ver - take the ar • my, o - ver-take the ar - my,
m.
fefcti:^
-^=,
1
'i
'^^m
Fine.
I
j=i=?
§! ^^gEE
ver - take the ar
my,
_j ^
#.
t
:^t=f:
^
-y-
-p-
Tes, my Lord.
^^^1
i
«7 — +
'is — NT T* JS--N-
— i • — Z.
1. I've list - ed, and 1 mean to fight; Yes, my Lord. Till
2. Tho' I may fall, I'll bless Hij name ; Yes, my Lord. I'll
3. The God I serve is a man of war ; Yes, my Lord. He
i^
ppi^
^
D. a
^
A-
r^-y—t-f
ev - 'ry foe is put to flight, Yes my Lord.
trust in God, and rise a - gain, Yes, my Lord.
fights and con - quers ev - er - more. Yes, my Lord.
Till-
m
m
237
No. 84. COe ate almost 5)ome»
?fc
iE:
-« — «-
;|
q-
E=^^
4
-Or
a
"#~j
We are al - most home, We are al - most home. We are
^^ftfa
*-
:ia
m
i^-
F=F
^JS
©
irfc
iife^i
r-
— I-
al - most home to ring those charming bells, j n' Qh*
It ^. ^
1^^
^-
:f:=^-
-d
U
-!«-
^
?H^
I ?> -^ — f** — I*' — d rS -- K — I K — K — ^ — ^- ^ r —
fe--fe:Js-
h-:^->
m
come along, brothers, come along, come along, brothers, come along,
come along, sis-ters, come along, come along, sis-ters, come a-long,
.^_^_,(L._|a! ,0 ^— #— |t-
:dz
-N-A,-A-
3S
i
^^
t
a
* # 0-
i
'±
-0-
come along, brothers, come along, To ring those cb arming bells,
come along, sis - ters, come along, To ring those charming bells.
^—^—fi-
i=£=s=s3
S^iS
^—^—^
:]=t=t=1=
^^^^^^
—0 — » — m — # » — * — » — #-
238
No. 85. Ooton Og tbt JRitJCt.
I.
te3;
fer
-<^-
5
Oh, we'll wait till Je ■ sus comes Down by the riv - er ; We'll
^^3
_^-».
^^
b
P^^=
Fine.
h (
•>'
-^-r^rz^r*
-^ -9- -V -t^. ^
1. Oh,
wait till Je - sua comes Down by the river side. \ 2. Oh,
3. Oh,
H
Npppe^
t/ t* S* ti b
fe-ii^^
i
q=:.
=fE
§^
il^:
i^Szzil
hal - le - lu - jah to the Lamb, Down by the river ; The
we are pil-grims here be - low, Down by the river ; Oh,
little did I think that He was so nigh, Down by the river ; He
m
El— ft
^mm
i
I
I
i^!E^^!^^^
B.C.
i
~t-
-^— ^-
^-^s;
-« — « — j-
I
Lord is on the giv-ing hand, Down by the riv-er side.
soon to glo - ry we will go, Down by the riv-er side.
spake, and made me laugh and cry, Down by the riv - er side.
m^
239
No. 86. mait a little mUU.
k. K k. '^
-A-
— -S--H-
« — #-
ii£
Wait a lit - tie while, Then we'll slug the new song ;
i^EEEi
-Ji:
^
-0-^—
-ff i-
^^
/^
:^
^
Mne.
T— « *
■z_j^
2=d
Wait a lit - tie while, Tlien we'll sing tlie new song. 1. My
^^^^^.
-*-
-t
-^ — A-
■ i) u~gr — p
=±
\,= ^^x:^^-x^ =i^=P^
f-=t
^^
0-,—a — a
S
heavenly home is bright and fair, We will sing the new song ; No
2. Jesus, my Lord, to heav'n is gone, We will sing the new song ; He
^■■■'
i=^%4;zt=^
H^^
=P^
k^
pain or sor - row en-ter there ; We will sinpr the new song,
whom I fix my hopes up-on ; We will sing the new song.
§il
'-t=\=
^
M
240
No. 87.
5)arD Crials.
e-a.m N — N— J- — ' ^ — b-*-r— ^ .-9—0 1 N ■ V -4-— J-J
1 — ^-^-\j — y — — *— 2- J
1, The foxes have holes in the ground. The birds have nests in the air. The
N— ts"
i^^
V — y * — ^-
Christians liave a hiding-place. But we poor sinners have none ;
Now ain't them hard tri - als,
trib - u - Ifltions? Ain't them
£ it "*" "*"
:^L^
I
fcjzi
Efc
w-
lO-
-0'
-0-
-0-
-0-
-0-
-0-
ii^
n—±
lit
-#-
hard tri - als ? I'm going to live with God 1
i
tr.
■^
8 Old Satan tempted Eve,
And Eve, she tempted Adam ;
And that's why the sinner has to j^ray 30 hard
To get his sins forgiven.
8 Oh, Methodist, Methodist is my name,
Methodist till I die ;
I'll be baptized on the Methodist side,
And a Methodist will I die.
4 Oh, Baptist, Baptist is my name,
Baptist till I die ;
I'll be baptized on the Baptist side,
And a Baptist will I die.
5 While marching on the road,
A-hunting for a home,
You had better stop your different
And travel on to God.
241
16
Fo. 88. I^e rD0e from tU Oeao,
He rose,
He rose,
-zjv-
He
■-—zi^T
^-
|._N__^^_j_
-^-
? 5 g i^ P 5 5 ^. ^ 4- -^
He rose, He rose, He rose, He rose, He rose from the dead ; He
Ci'S-y
-n-
-0-
-I —
-©-
-0 —
-h H
-»-
-a
He rose,
-^ 1 1 p.
-0-^-0— t
-r— .— I "
-0-^—^-
He rose.
*?--
rose,
He rose,
a-
3
-:?-
^
-^_
-«-
r
-#--»-
He
•*• I*- -^
b 'k> 1^ " U '^
rose, He rose, He rose, He rose. He rose from the dead ; He
1=5:
:f=
-^
I .
V
He rose,
U '^ U
i^
^ ^_i_S
-t-
-T=i
rose.
He rose,
Slip?
^^ p p 5
rose. He rose. He rose. He rose. He rose from the dead, And the
-9-
-I —
-0-
-P-
rT
-y — y—
He rose,
-y-
:p^=l
*—&^
h —
1 —
^^=fcF=t=
v-^
E3z
:=:i:
Lord shall l^ear
s=i=i=
r^-r
1^
His
i^ine.
-g:
r-
f^^
chil - dren home. 1. The
242
tnji:
f^
-# • —
:?:
Itrfiziis
Jews cru - ci - fied Him, and nail'd Hiin to the tree, The
^
-^-
-V—
^
m
^1^:
-»- -a- IT
Jews cru - ci - fied Him, and nail'd Him to the tree, The
^-
W-
U U
u u Q
# T-0-
b
■V-
m
%-
Jews cru • ci - fied Him, and nail'd Him to the
-I —
:F==^=5:
-»-
-t—
s=
!«-
4
^iP
Ci'5 —
-^-
=i
:=l:
D. a
z—i -_: *— J~5 <P
tree, And the Lord shall bear His cliil - dren home.
m
-f — 1—
:t:
S-
-f-
:!::
-t
-^
2 Joseph begged His body, and laid it in the tomb,
And the Lord shall bear His children home.
8 Down came an angel, and rolled the sfcono away,
And the Lord shall bear His children home.
4 Mary, she came weeping, her Loid for to see,
But Christ had gone to Galilee.
243
No. 89.
©ooD olD Cfjariot.
Chorus, pp s
~ — 1»~ — #
fc*
?(^:
s I — p — s — ii«r — i — ^
Swing low, sweet char - i - ot, Swing low, sweet cliar- i - ot.
msL
^
JS — '"
£
-9 »--
-0-
-W-
^=g:
£=^
is^ <i»j«.
::^
::t
H-
1^3
^;
i?El^
"=r
i±ii=±:|z:=:S=i
K^ i
1=f^
Swing low, sweet char - i - ot. Don't you leave me be-hind. Oh,
___ — I 1 ^_i.
-0 — »-
a
-» — 0-
1 — h~^ — i — I — f — r — * '
M time.
rzt.
Fine.
m-T—0 —
-0-1—0 — 0-
i
m
f
-k
^-^
V V V
rv u^ i^„ ^ 1. 1 • J ( 1. Good old chariot, swing so low,
Don t you leave me be-hmd. | ^ ^^^^ ^^^ ^^^^^^^ ^^^^ ^^ ^jl ^^^^^
—9
£
-^ — (5?-
^=^
ts?-
-^-k-b-
t
H 1 — r-
» — #-—
-# 0-
-0 — 0-
: g=5^^&=^5=g=g=M^
PS^^»-^^
Good old chariot, swing so low, Good old chariot, swing so low,
Good old chariot, take us all home,Good old chariot, take us all home,
^
fc
i
f
-0 0-
Efcfc
I 1— ; 1 1
0- — #
244
1?-
0~'- ill
Don't you leave me
^i
^-
^_i.
r-
be » hind.
_# 4p —
Oh,
i). a
No. 90.
<©tace.
[The following, " Grace before Meat," is printed at the request of numerous friends
of tlie Jubilee Singers.]
Arr.from P. P. Bliss.
— ^ — § — « — ^—3
te ~1 l = ~l ^ -f
qr
-01-
-^-
-<&-
§ffe3
•?
I I I
Thou art great, and Thou art good. And we thank Thee
-9-
-9-
-9-
-9-
-9-
i«»-
.._,*_
r
■^--
^
—4
d — s
9^
:i:
::i:
r
-:e-
— h
-9-
'9-
^^F=r— T^r
-*-
for tliis food; By Thy hand must all be fed,
19-
1 — t-
^-^-=
^^
«% J — I ■ ~
-:X.
m
Give us, Lord, our dai - ly bread. A - men.
* "^ •»■ ♦ J - « g
-(g-
r
I
p
T"
24S
No. 91.
ffl>f), pes ! ob, ges I
:zfsi=:jv=H^!i=i|5:
j I come this night for to sing and pray, Oh, yes 1 oh. yes ! To
( That heavenly home is brigiit and fair. Oh, yes 1 oh, yes 1 But
n
3J;
drive old Sa-tan far a -way. Oh, yes I oh, yes!) q^
ver • y few can en - ter there, Oh, yes 1 eh, yes ! J *
^
^^
i — ^
wait till I get on my robe. Wait till I get on my robc^
JL ^ ^ ^ ^» jOl JL ^ JL A. 4^
1^
^
zM
^— ^-
■^^F
"u^
9 — * »-
r
^=rg=&=^
J . si & ^ W
-^
~1-
fzzii:
t-
h-±
m
Wait
till
1
-W-
get on
— »-■
my robe, Oh, yes!
oh,
yes!
I
S As I went down in the valley to pray. Oh, yes I
I mel old Satan on the way. Oh, yes I
And what do you think he said to me. Oh, yes !
•' You're too young to pray, and too young to die," Oh, ^es
3 If you want to catch that lieavenly breeze. Oh, yes I
Go down in the valley on your kneos, Oh, yes !
Go, bow your knees upon the ground. Oh, yes !
And ask your Lord to turn you round. Oh, yes !
246
No. 92. 9 8)appp BetD gear.
^=^1:
What a liap-py new year, What a hap-py new year, What a
O »-T
i^i-t^f.^-
ME2E£EE=EEEEE
E2-
^— ^
p-iT^— r
.»_- ..
-# — o-
-# — #-
-I — i-
ifcr^zd
:3 1 ^ — ^,^ ^ — I P5 — ^ — ^ — i 1-
Fine.
-a-x
'7y
^
hap - py, what a hap - py, what a hap - py new year.
! 1 __| 1 —
1 i 1 1 —
:^
r
'7
-p-
^E^r.
r — r
=i=y^
;:j
~<
—iSr
-/5^
1 Q.
-B-
=|:
S
:^
1. I'm run-ning tliro' grace To that liap - py place ; Thro'
->^ -9- -9- ■»• -^ -^9'
;l^eee
-9-
r-~ — H-
-&L.
:ib
— ^-
t
9 — ,
19 — -
f
£
■fc-
^■
■Si
9r-\ 1
B.C.
i
-0
9
-e-
tz^l
T
grace I'm de • ter - min'd To see my Lord's face,
9=
r-
-i —
4=
t— r
t
^
t
f
t-=g-
s—
£
2 One thing I do find,
I'll keep it in mind.
He won't live in glory
And leave me behind.
3 O sinner, believe
Christ will you receive.
For all things are ready,
And you stand in need.
247
No. 93. 'Cis 3lorDan'g Kitier.
E
a:
'Tis
1 -» VI y — ■
Jor - dan's riv - er.
and
S=
I must go 'cross, "Tis
:5=:l
i!^=?;
—5 Is
^
^-
«-
-b
1=
*
■b-
J5:
I5:=q
PE
Jor - dan's riv
b
:i?~:Sr— * ^i- JJT
b
f
er, and I must go 'cross ; 'Tis
:f=^:
V
ir
t
t
#
-h-
I;
;r=
=l5::rq
s-
Jor - dan's riv
i.h
i.
must go 'cross ; Poor
#
S
1^-
rN— N
■d 1 P S —
I
^T=^
-l^- ti— ^-^
^ r-* — * — ilrj
b
P^
sin-ner, fare you well. 1. Am
I a sol - dier of tlie Cross ?
M—^
-f-n-
V—\/-
i-i-^
^^
W-^
2=
-^^zzfszr^;
DC.
^ ^ «-# :-# — 5P-" -l-L — I — in 1— JJ
^— .^ / ^ ^^ ^^ ^r -w-.
Yes, my Lord ! . . Or must I count this soul as lost ? Yes, my Lord I
^0m
-■i—m « IJ
248
I I
2 As I go down tli« stream of time. Yes, my Lord \
I leave this sinful world behind, Yes, my Lord I
3 Old Satan thinks he'll get us all. Yes, my Lord !
Because in Adam we did fall, Yes, my Lord 1
4 If you want to see old Satan run. Yes, my Lord 1
Just shoot him with a (iospel-gun, Yes, my Lord I
No. 94. ©ooD^tJge, TBtotbers,
te?
P^
:^:
T
--1^ — ^
~r
^
^
i
^
^4
'&
£
-B:
^=
1. Good - bye, broth - ers, good - bye, sis - ters, If
m
^
g
-4--P'-
-^-
g — 5 — i
i^
b
I don't see you a - ny more ; I'll meet you in heav en.
-a-
-ir
-9-
# 9 9 9 1 ; 1
9 • 9 9 9 - * —
y- -g —
-i
g
::f5=ts;
'B-
r
-^— ^— ^--^-
~N~N— N— N-
-« — « — — 9-
-9 — • — 9 — 9—
1
I
in the blessed kingdom, If I don't see you a - ny more.
^ tr
-li-g— :^
-w-
-a:
-I—
&
-f-
-^— ^— ^— P
-ff-
:t=t=t=t
;i:
E
2 We'll part in the body, we'll meet in the spirit.
If I don't see you any more ;
So now God bless you, God bless you.
If I don't see you any more.
Then good-bye, brothers, &c.
24Q
No. 95. Don't pou Qm\)t after mz.
-9-
-9-
-0
■ 3 3 # » W
-9-
-g 1-
-h-
who
.SL
9^
i-<i-.
18
that
-a.
a - com- ing ? Don't you grieve aft
-^ % ^ % ^
-Sr-
H:
er
"-i-
me,
-t5
--K-
:g-^%J
Lord, I
— ^-^ Jeiq
2 It looks like Gabriel ; don''t you gneve after me,
Lord, I don't want you to grieve after me.
3 Oh, who is that behind him ? don't you grieve after me,
Lord, I don't want you to grieve after me.
4 It looks like Jesus ; don't you grieve after me,
Lord, I don't want you to grieve after me.
5 Go, blow your trumpet, Gabriel, don't you grieve after me,
Lord, I don't waut you to grieve after me.
6 How loud must I blow it ? don't you grieve after me,
Lord, T don't want you to grieve after me.
7 Loud as seven claps of thunder ! don't you grieve after me,
Lord, 1 don't want you to grieve after me.
8 To wake the sleeping nations ; don't you grieve after me,
Lord-, I don't want yt.u to grieve after nie.
250
No. 96,
JRm anD ^i)inz.
-9— b ^>— ^ — ^r— b — ^ b—
-^ ^-
M — i-^ — ^ ■ ^ — ^ — ^ — S-
« — « — « — « — N — ^ — N-
-9 — m — #-
Oil, brethren, rise and shine, and give God the glo-ry, glo - ry,
4=?-^-
Then you must rise, &c.
^_-i!— ^-
s s
_S — s — s,
-^-
it
-* ^ a # #
Rise and shine, and give God the glo - ry, glo - ry,
m^^.
■^
:p=:
1=:t=:
\J
1=^
5
t-^.
W-
t
^—v
-^^
^'
^— ^=^:
Fine.
fe ^ ^
0,-0-
-0 — 0—0-
— g-:-|}-
-«—«-.— I
-* .
Rise and shine, and give God the glory, for the year of Ju- bi - lee.
t ■ ' + ' t " t" ■ I ' ! ' ' ! ' ' I ■ ^ ^ ^ tf •
->. — ^
-N — ^-
-^- i N - i S
^-_^ — \_s — k — k — s, — s-
-M— hi — S — N
^ — I — — 0- -. — « — — « «-
■0 — 0-
-0 0-
-0 0-
-0 0-
'0
^ ^-j a — — —
1, Don't you want to be a sol-dier, sol-dier, sol -dier, Don't you
§:fe£
S
-» — ^ — p: ,
-^ — w< ^ — k^
g=^
t
'^^
251
.?
— 5—5 — * — * '
want to be a sol-dier, sol-dier, sol - dier ? Don't you
^— ^
-I —
■^ ■«-
-ta 1=
-i 1-
-£=q
-g-^
g" ^
-5 — ^=^ — 5 — v^~C^ — > ^ g J
fc h
i2i=:*^*z=:i;iz<
:i2:
-«-
fez
a ' 0-T—w
want to be a sol-dier, sol-dier, sol-dier For the
■ 4- -4— 4— + - . ^ .p. 4— ^ ■ }— -P-
9 • fcl2=pE^=ii=f z7=i£zziE=^zz:^iiz^=z^rizz^
-I55-
_>_^.
.^_^=^=^z=^-^-
^ — ^ — ^ ^_
fe
fcb:
9^sfe
gfc
--^ 1-
-0 0-
-0 0-
i
*
s
year of Ju - bi
If
lee?
-tz
2 Do you think I will make a soldier
For the year of Jubilee ?
3 Yes, I think you will make a soldier
For the year of Jubilee !
Sing tJie three verses in succession, and after the third verse go ba^k t0
the beginning, and sing the words, '- Then you must rise," dtc.
252
No. 97. iI3oto toe take tftfe fee&le llBoDp.
[This hymn is much used at funerals, and especially while bearing the body and
lowering it into the grave.]
}h^^- "^ i
__^_
- P- (• f
-H^.-
*-
~f.
1. Now we
2. Now we
3. Now we
take
take
lift
— \/ "^ 1^
this fee - ble
tliis dear old
our mournful
bod - y,
fa - ther,
voic - es,
And
And
As
we
we
we
Oi*
/• i^ r
^
^ jXy \
r
1
.1
fc
-r
-y-
1=^
car - ry it to the grave. And we all leave it there, Hal - le
car-ry him to the grave. And we all leave him there, Hal-le
gather around the grave. And we weep as we sing Hal - le
^■
r
I
=«3
Nt-^— I
-i»-
-g — =i — « — =i-
^—^-zN— ^
=N— N
Se=^
-i^v-^-
lu - jah, And a Hal - le - lu - jah, and a Hal-le - lu - jah,
lu - jah, And a Hal - le - lu - jah, and a Hal-le - lu - jah,
lu - jah, And a Hal - le- lu - jah, and a Hal-le - lu - jah.
^
-0—i
-(5^ ■»• ^ ••^ •W- -9- -»S^ -^
-»— » 1*-
-^-^-t^-==&
^
£
b-b-
-h-
rf^
-i&-
E
And we
And we
And we
— »---#^
W:
-^— &
H
h—
-=]:
i^srz^
rt:
.pp.
^
-(9-
^-^-^^^tr^
all leave it there, Hal-le -lu jah, And a Hal-le-lujah, and a Hal-le-
all leave him there, Hallelujah, And a Hal-le-lujah, and a Hal-le-
weep as we sing Hal-le-lu- jah. And a Hal-le-lujah, and a Hal-lu-
1^
-9-
j^zifet
-^_^-
Ifcj^
#
-?^-
-5-#-P^
253
a^
:p3S-, —
n
■^ ^
!
ns
^5? d- i-
=^1^4^:
_^' ^V _>,__^ _:
-^ m H 1 K K-
fI7~-^rfl
lu - jah,
]u - jah,
iu - jah,
7=:^-, -F— 1
— ^-' ^-::-* • 1 ^ S^^i-^) ^^^=^
And we all leave it there, Hal - le - Iu - jah.
And we all leave him there, Hal - le - Iu - jah.
And we weep as we sing Hal-le - Iu - jah.
C^'r— Is'- 0-
— ^-•_»-
- -» » » » ,19 — m~
-s? ^-^J
-^ ->
' , W
1 1 II „ 1 1 1
il
/ - - ly i**-
^ V i^ k
II
No. 98.
@f)me, 0f)me»
V
It^^i^
n^
«^-
jtZiZ
:=ti:
1^
-t^
1. I don't care where you bur - y my bod - y,
2. You may bury my body in the E - gypt. . . . gar - den,
3. I'm. . going to join. . . . the forty - four-thousand,
4. Great big stars... way up.... yon- der,
Don't care where you bur - y my bod - y, Don't care where you
Bury my body in the E - gypt gar-den, Bury my body in the
Going to join the forty-four -thousand, Going to join the
Great big stars. . . . way up. . . .yon - der, Great big stars
i
t5=1^:
-t^-
bur - y my bod - y,
E - gypt
for-ty-f(
way up
gar-den
for-ty-four thousand, i
yon- der, }
' VO
my lit-tle soul's going to shine, shine.
fc^::
^u.1 <R — — ^ — 9. — e_i_^ ^ — I *-— * — ^ * — 9. — I
O my little soul's going toshine,shine,All around the heav'n going to
?^=^^i=Ji^
shine, shine, All a - round the heav'n going to shine, shine.
254
No. 99. ancftot in t&e LotD.
Ancli-or, be-liev-er, anch-or, anch • or in the Lord,
P^l
fcizi
-t
A- -fi.
-h-
■'9'
i
2=2:
vi — P
FJ3^
^ — y — b^-
Ilne.
-« — I-
-i|v
— i-
1
Throw your anch-or a - ny way, anch - or in *\he Lord.
m
-^.
^—fi-
is h
!«—/*-
-^/_ii-
V
1^
1. Throw it to my dear mother's door, 1
3. Throw it to my dear father's door, > Anch - or in the Lord ;
3. Throw it to my dear sis-ter's door, )
•7^-
-h 1
78-
'P~W-
t=P:
V-^>-
V — ^-
p
i
Throw it to ray dear mother's door, )
Throw it to my dear father's door, >■ Anch - or in the Lord.
Throw it to my dear sis-ter's door, )
-f
?-
53
'7=^-
fE3
255
^s
-N-
3:
¥^^
-K—M-
1^=?^
-tf-
-^-^-^
f'-s—^—t
ffe
gg
S;
King Je - sus says lie will come a-gain, ] ""^
King Je- sus makes the cripple to walk, > Anch- or in the Lord ;
King Je- sus makes the blind to see, )
-- ^
la
+-r
£
W— W-
n
t
-H-
-#-
§=^T
-N— N
_^_._H-
=^
i^— r
D. c.
0—\-0 — — j_j_i_^ —
1
SiEteE!
King Je - sus says be will come a-gain, )
King Je- sus makes the cripple to walk, >• Anch- or in the
King Je- sus makes the blind to see, )
I
Lord
Efc
-£:
£
-l=-
r?
w
■S*-
Xr-
i
\tt-¥-
No. 100.
I
iLorD'0 Prager.
^
1^
-J5^ ,$^
Our Father, which art in heaven, hallowed, be Thy name.
Give us this day our. . , dai - ly bread.
And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil.
^r
-<9-
-T^-
W-
-^-
X
m
— «^
^ ^^^—<5>
-<& — ^■
-<9-
-<9—
Thy*kingdom come, Thy \
will be done on f earth as it is in heaven.
And forgive us our tres- f
passes, as we forgive . . J them that tresspass a-gainst us.
For Thine is the kingdom, /
and the power, and the J glory, for
fe
-«»-
r
256
ever and ever. A -men.
— I —
^r — r
— ^&-
&:z:zzi
I
No. 101. Iof)n Teroton'0 TBoDg^
[Sing the verses in the order in which they are numbered. Do not sing the chorus
after the third verse, but go at once to the fourth, and then close with the chorus.]
f
£
-^ ^r
=|:
^_:
3
Vr
1. John Brown's bod - y
3. John Brown died . .
* 4. Now lias come . .
r — F^ — ^— ^ — L^—
lies a - mould'ring in the grave,
that the slave .... might he free,
the .... glo - rious j u - bi - lee.
d
E^^E
±=5:
h 1^-
P
« — J tf _ •- — € ^_ ^ — |j_
r
Jolin Brown's bod-y lies a - mould'ring in the grave,
John Brown died . . that the slave . . . might be free.
Now has come . the .... glo - rious ju - bi - lee,
••• •#- ■»■ -^ ' ■»- ' -0- -^ ' -0- -0- ' -fi- -1^^
-^ ^r J^
John Brown's bod-y lies
John Brown died that
Now has come the .
a - mould'ring in the grave, But his
the slave . . . might be free. But his
. . . glo - rious ju - bi - lee. When all
i
-<&-
-j±
A-
■2^
■i&
soul's marching on.
soul's marching on.
man - kind are free.
i
4^
:r=S^
^==^-.
Glo ■ ry, glo - ry, Hal - le
-P=
^--^
t
W-
v~v—^ — p — ^-^
* The words of the fourth verse do not correspond fully to the notes, but the
adfq;)ta.tion can be easily made by the singer.
257 17
p
3?:
4
d — ::^-^-:fcj^--fc-] rn s— ^J^
li
u - jail, Glo-ry, glo-rj, Hal-le - lu - jab, Glo-ry, glo-ry, Hal - le-
5^" *1^^ ^^^ ^^" "^^ ^^* ^P" ^^" T!^?" ^^* ^^^ ^^" "^^ ■^P" •^^
-I — « "1 1 — • H —
-lu-jan, utio-ry, gio-ry, nai -le-
lujah, His soul's marching on. 2. He captured Harper's Ferry with his
>
is^^i^
;=t:-=?
# — ^i
4_ — 1 1__ 1_
nineteen men so true, And he frightened old Vir-gin-ia till she
-^ — I
-H-
— d — lift — *-
trembled thro' and thro'; They hung him for a traitor, them-
^
^F^=M^m-r-t-^-^
^^^^^i^iiia
selves the trait -or crew. But his soul's marching on.
rf^
^=^=^=^
-u-
i
--I—
— «>-
258
^^=t
t
No. 102. listen to tfjc angels.
I
-H-
-0-
r^gifeS
A— N- N S
■0—0 — 0-—^ —
I
Where do you think I found my eoul,
List-en to the an -gels
shouting, I found my soul at hell's dark door, List-cn to the an - gels
-0~f-0
■>.— N-
^
W5
*zi:
:fe:fc533=i:ii3=i:
■0—0—0 —
shouting ; Be- fore I lay in hell one day, Listen to the angels shouting, I
t
A-
—\-
^
:i=^:
z^=4^
\-.0 — — *— "-^ 9 ~ .
sing and pray my soul a - way, List en to the an - gels shout-ing.
Run all the way,., run all the way, Kun all the way, my Lord,
.0 •— '-«l -#-T-^ •
I
-y-
t
V-
-%.
List-en to the an - gels shout-ing. Blow, Ga - briel, blow, Blow, Ga - briel,
^L L L — J_^ — — — d—^^ •—J
blow. Tell all the joy - fol news, List-en to the an -gels shouting. I
-i
w^^
.0 — — — 0—
\L J_tf —0 — — #_J
don't know what sinners want to stay here for, List-en to the an - gols
- — K-
-^»-
3;
I
shout • ing ; When he gets home he will sor • row no more,
^
-y \-
^
List -en to the an • gels shout-ing. Run all the way, etc.
Brethren, will you come to the promised land, See arch, t&c.
CJome all and sing with the heavenly band, S^e arch, dkc
No. 103.
^ot)e along.
^— V — F w I— "T^ V i- 1 ^ ^ ^ -^— ^-h^-^^F^
u fj -0-, -0- -9- -#■ -#■
b I u
Let us move a - long, move a - long, move a - loug to the heav-en - ly
ii]t3:
Fine.
home, Let us move a - long, move a- long, I am bound to meet you there.
s
~v — i^-
^f^.=P=^-^
-t?-^-KJ-^
= ::p:i-_-=iziij=
• — 0-
i
fe
*
y=J:
-N— d
-#-^
1. We are on the o - cean sail-ing, A.nd a while must face the stormy
2. Yonder see the gold - en cit - y, And the light-house gleaming on the
3. There we'll meet our friends in Je - sus, Who are wait-ing on the gold-en
^^
§ife^
ttiL-
I^JZl
D. C.
i^^S^
blast, But if Je - sus is our cap-tain, We will make the port at last,
shore, Hear the an- gels sweetly eing-ing, Soon our jour-ney will be o'er,
shore, With a shout of joy they'll greet us, When we meet to part no more.
Ha
u
£^
w
S S S S
0- #-i
260
No. 1 04. Cfje angels cftangeD mp iSame*
^^^ ^=T:Ef^^^
^4=t
^—■^0
1. I went to tlie Mil - side, I went to pray, I
3. I looked at my hands and my hands were new, I
'^^=^= ±=^E ^==U=^^=^
know the an - gels done changed my name. Done
know the an - gels done changed my name, I
^^
-=^:
^-
changed my name for the com - ing day ; Thank
looked at my feet and my feet were too ; Thank
Chorus.
i
t^
P^=
^.^^=ip^^=t^
God, the an - gels done changed my name. ) -p.
God, the an - gels done changed my name. J -^^^^
I
-fs—4^
e3EEi?
i^_t/
changed my name for the com-ing day, I know the angels done
*:
-A—
t:
_B_j.
changed my name, Done changed my name for the
i
s^
^ — ^-zl—
com-ing day ; Thank God, the an- gels done changed my name-
261
TBmU sparkles in tbt Cl)utcl)garD,
N"0. 105. (As sung by the " Hampton Students.")
May the Lord, He will be glad of me, . . . May tlie Lord, He
:^F&i^tq
\- J ^ W: A.
22:
^ 1
22;
z1z:l:|z:z+=z1-ih=:
— ^ — h — I — i— I 1
will be glad of me, . . . May the Lord, He will be glad of me,.
iElEfEfE^=|E|ESEiEEEElEEE^E
.^_
P^^
-^— ^-:-i
"^— ^haz:
--^
i-zh-
-«!-.-*
N-z^
-^^ -i^^*
TT"
:iz:j=:itzi
In tiie Leav-en He'll re - joice. . . In tke heaven once, In the
i^^
,-^-y-^-
^
t^-i--
-■e.
-e?-
g-Tlgl^Ji^
-c^*-
■22"
Jil
-^^-
I
1^
^=?
*
-^
1;
3
:S=±;it:::
:t
#-i— #-
i^P3
heav - en twice. In the heav-eu He'll re - joice; In the
-f-
'^-
I
?^
I
fe^
tf f— ^
-*.— >
3==^:i;
^eNII^
heaven once, In the heaven twice, In the heaven He'll re - joice.
i^
-f" m-'-fS-rf^—fi-
^— ^
S;
m
262
Dvo— Soprano and Tenor.
:^
^ =¥—^—J- \:^^
Bright sparkles in the church-yard Give light un - to the tomb ;
J J i_l ,^-i„ J J J i J ^.
I
^&
Trio— i«< ant? 2d Soj^rano and Alto.
K^ « — ^ — J- -«- ■
i^.-
-^^-,^-^
=^1
^^^eH^
-4-J
Bright summer, spring's over. Sweet flowers in their bloom.
m
f=:
^
I
QlTARTETTE.
tzq:
IPi
-ifct
-^^
I
I
§:.-=-
Bright sparkles in the church-yard Gfive light un • to the
lEE
-0-
p
0—
-^ m
-»-
-)«■
|l
13
-G^-i — « «
-iS-
3E
t
:S=5
35
J-— H-
1
tomb; Bright summer, spring's over, Sweet flowers in their bloom.
^^^^
^-p^ff^p
t— 1 — r
I — T^ — f-y-TT—fi — « — lu SI-:--,
t
P
m
TUTTI.
-3^-
t=^=:\:
• e_ s!_ji_^ ^ y g r d 9 g g ., •«
My mother once, my mother twice, my mother, she'll re»
i!fcLfc::Sr=5
-I—
.^_^-
263
£Eg
m
p5
f-
l^fe
i
r r r "^ r r r
- joice ; In the heav-en once, In the heav-en twice,
•f9-
m
*~^=^
^-
I 1st time.
m
d:
I 2d time.
tiznsti
w
^=^
p--
=F=F
^
In the heaven she'll re-joice ; In the heaven she'll re-ioice.
^
-M— 1
■0-' •#> -/
-t — ^
■T^?-
::|5:
-^
"J — i^y-i- h 5 — S — aH-i-h ^-
-0-^0-
' 1/
-(^-
i
Mother, rock me in the era - die all the day, Mother,
all the day,
■#- -0-' ■0- -0- ' -f- ■0- •0- •0-' -0- -^ •*-'"*- 19-
I
X
— I
fc=H=
r rT
S'-
r* K
^
f
■^-P
-t^-^
=f
,^-_
zpq UNf
;r
-0-
-0-
-j5(-
? — 1&-
s
rock me in the era - die all the day, Mother,
W-
^_i_
.^_«
-H 1 h-
-t?— r
t
;|ee£
rr-r ^- F
i
^— ^-J— i^-|^-:
1^
s—fc^iz
4—t
-^--.-g
^-
.^-•-_,
rock me in the cradle all the day,
-■?;■
m^^^is
all the day,
264
r — r
-h--- ^
Mother,
-^— 1
s:
' ^=T^:^^
-4=^
^^
rock me
lU
t-
the era - die all the
il
-6^
dayT
^
-«&--
^m
-^
t
QlTABTETTB.
^
All the day,
I -^ a^ 1 '^ I
... all the day, Oh,
all the day, all the day,
-0-^—9-
-0--—0-
I
«>-
-i^-
¥-
•T
T-
^
=1:
i=i
^m
M^
-A
:|::=:|=|:|=l=±:^=^
=|:
H
^zigdr^
-*$^.
-«5?-
:^-:
rock me in the cra-dle all the day, all the day, all the
^
t— b-r^=Pr 1 1 ^
^_^-
-^(2-
-^-
:?^-^tl-4i. -^
1
r
i^
:^:
i— f-
^^
f^.4
iFI
1=5:
3
^v-»
-N-
b ,_J-J-,-J—
:— »-
day, all
. . . . all tlie day
the day. Oil, rock me in the
> :^
;H
*=it
^^\=i
j£Z.
Si;
■or- ■C*'*
iszn
-H-v-^-
y-^-
:fc
=1:
.._L-
cra-dle all the day.
a^ — p— ,-— r f - j - ^ ^-T- ^-q-.^i^nizr^
Oh, mother, don1; you love your darling
m—0.± -0-^.0- ' —0—0-*—0-
'J^^'7
265
\
s.-. — h
\
u
1st time.
td time.
Si2=: ^z:^: ii-r=^i=E^ z^zzjzzijiyzjz 3=2&fc:
. I I ^ t^
child, . . Oh, rock me in the cra-dle all the day, dayT
-i9- — -^9- -^9-
r~
-i9-
-ff:
-^— ^
l«— ?
1 — i?-r
■0—ft-
t
'-.j^^^^^2sL
'-^9-
II 1
19-
1
i
r:r ^
tii^;
=]:
f5q
Mother, rock me in the era - die. Mother, rock me in the
§^i^F^
r-t
Ff^
1st time.
5^'
^
1^:
3:
:il:
I I
izzijtizi^i::
h
-sS*-
cradle, Mother, rock me in the cra-dle all the day.
-(5»-
9-
?-
f
-| — F — I —
S:
;&£.i:
-.^^
ESEE
-«*-
£
I 2c? time, J Quartette.
|^1^^«
-i$»-
--- I \f
', -^ -i9- "^
Mother, day, . . All the day, all the day, .
all the day, all the
ig^^^i^
sr^T^i
-#-•-#-
rT
'J
I
Oh, rock me in the cra-dle all the day,
p
■A — ^.-4-
=1-^
^i^^a
all the day, all the day, Ob,
all the day,. all the day,
-is-
i
.■S:I_|l,^
:1^q
P=£^SE^^I^Lr±i:
-d-
:3:
rock me in the era • die all the day?""^. .
- — |*~r-<5^T-«5'
I
\-
You may
^i^
r
m
£^£
f
^^
I
I^^^P^pfe^pga^
lay Jie down to sleep, my mother dear ; Oh, rock me in the cradle all the
'^ i t;
--F-r<5'— r^
■(^ H
-»$>-
^•-^-^•^_
:-t=t
81l_^_p-i^-
^-^
t
^^
:s:
-^
^ — ^
^
1$^
^
day ; You may lay me down to sleep, my mother dear.
§:
-f2-
-jS?-
^
i
.^ •-
•-•-^
I ^
Dim
in • u • en
•T
i^
r-H^
-^S? 1
-sr
iSs^Eiri
^=J^I^:
Ls:
:zs:
s
.... Oh, rock me in the cra-dle all the day.
all the day.
t^:
rrteirc?-
<i
^
(S"-— 1^-
7!?
15^
P3
267
No. 106.
Chorus.
Come Doton, angeR
% — p — J — J — « — « — ^ — *— •-# — « — « — « — «— *
Come down, angels, trouble the water, Come down, angels, trouble the water,
-__4i — ^ — — — — 0—^0 — — — — — — m — # — 0-
I ^ — y— fc^y— y— ^— y— ^— p— i^-'-f— ^— ^— j*— f— ,!*— 5^y-y-
'^^ ^^^l^tlJ'^^
Ist time.
Come down, angels, trouble the water, Let God's saints come in, Oh,
-"i=P
J
-I —
t' — y-
-I — h-
^ — y=^^-y=^-
y y y y y
I -J U I 1 I
2d time.
Fine.
-N-
:1:
5j-.«-^,-i-^
-^
I
let God's saints come in.
i
1. 1 love to shout, I love to sing. Let God's
2. I think I hear the sin - ner say, Let God's
3. 1 hope to meet my brother there, Let Grod's
4. Didn't Jesus tell you once be - fore, Let God's
i^Sii^l
y y y
-^
^^±d^sz^j=^
^—^
'^ '\/ ^ -^
B.C.
^^m
saints tome in, I love to praise my heav'nly King, Let God's saints come in.
saints come in, My Saviour taught me how to pray. Let God's saints come in.
saints come in, That used to join with me in prayer, Let God's saints come in.
saints come in. To go in peace and sin no more. Let God's saints come in.
-^ -^^- _____
I , 1-- ^ _ ^-0—0—0.
m
-^
:1==t==:t::
268
y~y~y ^5~"
No. 107.
Chobus.
fc
^itJr;
T
3l'm so ($laD.
-0 — # — «- : — c — 0—0 — 0-^
^
I
f
§Sfe
I'm so glad the angels brought the tidings down, I'm so
-H-
MM ,
fe|e^=e^^
:g= l ^l^-4-
t=t:
glad, I'm hunting for a home. Oh, hunting for a home.
P|ft
f
Ir^'
X
*— v-
tr-r
i-
g r- W J—^—^
■-vM/
i
te
S:
-N — ht — I 1- — hi N — N \-0-0 — 0—,~\
0—0—0 — <^ -H— r N I . 0- ^0—0-\-\
1. You'll not get lost in the wil-der-ness. Hunting for a home,
2. Oh, Chris - tians, you had better pray. Hunting for a home,
3. A lit - tie long-er here be -low. Hunting for a home,
4. The an- gels sang in Beth -le- hem. Hunting for a home.
t
U — b
^^^^
■k
#-#-#—#— -0 1 1 ! — -P — I — — Kh~
D. C.
-N.-- N— =4
V-
^-^-r-*-i
j=r^
With the love of Je - sus in your breast, Hunting for a home.
For Satan's round you eVry day. Hunting for a home.
And then to glo- ry we will go. Hunting for a home.
Peace on earth, good-will to men, Hunting for a home.
^-.-^-t-\-.
t f f^' 9 O '__M.
^ V '^ ^
m
269
No. 108. Petet, 00 ting tftem TBelte.
f ?^^ ^ pg^i
:^
— i — p — I-
-^ — «-
ZMi-zi:
^^
'k^
?"^Pir
i
-Jtzl
1. Oh, Peter, go ring- them bells, Peter, go ring them bells, Peter,go
Nk-u-
-0-t^
■9- -^
^
It
'^'
t
^
^—0
■» — — 0-
-H
^^F
■0 1-
r
%
-^-^
^=1^
To Chmus after D. C.
M-
K-^
izit
H 1-
n
^-li
-• — #-
T^
F:^^^
ring them bells, I heard from heaven to - day. I wonder where my
fczgzit: — [— J ^
y y 1^
T
-^— ^-
0-
= :^=:
P
:i
^:^=fe:
i
^Si^:
«^T-=^
_j^___j_
:^
V \, \^ ^■
b
7- ^ ^ ^ ^
mother is gone, I won-der where my mother is gone, I
4=:
Si3
5-i
H F 1-
-0 • F-
"b— r-p-
g-^g— g
5 5
^
ggSiii
i?. C.
iLtitzi— .i=:i:
3 — 4. — S_J__5-tC:A-!.
wonder where my mother is gone, I heard from heaven to- day.
^-5=4
r
270
Chorus.
lii^iiii
T
s
£
f:
i— ^
EE2r-i=t:
I heard from heaven to- day, I heard from heaven to - day, I
^H
■0 — m-
-» — »-
. ^- t ^^g-
E
:^
# # 1 # — •— r'-*— € — I
» » » — » — w — • —
^^
>r-^
F?-
:i=S
r4^
Fine.
-. 4—4-
T
g
i
:i}?s — ^__>,.
/r\
^:
-N-
gl
ig
thank God, and I thank you too, I heard from heaven to
day.
ifc:
:5:
tfcdi
rt
It
_^_^.
:£:
t
W=-^
■J ^
3.
I wonder where sister Mary's gone—
I heard from heaven to-day ;
I wonder where sister Martha's gone —
I heard from heaven to-day ;
It's good news, and I thank God— ■
I heard from heaven to day ;
Ob, Peter, go ring them bells —
I heard from heaven to-day.
Chorus. — I heard from heaven, &c
3.
I wonder where brother Moses's gone —
I heard from heaven to-day ;
I wonder where brother Daniel's gone— ^•
I heard from heaven to-day ;
He's gone where Elijah has gone — ■
I heard from heaven to-day ;
Oh, Peter, go ring them bells —
I heard from heaven to-day.
Chorus. — I heard from heaven, &c
*
pi
r
271
No. 109.
(Silicon's TBanD.
^Mi^^^^ ^.
3
-N— N
N-l-
Oh, the band of Gid-e-on, band of Gid-e-on, band of Gid-e-on,
Oh, the milk-white horses, milk-white horses, milk-white horses,
i:feE
-N^-^v
3
-9-
-0 — «
s
ah, -9— 9 — '
o - ver in Jor-dan, Band of Gid-e - on, band of Gid-e - on,
o - ver in Jor-dan, Milk-white hors - es, milk-white hors - es.
W^
fc
■Mr
:b:
^t
m^^m^^
:U-i-t=:
lis Duet.
s
:^=q
How I long to see that day. 1. I hail to mj sis - ter, my
1
d
-^ : — *— g — €— 1-'$'— 1
sis-ter she bow low. Say, don't you want to go to heav-en ?. .
9=
m
Chorus.
-^■
„ ^ , .■> X J > Oh, the twelve white hors - es.
How I long to see that day. -j ^^^ j^it(.ij .^^^ ^^ ^he char-i - ot,
3
272
N ^ s
^
■H — ^
-N— N— N— >.— N— ^
^■=t-
t^~
^^33
"i"«"i
0-
p
twelve white hors - es, twelve white hora - es, o - ver injor-dan;
hitch 'em to the char- i- ot, hitch 'em to the char - i - ot, o - ver in Jor-dan ;
m
:=f
^— ^
-W— U-V— 1>— k*''
:^:
(B — ff_
^_ti_ti_ti_^_p.
^^-^^-^-•-■fi|"iz?=?"z:|z:
.■^_^.
^-J^-#-^-*-v^-^
^fil^rS
Twelve white hors - es, Twelve white hors - es, How I long to see that day I
Hitch 'em to the chariot, hitch 'em to the chariot, How I long to see that day 1
mt.
Sr^&-&
Ji4---r-|-:-||-
\ — h
- ^^-^-^-b^-
ib-i
£
.«.
+-
-\t-
Duet. — I hail to my brother, my brother he bow lew ;
Say, don't you want to go to heaven ?
How I long to see that day !
Chorus. — Oh, ride up in the chariot, ride up in tho chariot.
Ride up in the chariot over in Jordan ;
Ride up in the chariot, ride up in the chariot,
How I long to see that day !
It's a golden chariot, a golden chariot,
Golden chariot over in Jordan ;
Golden chariot, a golden chariot —
How I long to see that day !
Duet. — I hail to the mourner, the mourner he bow iol^j
Say, don't you want to go to heaven ?
How I long to see that day !
Chorus. — Oh, the milk and honey, milk and honey,
Milk and honey over in Jordan ;
Milk and honey, milk and honey —
How I long to see that day !
Oh, the healing water, the healing water.
Healing water over in Jordan ;
Healing water, the healing water —
How I long to see that day 1
273 i8
3ln t&at (Steat (©ettingnip a0otning<
K"0. 110* -^* ^^^ ^y the " Hampton Students."
-y — 1> — ^
-I — H-
-i>-
^^
1. I'm a-going to tell you about the coming of tlie Saviour,
I
I
Ist time.
t:\i-i
r-J— 4-
:j=j:
2d time.
-^
-<&-
ih=^
y& — »
I
Fare you well ! Fare you well ! Fare you well ! Fare you well 1
b-
e:
-^-
-h=^
isigi
:F=t:=&
—X-J^ — \ — +--,
s
There's a bet-ter day a-coming, Fare you well ! Fare you well !
Prayer-makers, pray no more,
t^
xs:-
-^
£
i
:fc
fcl2=0
/S* P— .
i^z:^;
V-y-
^z=:S-:§^^:a
Oh, preachers, fold your Bibles, Fare you well 1 Fare you well !
For the last soul's converted,
i!
Iitz
'F^=F=^^5
J^J a^^^^N^i#j^i^i
m^
In that great getting-up morning, Fare you well ! Fare you well !
.§.ij
E
E m1_i — I— E fa n — p— H jrzg
^sm
274
I I
^
In that great getting up morning, Fare you well ! Fare you well 1
--^^
:tt=t
fc^
t;
t
^
f
f-=^1==?
3.
The Lord spoke to Gabriel :
Go look behind the altar.
Take down the silver trumpet
Blow your trumpet, Gabriel.
Lord, how loud shall I blow it
Blow it right calm and easy.
Do not alarm My people.
Tell them to come to judgment ;
Gabriel, blow your trumpet.
Lord, how loud shall I blow it*.
Loud as seven peals of thundei
Wake the sleeping nations.
3.
Then you'll see poor sinners rising;
Then you'll see the world on fire ;
See the moon a-bleediug,
See the stars falling.
See the elements melting.
See the forked lightning.
Hear the rumbling thunder ;
Earth shall reel and totter.
Then you'll see the Christians rising ;
Then you'll see the righteous marching,
See them marching home to heaven.
Then you'll see my Jesus coming
With all his Holy angels,
Take the righteous home to heaven.
There they'll live with God for ever.
275
No. 111. 31 ItnotD tljat mj iReueemec lities.
ftep^^^^^^S
Oh, I know, I know, my Lord, I know, and I know that my Re-
§&-3
Fg=s:
-S-
t^&=£:
^—W—ft-
v==^=^
E
-p — ^
!= — Is — L U —
^=:t=^
.b=:=fc.-
fc^:
^ — s, — N-
-N--N
-^-.-JH
-7-^-
deem-er lives.
Just stand right still, and steady yourself, I
Oh, Dan-iel in the li - on's den, I
Oh, Ca - leb and Joshua, the very ones, I
Just watch that sun, and see how it runs, I
§S
l^fc
.tf_i
\J
^ZZ-L
know that my Redeemer lives.
tt::=ttt
Oh, just let me teU you about the
Oh, none but Je-sus is
That prayed to God... for to
Oh, don't let it catch you with your
D. C.
p^
r •/ •
€fod Him - self,
Dan - iel's friend
stop the sun
work un - done
, )
-#-
^
*=8:
^^
I know that my Re - deem-er lives.
'^^
^
£E
fe^^S^:
I
g^
276
f
^
No. 112.
LL Chorus.
^toeet Canaan.
^^^
Oh, the land I am bound for, Sweet Canaan's happy land I am bound for, Sweet
^t #. 4t- . #-
fl y_^-
^
?EI3
*— ?
?
■#
Canaan's happy land I am bound, for Sweet Canaan's happv land, Pray
9: ^rt=5^f=S=S=tE^ Z|3=S=Z|= ^=^^i
:|:=t
Fine.
#
^p
g
;Tro moTT/Mir firrVf >iQr>/i J <^h, my bpother, did you comc foF to help me?
ive me yourright hand, -j Qj^^ my sis-ter, did you come for to help me?
m
Oh, my brother, did you come for to help me ? Oh, my brother, did you
Oh, my sister, did you come for to help me ? Oh, my sis-ter," ' did you
fei
t
u^ i^ y t^ y
f
b'
=r
H f
^
i
•y
-y— t^b^
I 7«^ ^m«. } Bd time. B.C.
W^^
m
come for to help me ? Pray give me your right hand, your right hand.
'^^
■+■
m^
No. 113. 3|'m going to sing all tfte tea?.*
■^
Chords.
;^
*
Art
f^-
s^-^i
^■-.
Itjt
:3i±g,
--?--•■
-Ji=i=^:
Oh, I m a-going to sing.
I
going to sing,
S
^ ^
g:
M:
-? — f-
m
-# — # — #-
-» — a>-
-0 — 0—0-
ifczi
gut
-= 0-
going to
-0 —
w — w 1
—
Going to sing.
going to sing, going to
i
E^^ge^=K;^fe^-
— I —I -_
VA^
sing all a - long. . the way. Oh, I'm a-going to
m.
5=
"5? £^ V V^
sing all a - long
the way.
I
^
^
^=^
^
^^P
sing,
going to sing.
going to
:W-
# — # — 2 # —
- ^ — ^ — M — h — t^ — i^-— ^
P
Going to sing,
J^-*
going to sing, going to
-h-
sijig all a • long tlie way. Oh, Im a-going to
W^
K--
0-
y fc-
I^
sing all a - long the way.
* Published in Sheet Form, with Piano Accomp., by Joetn Church & Co., Cin,
278
li
^
3
''=r
sing,
m
g
m
going to sing,
w
going to
going to sing,
1 ^ — izzn
going to sing, going to
gfe^^ ^ j^
-ii-
^.EES
3
5i
i!^
sing all a - long the way. Oh, I'm a - going to
^
-b-
:£:
-H— ^—
^s S N
-N-iK
:i— itzji.
=1-
-^— ^
J^
i— i
/TN
s-
f— »-li=S=
3
sing,
_ ^ t>
going to sing, going to sing all a-long the way.
Going to sing,
W=^
^-^
— »-
=g:
-0-
^^
-b— b-
fci
Going to sing, going to sing, going to sing all a-long the way.
Solo.
s^i
m
p:±^=i^=^
?R"f
OEEiC-^
I
1. We'll raise the Christian banner, The motto's new and old, Re-
2. We want no cowards in our band. That from their colors fly, We
3. We soon shall reach the other shore, O, how we then shall sing, With
4. We'll shout o'er aU our sorrows, And sing for ev - er-more, With
/TS
-J^=U:
4?— -p:
=^=^
V — V-
^^mms
pentance and sal-va - tion, Are burnished there in gold.
call for val-iant-heart-ed men, That are not a - fraid to die.
all the heavenly cho - rus We'll make the arch- es ring.
Christ and all His arm - 7, . . On that ce - les - tial shore.
279
a great €amp=meetmg in tfte PromiseD LanB.
No. 114.
From '■'Hampton and its Students,'''' by per.
I
-M^M=^-
^
^--p^j
-?^— 1
ZJ^—fL
^-
i
Oh, walk to-getli-er, cliil-dren. Don't you get wea - rj,
Oh, talk to-geth-er, chil-dren, Don't you get wea - ry.
Oh, sing to-geth-er, chiUdren, Don't you get wea - ry.
n
-» — »-
W— t
i
-«-
-b — &•
3^
iii
t:
^1^^
Oh,
i^zid
Walk to - geth - er, chil - dren.
Talk to - geth - er, chil - dren,
Sing to - geth - er, chil - dren,
Don'i you get wea - ry.
Don't you get wea - ry,
Don't you get wea - ry.
pi
r
If
-9-
^
-0-
"S—f
B
r~T
^ — i^~«
:^-
:iz
Walk to-geth-er, chil-dren,
Talk to-geth-er, chil-dren, [■ Don't you got wea • ry, There's a
Sing to-geth-er, chil-dren,
■r
a-
-tf-^-
:2:
-til-
1 r— -
£
I
|i
:1:
^=g-
-1^
5— i!— i!
^^
I I \ I I Nil
-&-
:p. ^t_tf.
great camp-meeting in the Promised Land, Going to mourn and never
>-v . 1
:B=bd
280
tire, .... Mourn and nev-er
- - - #•
§^P
-» — w — 0—'
tire. Mourn and never
:f
it
^^^tapipi
tire. There's a great camp-meeting in the Promised Land.
m
A.
4— -»^
H h
•» K?-
-^ ^
- V — t^
2.
Oh, get you ready, children, Don't you
you get weary,
Get you ready, children, Don't you get
weary, {bis.)
There's a great camp-meeting in the
Promised Land.
For Jesus is a-coming, Don't you get
weary,
Jesus is a-coming, Don't you get weary,
(6is.)
There's a great camp-meeting in the
Promised Land.
Cho.— Going to pray and never tire,
Pray and never tire, (6i5.)
There's a great camp-meeting In
the Promised Land.
8.
There's a better day coming, Don't you
get weary.
Better day a-coming, Don't yoxi get
weary, Qns?^
There's a great camp-meetmg in the
Promised Land.
Oh, clap your hands, children, Don't you
get weary,
Clap your hands^ children. Don't you
get weary, {f)is.)
There's a great camp-meeting in the
Promised Ldnd.
Oh. will you go with me, Don't, &c.
Will you go with me, Don't, &c. (bis."S
Will you go with me, Don't, &c. IjAs^
There's a great camp-meeting, &c.
Cho. — Going to shout and never tire,
Shout and never tire, (fti^.)
There's a great camp-meeting in
the Promised Land.
4.
Oh, feel the Spirit a-moving, Don't you
get weary.
Feel the Spirit a-moving, Don't you get
weary, (6i«.)
There's a great camp-meeting in the
Promised Land.
Oh, now I'm getting happy, Don't you
get weary,
Now I'm getting happy, Don't you gel
get weary. (6i5.)
Cho.— Oh, iTy and never tire,
Fly and never lire, (6is.)
There's a great camp-meeting in
the Promised Land.
281
($000 JI3eiDS, tl)Z Cfjatiot's coming:.
No. 115.
Chobus.
^rom " Hampton and its Students, ^^ by permission.
--±
YzSi^^z
^
v—4
I
S
-fi — ^ — 0, — 0.
-^-^-^-4
^
I
Good news.
Good news,
§!#
5^i-^;fc^X.
the chariot's coming. Good news, the
N I
¥-4-
33
g^g^
if-* *-^
-T-h-
Good news,
Good news.
fe
4s h S S ^
N N S-
■a, — «-
i=
^^
1=^-
H
~i 1 W —
Good news,
chariot's coming, Good news, the chariot's coming, I
I J.-- - ^
PS
tJL
-^
^-
V:
-f-'-%
^— ^
i^
■0-^
F — m — I
Good news,
I
£fc=ifc
S^^
/T\
5¥
i
-S-
^^
s V
don't want her leave a - me be - hind. Going to
M-
-n-
%
--^
r. -» -?-
•<>'
^
.t
* K
5;==^"
-fs-
I — ^-
t
ride up in the char - i - ot, Car - ry me home,
-^^
282
|ii^
-€-
— •—
^m
Ride up in the cliar - i - ot,
ft p. p. p p. p ^
-f-
car - ry me home.
:r=t::
i
I
t
-t^-
r
-t^-
=P^
-t^
I
dE
i^
^— ^
1
-?:
=s-
Ride up in the char - i
ot,
§i^
-fi-
car - ry me home.
H
I
^— r
-#-
t
f
-fci-
■-Q- T\r
f
-^-^^r
^E^
IsL
3
-# V-
^
j 2(Z. z>. c.
^-
\
iie
And I don't want her leave-a me be - hind. hind.
■9 — e-
^=^
:£
vi —
r—
2 There's a long white robe in the heaven, I know,
A long wliite robe in the heaven, I know,
A long white robe in the heaven, I know.
And I don't want her leave-a me behind.
There's a golden crown in the heaven, I know,
A golden crown in the heaven, I know,
A golden crown in the heaven, I know,
And I don't want her leave-a me behind.
Chorus. — Good news, the chariot's coming. &c
8 There's a golden harp in the heaven, I know,
A golden harp in the heaven, I know,
A golden harp in the heaven, I know,
And I don't want her leave-a me behind.
There's silver slippers in the heaven, I know,
Silver slippers in the heaven, I know,
Silver slippers in the heaven, I know.
And I don": want her leave a me behind.
Chorus. — Good news, the chariot's coming, &t.
283
No. 116. ^ome Of tftese 9@ormng0.
From " Hampton and its Students^'' by per.
P
m^A
^T
^
•-fc^-^
■;-«—»
4=J=
^=^=
-N~l
^—9-h
9-\
Going to see my moth-er eome of these morn-ings, see my moth-er
Oh, sitting in the kingdom some of these mornings, sitting in the kingdom
tL^^ ^ ^ ^ t.
m
&
#-^
n—^
^ i I I
^
:«:
^
d=q
fr^-i
2=?^:
:^--
-0 — 0-
some of these mornings. See my moth-er some of these morniuga,
some of these mornings, bitting in the kingdom some of these mornings,
■*. ♦ • ^* ^t ^ A ^
^^^■^^^.
^
i
n
ti:
f-
^—^-•—1
W^-
I I •I' I 1/ I U tJ I I I
^ — I
in the heaven, Look a-
m
Look a ♦ way
_#-i.
r7rf-pl~3
Look a • way in the heaven,
|S
Sri
s
L #-v # ^
Look a - way
|i|§^Sl^
in the heaven, Look a-
r-lTI
Hope I'll join the band.
^•+- ^ -^r-
Look a- way in the heaven,
Look a -way in the heaven,
ZTJTi
284
£=e
way
|i
^
in the heav-en, Look a -way
^-^
A^
1^
;^:
W^
— i - fi—^0 — #T-»— I *-
Look a - way in the heav- en,
K- Nil K N
:25?=i
in the
^
way
l^=
&
^
:S
MIZM
-==i
><- ^-*-^
in the heav - en, Looka-way
-9 — e^-«-
€*-g— F-
^^^^^-^^==1
Look a - way in the heav- en.
-^.-#
in the
-^1
^-^-^=-5-^
U=i^
^^
in the
-0^-0—0 0--0-
^=¥
-b-
Look a-way in the heav-en.
Look a-way
Look a - way
-~t.
4
iz^
heav-en, Lord, Hope I'll join the band,
Look a-way
:^— 1—1— r -. - Tizii^i^y:
\r-^—^—ji-
22:
'Jsr.
heav-en, Lord, Hope I'll join the band, Look a - way
L^ —
heav-en, Lord, Hope I'll join the band,
in the
Look a
^ I?
in the
^
^h
Look a -
SiSBEg
^-(»-
It
5-
1 0--0~0—0--0--y
285
Look a-way in the
heav-en, Look a - way
in the heav-en,. ..... Look a-
I
te^=^
m
-*!-*
fe
-#— #^-#
t
M
^^
way in the heav-en,
-0^- 0-^0—0' -0-
I
Look a -way...
iffi:
I
Look a - way in the heav- en,
.. Look a -way,
til.
^^^^^^^==^^^^^^
heav-en, Look a- way
in the heav-en, Look a-
^12==MEF^
t
-r
way in the heav-en.
J! «•_•-
-H-
fcji^-'
%^^
Look a - way in the heav- en,
?g
i^fi
^^^
heaven,
V— u^
Look a -way in the heaven,
p^
-K
:j:
:«:
S!
way,
^eM=^
trza:
|S
way,
fefe
In the heav-en.
3^i^B
:^=ri
Lord,
3S
2
-^-
1— h
Hope I'll join the band.
In the heav-en,
iliiiii
Lord, Hope I'll join the band.
Look a - way in the heav-en,
I — v—^\- —
Lord, Hopel'U join the band.
gT^^z^zgEJzM^lE
-W—^-
fe
:t^=t:
-S^T-
f^
* 2 Going to see my brother some of these morningfs, &c.
Oh, snouting in the heaven some of these mornings, «&c.
Chorus. — Look away in the heaven, «fec.
3 Going to walk about in Zion some of these moniings, &c.
Going to chatter with the angels some of thece mornings, «fcc.
Chorus.— Look away in the heaven, «&c,
4 Going to talk the troubles over some of thepe mornings, &c.
Going to see my Jesus some of these momiugs, «&c.
Chorus.— Look away in the heaven, &c.
286
No. 117.
Keign, Qgastet 3fe0us»
*
=W
o
reign, O reign, O reign, my Sav - lour,
•♦• -i— -^ -t—
— I 1 f—
-tl^
Ji
I
-I —
■y-
j^:
^
Reign, Master Je - bus, reign 1 O reign sal - va • tion
^E
t—f:-
■0- -^
fc
£
-u — t-
-I -hr
»
I
1^-^-=?
P^
^
— =(-
-I—
-I —
-»-
-t—
I
-*-
-0-
^^
^
I
--- -9r -^ -9- -0- -9- ' \
in my poor soul, Reign, Mas - ter Je - sus, reign I
^
Solo.
^^=^^^==^-tF^SE=!5==^-
Choktjs.
^— ^
:^±^tt^
MZtZII'
ISSiP
1. I tell you now as I told you be - fore,
3. I'll tell you how I souj^ht the Lord,
3. I nev-er shall for - get that day,
4. 1 look'd at my hands,and aiy hands looked new,
5. I nev-er felt such love be - fore,
^
i^
Reign, Master Jesus, reign
1t-tr-t-^:^-,tl
P
♦ Published in Sheet Form, with Piano Accomp., by John Chttroh & Co., Cto.
287
Solo.
Chortt8=
To the promised land I'm bound to go,
Pray'd a little by day, and all night long,
When Je-Bus washed my sins a -way.
I looked at my feet, and they looked so too,
Saying, " Go in peace, and sin no more,"
^-
Reign, Master Jesus, reign.
-C-^
:C
-^— P-
V V V V
m
i 4. f — ^-f- ^ — ^— j— t^- — ^ i
O reign, reign, O reign, my Saviour, Reign, Master Jesus,
/T\
^
1 1 1-
^
-b-
-I—
-I 1 1 4—
tt-f-
-M^-^—v=z.-^
I
? — \-, — 0-^-
-9-
— — a — p-^-% — 2 — i — I ' n — ^ — ^ — «i — tf-j-Lp--*— u
reign ! O reign salvation in my poor soul, Reign, Master Jesus, reign.
■0- -0- •»■ -^
E^
^-:=^
I
-» — p — 0-
p-=v=^^^=^=^
-0 0—i-
^ • ^ K
ITo.118.
2D&, "Brotfjcrs, ate pou getting reaDp ?
ifi^fe^s^^fei^^SSeii^^^
P
^^^
0—0
-0—0 0-
H ^ -j f-^H
:r
?— g^
:i^
J:
Oh, brothers, are you getting ready, ready, Brothers, are you
Oh, sis - ters, are you getting ready, ready. Sis ters, are you
Oh, fa-thers, are you getting ready, ready, Fathers, are you
Oh, preachers, are you getting ready, ready, Preachers, are you
i^a
:t
UpU
v=^
288
^
5^
ft
getting ready, ready, Brothers, are you getting ready, ready,
getting ready, ready, Sisters, are you getting ready, ready,
getting ready, ready, Fa-thers, are you getting ready, ready,
getting ready, ready. Preachers, are you getting ready, ready,
m
"I— -t— +-+- •^— 4-4-+- -f- M-F- ■#. -.
-l^^m
^=i^-^J-T- -J— J . 1 — <
S—#-^-«— #-1-1-5— 5-T-#
-«-v
-0 — #—
tt
For the year of Ju - bi - lee. Oh, rise, shine, and give God the
rise, shine,
-^— ^ ' f ^*-r»—0^-M . ^ ^ — .-^— ^
:«
t
:(=
:!=
e^
:£
-i=-
I
t
?35
zzjqe^j^^tg^pzz}
£
-W-
P^
j^^
^3
JM— Ji.
-*— *-
-8—8-
-S « 0r
M — — 0.
:2g:
-t&-
^
-0-r-0-
glory,glory,Rise,shine,and give God the glory, glory, Rise, shine, and
Rise, shine, Rise, shine,
*=ti
F=^
I
g^^— k^
I
give God the glory, glory, For the year of Ju - bi - lee.
_fc_jfc ^Hi- -r- m «, «_i — c — »-±_-» — «-
289
19
No. 119. S){), mafte a=mc ^olg.
Pp3
?— 'F
^-.
a-'-a # — *-# —
Oh, make a - me ho - ly, . . ho - ly, I do love, I
Zl|i~ p,-»i
:-_^_
:^=S:^
felfe=^
i
! ^ 0~-i-0 # J # 1
do love, make me-a ho - ly . . . ho - ly, I do love the Lord.
^— ^
t
1 ^
-i» — »
fe3
l^pii^^g
$
^3
■&
t;^:^-
-»
-0—0-
?
ii|'
1. Young people, I tell you, one and ail, I do love,
2. I picked up my hymn-book and Bible too, I do love,
3. Oil, away up yonder, round the throne, I do love.
trf=:t
i
do love,
do love,
do love,
^— €
m
2>. a
You'd better be ready when Gabriel calls, I do love the Lord.
For I have re - ligion as well as you, I do love the Lord.
The waters are sweeter than hon-ey-comb, I do love the Lord.
i^i
=¥^
290
"T"
^Pl
No. 130. Cf)e5 leD mp lorD atoap.
W^ — ^r-v — b-— p ^=M — b^-
pli:i
Tliey led my Lord a - way, a - way, a • way. . . They
^-9-
:&
:t
-»-
V-
^
1 i-j — I 1
I
■PP
^^^Pl^l
Bi
■r
led my Lord a - way, Oh, tell me where to find Him,
piE!^^
i
1^
^^
Solo.
Chorus.
Solo.
t
n=i=.
■A S — N-
-H-
1. The Jews and Romans in one band, Tell me where to find Him, They
2. They led Him up to Pilate's bar, Tell me where to find Him, But the
3. Pilate said, " I'll wash my hands," Tell me where to find Him, I. .
4- A
m
'-^-
m
*
Chorus.
^^^E ^^S^^ ^^^^
cru - ci - fied the Son of man,
Jews could not condemn Him there, \ Tell me where tt find Him.
find no fault in this just man.
■•1
m
i=^=^^=£=^
t±
^^
J9I
Na 121. Come, all of &oVs CftilDten^
-iNi-iv
a
9 »—- j
Come, all of God's children, In tlie field, Come, all of God's children,
§
:rj
«=
-^•
A— N-
—0-\-9-
-«-i
-9-
'9-
4—
-O-
-\ —
:^
"^E^E^i^E^E^
N-g
-^
T-^
iiiiiei:
W
N-^
1— -jj — «
•i
!=3±
'tf~
In the fieldjCome, all of God's children, In the field of battle-glory
^h — ^-
-tr-
^F--^^
'^^—^j—^—^^^-
'■¥^
5
¥-
-y_— ^
^ii
*:
»
T— N-
-a/-
3!:
:45:
a^-
^--^-^— N-h-N-N
h~i
-I --'- -HSH-
?^
^lE^
J^-
in - a my soul. 1,0b ,the preachers want warriors In the field, The
S. Oh, you must bow low to get In the field. Oh,
3. Oh, we mil shout when we get In the field, Oh,
Pi
^
-0-
P-?
I
■ g— g- V —^-9-^-0-1
^--^:^±f-^— S
^zE*;3^JJj^
u-
g— p'-
^-0-l-i'
-4-a-
fcB^t
ifc
9=
preachers want warriors In the field, Oh, the preachers want warriors
you must bow low to get In the field, Oh, you must bow low to
we will shout when we get In the field, Oh, we will shout when we
t_f_fr_#_ * * *
^-
W^f-r
^Hr-t^-^-t?— ^
i^-l^iqztiz:!
-I — f-
v-v-
^
^— hr!"
ES=S=£^
t
^
-N— ^
-4=J-
2i^
In the field of
get In the field of
get In the field of
bat - tie - glo - ry
bat - tie - glo - ry
bat - tie - glo - rj
-^
m
:=^-
In - a my soul.
I3S
T-P-
V l^ k
E
m
i^
292
No. 122. 3f toant to fie reaDpj
Or, Walk in Jerusalem just like John.
fe^T^fe
t
ifzi^iMz:
I I
I
'^=^:=^
4=it:i:
I want to be read - y, I want to be read - y, . . .
— i ,-1 *— if— J-
U U ^ C'
Fine.
w
fe
W5=:=^-i^
-wt—at
-i— 5.
?!l=3^=¥
■#•*• ■#
^
^ -5^ ll-^* -* -f- T^ -i^ ■#•
r
iiM
I want to be read - y. . . To walk in Je-rusalem just like John.
E&
f-
ly
-H-
N ■ N - S -N
-a
K-N-H-
-N— h
:t]^-5E^-r^
-0 — «-
« — J^ — N— N
i^-,
H 1 h
-# « — «-
]
1. John said the city was just four-sqnare, )
2. Oh, John I oh, John 1 what do you say ? [ Walk in Je-ru- sa- lem just Hkc Joim ;
3. When Peter was preaching at Pentecost, )
glfe
D. a
I
fe=*:
-« — « — j — ^ — « — I— L-d — d — #— J '
fcfcfL
i^zij:
-^— A-
_^ — #-
t--
N N
And he declared he'd meet me there, )
Tliat I'll be there at the coming day, V Walk in Je-ru - sa - lem just like John.
He was endowed with the Holy Ghost, )
iite
^2:
293
No. 123. Cf)e moth's fieing; none.
P
\ rT-i-ii=i
-i-
:^-
i
t:
=^
I
1. We need more reapers in the har-vest field,
2. We need more workers in the tar- vest field, < whprpthp work's hpino-
8. We need more teachers in the har-vest field, f >^nere t ne wo r]^ s bemg
4. We need more preachers in the bar- vest field, » ■ ■ ■ - "P" "T""
t
£
1=-t=-:^.
i!ite*3
,Ei2±:
"T
:U-k
E
^:
#-•_!
•^ done ; We need more reapers in the harvest field, ) \j ' U
i^
:1}L s.
^t&-
:tzM.
m
done ; We need more workers in the harvest field, i xx7hprp"'thp wnrlr'a hpino-
done ; We need more teachers in the harv3?t field, ( ^^^^^ ^^^ worii s oemg
done : We need more oreachers in the harvest field. )
done ; We need more preachers in the harvest field, ;
9:-d2r:S:i=^
ES
£
<Z ^_#-'-
-»— *-
t-
^
*:
^
-K— N-
W^\y — N — « — i — «- — N — B
done. Oh, chil-der-en, the work's be- ing done, Oh, the work's be-ing
t: ti^ ^ . ^ t^' t:' tit: t:
n
EfcrJ:
:i
k:±
>;— ^
m
-N-«-^--«
i
-^— K
-0 — 0-
done; Oh, ehil-der-en, the work's be-ing done. Oh, the work's be-ing
■0- -e- -ff- ■^* ^ .
praEf^lE*:
S
U
SESEt
33!
t
^^
k! b
F=^=F^
1 — I — J-M 1 — ^~^-^ +-^— * — ^ — I — 1
; ^ ^ ^1^— i^-^-b— b-i^ ^
done, Ob, the work '. . . .'. is being done. Oh, the work ia De - ing
be-i
^^^11^^^#
Oh, the work
294
Oh, the work
Vt
§:i^,
done, Ok, the work ia be - ing doHe, Oh, the work's be-ing done.
—I —
:t
533:
-^a:t^=:^iit^
^ +-+-+- -I— - -
Oh, the work
-^ — ^-
/TN
m^
J^ail! l^ail!
q qzi=|_^__15 — 5 — 5 — ^ — 5-'-f^
#- i — « — L^ — ^ — ^ ^ — L^ ^_ __L.^ 1_,
4-.
HaU I haU I I'll teU you when I
w--±-=^-=±
-^
-^
A ^
^=feE?i
get o - ver;
ittt
t
-h
8-
H
1&-
Hail I hail I
(S*-
_^:
-J-
You know I caa't stay here. 1. John the Bap-tiet did declare, Yoh keow I
2. When I get on my golden B}ioes,You know I
3. When I get in the middle of the air. You know I
i§!^
W--
-W—W
t=t
gKE
r-^
Z>. C.
izjt
can't stay here. You know I can't stay here.
■Poat none but the righteous would be there,
can't stay here, I'll walk about heaven and tell the news,You know I can't stay here,
can't stay here. Not a sin-ner will be thei-e. You know I can't stay here.
-^ ■#-
^
^ -#5- ♦
V— I
■^ -fi- -0- -^ -^ -p-
i^
t
W^^^^W-
i
295
iRise, %Unz, for ftp ti^tt is a^cominff.
No. 125.
iu^—Jzar^,
?=fe^
dM:
fc?
I
4— *-
:g=r:
i
^v^—
wm
Oh, rise, shine, for thy light is
It
:1:=f=
a - com - ing,
33:
1^
ii
?^
1^
— y-
Rise, shine.
1^-
-y-
^1^:
Rise, sMne, for thy light is a - coming. Oh, rise, shine, for thy
m--
-0 0-
£;$=?=£::£
tt-
Rise, shine,
^-
1^
?±lE
£
E
-» — f-» — »
^=1
rise, shine,
i^n^
feziN-
»— iv-^ — p
i
light is a - coming, My Lord says He's coming by 'nd-by.
:£:
'^ g^^^ j-^.
E^
ijij:
*tq
1. Oh* wet or dry, I intend to try, My Lord says He's
2, We'll build our tent on this camp-gnround,My Lord says He's
2. I intend to shout and nev - er stop, My Lord says He's
^&
£=^
rr~ri^
296
| 8feM^.E^#t^Ji
3fc
i^
a
coming by'nd-bye, To serve the Lord un - til I die,
coming by'nd-bye, And give old Satan an - oth- er round,
coming by'nd-bye, Un - til I reach the mountain - top,
h-v'-r-f
m
B.C.
^
if
O:
My Lord says
He's
^-i
com - ing by'nd
m.
tr-
-f-
by.
^imm^^m
|:
J
No. 126. ®f) ! giiie me tU Clings.
I
3
m
5
^— »i-
■V-fs-
t=*
-J2L
Oh I givemethe wings. Oh, good Lord, give me the wings, And oh!
I
I
^
-N— h-
£
Fvne.
/TN-
fe^^l
t^
give me the wings, My good Lord, give me the wings for t@ move a - long.
^^i^^^Hi
ta
1. Oh, Method - ist it is my name, And oh,. . glo-ry ! I in-
2. I love the shouting Method - ist, And oh,., glo-ry! Be- -
3. I'm bom of God, I know I am, Andoh, .. glo-ry! And..
I
P
^
D.O.
^
1=
fi'
tend to live and die the same,
cause they sing and pray the best, \ And oh,
you de - ny it if you can,
297
*
te
glo - ryl
iSTo. 127.
c&iiig mmx.
|*t^si
-f&-
^
-P=^
-f9~
Chil - ly wa - ter, cliil - ly
-^=t^
-^
wa
tcr,
-:-|7=¥= — --
Iztz^
Ist time.
I Sd time.
^^^m^m^^^m^^
U b 'I
Hal - le - lu - jah. to tliat Lamb ; to that Lamb. I
1^
^
^
1^
know that wa - ter is cbil - ly and cold, And - a
I have Je - - sus in - a my soul, And - a
Sl=
1st time.
2dj time.
le - lu - jah to that Lamb, But
5-
^g-
11
to that Lamb.
2 In a-tliat ark, the little dove mourned,
And hallelujah to that Lamb ;
Christ Jesus standing as the corner-stone,
And hallelujah to that Lamb.
3 Old Satan's just like a snake in the grass,
And hallelujah to that Lamb ;
Watching for to bite you as a -you pass,
And hallelujah to that Lamb.
4 Oh, brothers and sisters, one and all,
And hallelujah to that Lamb ;
You had better be ready when the roll is called,
And hallelujah to that Lamb,
298
No. 128.
IBeneDiction.
[As Bung by the Jubilee Singers.]
With much expression.
T. F. Sewari>
--^
r4:
-4^-N^-
-#• -^ ■*■
a
The Lord bless thee,and keep thee, | J^^^ ^j^^n^ S'pon^thTe! [ ^^^ ^®
-^ P-x-P S-^ ^
i
-p-pr
y-^g^=T^3^ ,
^=f=
x:^5=ih
izEEl
^iM=a
gracious un-to thee ; The Lord lift up His countenance up-
.=gLr-tt:
§i^
^E£±
-fi^
t^
?5
y-
-^
i^s
-«5>-
on thee, . .
196 b 1^ 1
and give thee peace.
=5=^
^
A
-je»-
men.
— f§ —
■iS'-
■zr
I
299
No. 129. ZTbeae bonce Qoing to rtee agalm
^^ ' ' js N ^ N
^4-
^
•'--5(-
-<9
1. O I know, yes iii-deed I know, my Lord, I know,
1 U J ^
i
i
3t
1^
f=^
W-
-^ — ^
-1^
w-
u 1/ 1/ 1/ 1^
^r-f
Fine. Solo,
yi^^
^
^ (-
€—
f
^
I
» — 1*^
These bones going to rise again. Hal-le-lu - jah to the Lamb!
«i
g
t
f=?
'j — its
»-!• »-
Solo.
t^=^
"t
~w
:^=^
These bones going to rise a-gain. The Lord is on the
^
■z?^
-a^
"^
z>. c.
^
jtfct
-<$?
:t
giv-ing hand, These bones going to rise a-gain.
-C2—
^
]
=^
» 1^
r%»
1/ IX
If you get tliere before I do.
These bones going to rise again;
Tell all my friends I'm coming too.
These bones going to rise again. Chorus.
300
IbumDIe i^ourself, tbe bell bone rung.
No. 130.
i
'8:
Fine.
e
EE
-«-
-1^
-ST-r
-z^
W a ' a « • mi 2? ~-^ 9 9
1. Live humble, humble, humble yourself The bell donerunsj;
iv> /I
J
E
^-
^
±
^
Solo.
-N-
:il— J— J-
^
:J==iC
I tried to live humble and I couldn't live humble;
m
3
h-s-
^
^-:^
1^=^-
^i=i
I tried to preach humble and I couldn't preach humble;
i
S:
:^:
-^s
:5=p:
i
t<— ^
5^a
-tf— #-
I tried to preach humble and I couldn't preach humble.
2 If you want to see old Satan fall,
Load and shoot him with the Gospel ball;
If you want to see old Satan fall.
Live humble, etc.
3 See the hearse a-come rolling around,
Carrying of the body to the new burying ground;
See the hearse a-come rolling around,
Live humble, etc.
4 Behold I stand on the sea of glass.
The sea of glass all mingled with fire;
God's going to raise-a my soul up higher,
Live humble, etc.
301
No. 131. tj;be Crudfiylon.
K-
A-
^
-&r
^
-^ ^
1. Were you there when they cni-ci-fied my Lord?.
®
-^ -#-
A
_is_
-»-
z±.
-#-
-^
i-
^
A J I
—\ 1 H-
-^
-^ ^ /-
\ h
Wci'e you there when they cru-ci - fied my
Lord
"m
^ r
4 * -t -
h
3L
^^
t
s-P—p-^—p
-^
w-
te
J ^ h . "^ 1
m
5
■^— ^
s
^
A— N-
■«|-
-^-
-&-
O some-times it causes me to tremble, tremble, tremble,
A-
?=F
^
> ^ U
^
-^
-rt
V-
v-v
Were you there wheu they cru - ci - fied my Lord?
i
1
?
-«-
fe^-^
2 Were you there when they crowned him with the thorns ? etc.
3 Were you there when they pierced him in the side? etc.
4 Were you there when they laid him in the tomb ? ete.
302
No. 132.
Ikcep a^flDovlng.
^^^m
-N-^
^
^
r* — ^
a±g=ii!
:siz^
ai=it=^^E3
^^ .^.. -^ -^. -^ -#'- H^
Keep a-mov-ing, keep a-moving, My Lord's a-niovingin the air;
S
;^%4=
^
^=r^r=F^~f~rn
:i^
i
I t^ l ^-
^
T
V 1/ ^ u^— V u * k -
FlNK.
^ J 1 ^ N
1
:^
:#^
^
ii i J. ^^
f ff
^ -4^ -4- ^T^
S^
'^~5^
Keepa-moviiig, keep a-moving, Oh.niyLord'sa-moviiigln the air.
ee
\
^
« — •-
- G > 9-
i^^^l
f
j g^ ^ T
rt
i^Oe
^5:
-p^
ifz:^
1. You may cast me here, you may cast me there,
r
S d 4
'9 — at
j''^
^-i- o ->in
'jtjtui
-d—4-
-4- -4- -4-
My Lord's a-moving ia tke air;.... But the Lord's in heaven and he
f*^ ^ -^- -f- . .-,
-fi— e
^
H h
V \ V V V V V -
±
z?. c.
K-
^
an - swers prayer,
w
My Lord is a-moving in the air.
■A ^ P^—=t- P-
I
A
■^
+T
1 — 17— r
2 0, there's preaching here, there's preaching there,
My Lord's a-moving in tlie air;
And I really do believe there's preaching everywhere.
My Lord's a-moving in the air.
Chorus.— Keep amoving, etc.
3 0, brethren, don't you think it best.
My Lord's a-moving in the air;
To carry the witness in your breast?
My Lord's a-moving in the air.
Chohus.— Keep a-moving. etc.
303
sitting bown bi? tbe albe of tbe lamb.
No. 133.
^
i
I
1-^
:it
■9 \ f5>
■&-
Hal - le - lu - jail now. Sitting down by the side of the Lamb;
t
i
Sr
:^
d 4 ^
lt=^
^—^-4—^-
' I I
1. "Way down yonder on Jordan s stream I hear them crying,
I've been redeemed.
I
W
^
L-
^
^
?
■^$=i-
-&-
. . 1(1
Sitting down by the side of the Lamb, I've been redeemed;
Sitting down by the
J J ^ J J d
i
^^
i
j=i
i
£
i
4— ,S^
of the Lamb; Been redeemed, fitting down by the side of the Lamb.
side
U-
l
Hjrj
i
e
■z;^
-7^
:s:
2 Young man, young man, you look mighty fine.
But you ain't got God Almighty in your mind;
Sitting down by the side of that Lamb
On your mind,
Sitting down by the side of that Lamb.
3 Deacon, deacon, I tell you the fact:
Some of your members are living mighty slack
Sitting down by the side of that Lamb,
Living mighty slack,
Sitting down by the side of that Lamb.
304
®b, t>en m? little Soul's gwlne to Sbine.
No. 134.
"This was sung by a boy who was sold down South by his master ; and when
he parted from his mother, these were the words he sang."— J. II. Bailky.
— ^_^_,— — ,-^-^ n-
M
n
^
■p — 0-
§1
w
±
jtzi:
ms
1. Vm gwine to jliie de great 'so-ci-n-tion, I'm gwine (o. jino de
u
t
fv
:|^:
i
A— ^-
-s<-
e:
:sL
ifi
t rr f:—i-Tt=4
great 'so-ci - a-tion, I'm gwine to jine de great 'so-ci - a-tion;
I IStTlMI
2d TiMR.
^v
I
i=^=f=t
n^^
»^T-:r
^
lit - tie soul's gwine to sbine a-long, Oh,
m
^- f ^ -
t=fz
4f H
5
-t/ — t/- — l-
2 I'm gwine
3 I'm gwine
4 Pm gwine
5 I'm gwine
6 I'm gwine
7 I'm gwine
5
-it -7^
to climb up Jacob's ladder, Den mj' little soul, etc.
to climb up higher and higher, Den my little soul, etc.
to sit down at the welcome table, Den my little soul, etc.
to feast off milk and honey, Den my little soid, etc.
to tell God how-ayou sarved me, Den my little soul, etc.
to jine de big baptizin'. Den my little soul, etc.
305 20
No. 135. Xobe an' eerbe ^e Xorb*
^m
Ij J I J J-H -^^^3
■a-
If ye love God, serve Him, HaUe-lu -jah, Praise ye de Lord!
:Q: Come go to glo-ry with me,
P
i
^
iS>-
^
t^
^
-^
-f— ^■
^
tCi
-o,
J
^-ik-dW
If ye love God, serve Him, Halleliijahl Love an' serve de Lord.
Corae, go to glory with me.
m
-F-
& — 5^
^m
t5^
f^
Solo.
vc/
i
?
1^— ^
7^—i^
-s^
■<5>-
Good mornin', brother trav'ler, Pray tell me where you're bound ? I'm
n. C.alSeg.
i
i
i
^-
* — •-.- ^
bound for Canaan's happy land, And de en~chant-ed ground.
2 Oh, when I was a sinner,
I liked my way so w ell ;
But when I come to find out,
I was on de road to hell.
Cho. — I fleed to Jesus — Hallelujah!, etc.
Oh, Jesus, received me. Hallelujah, etc'
3 De Father, He looked on de Son, and smiled,
De Son, He looked on me;
De Father, redeemed my soul from hell;
An' de Son, He set me free.
♦ Cho. — I shouted Hallelujah! Hallelujah, etc.
I praised my Jesus, Hallelujah, etc
4 Oh, when we all shall get dere.
Upon dat-a lieavenly sho',
We'll walk about dem-a golden streets,
An' nebber part no nio'.
Cho. — No rebukin' in de churches — Hallelujah,
Ebery day be Sunday — Hallelujah, etc
306
No. 1 36. Ibear be angels etneln *
Chorus.
Oh, sing all de way
B
sing all de way. Sing all de way, my Lord,
m
m
»—•-=-»—»
f:
^'^
^^
^M-f
-»—# — »— ♦
L/ y ^ ^-U
■^^v-
SOLO,
m
f
i
jtte
s
t*; —
p^,
Hear de an -gels^ing-in'. We're marchia' up to Hcbber.
^ . ^ -^ St a ■^^^' Je - - sus is on - fc
Dem-a Ctirist - tians
Dey're i
f^
L L r L I
> r r— M
dlin'
tako
oil
n. fc;
I
5
?^
i:^
-N-
w
it's a hap-py time; Hear de an - gels sing- in',
de . - mid- die line; ^ . ^ -i*- ^
up . . too much time;
dat . bat - tie line;
E^^^
2 Now all things well, an' I don't dread hell;—
Hear de angels singin',
I am goin' up to Hebben, where my Jesus dwell;—
Hear de angels singin'.
For de angels are callin' me away,—
Hear de angels singin'.
An' I must go, I cannot stay,—
Hear de angels singin'. Cho.— Oh, sing, etc.
3 Now take your Bible, an' read it through,—
Hear de angels singin'.
An' ebery word you'll find is true;—
Hear de angels singin'.
For in dat Bible you will see,—
Hear de angels singin',
Dat Jesus died for you an' me,—
Hear de angels singin'. Cho.— Oh, sing, etc
4 Say, if my memory sarves me right,—
Hear de angels singin'.
We're sure to hab a little shout to-night,—
Hear de angels singin'.
For I love to shout. I love to sing.—
Hear de angels singin',
I love to praise my llebbenly King,—
Hear de angels singin'. Cho.— Oh, sing, el&
307
No. 137. m^ Xor& belibereb Daniel
i
/ * t <a 1 I u
:^
^
:S— ^:
^#-#-
-(S*-
^-e~
-Tzr
tr ' rtrT-^ " W-\
My Lord de-lib-ered Dan-iel, My Lord de-lib-ered Dan-iel, My
i
■i«-
■ * ^ f
t
f-^
Trrr
rrr
^=j
i
Fine.
I
l=T3S=?
g ♦ J^ ji < i »
^
-* — «^
lib - er me?
Lord de-lib-ered Dan-iel; Why can't he de
^ • *- - -. . -^ -f^ -f- ^ ^ • -
_fl
/ y ):g y • ,yg=f — f-^
^
-^
s^
iT 1/ r r r r
f
-s^
Solo.
?^
:^:
:#t:s^
^ 1J ^
:K— N
-1^ — #-1^
■« — ^
lit
^«^
I met a pilgrim on de way, An' I ask him whar he's a gwine. I'm
:it=
-a-
-«H-#
4 ^ O S
^Aj
bound for Canaan's happy Ian', An' dis is de shouting band, Go on !
Some say dat John de Baptist
Was nothing but a Jew,
But de Bible doth inform us
I>at he was a preacher, too;
Yes, he was!
Cno.-^My Lord deliberert Daniel.
Oh, Daniel cast in de lions' den.
He pray both night an' day,
De angel came from Galilee,
Aa' lock de lions' jaw.
Dat's so.
Cho.— My Lord delibered Daniel.
He delibered Daniel from de lions' den,
Jonah from de belly ob de whale.
An' de Hebrew children from de flery
furnace.
And why not ebery man?
Oh, yps!
CiTo.— My Lord delibered Daniel.
De richest man dat eber I saw
Was de one dat beg de most,
His soul was filled wid Jesus.
An' wid de Holy Ghost.
Yes it was!
Cho.— My Lord delibered Daniel.
308
%ove Iking 3e6U0*
i
^-fe^^fe^
t
1. El-der, you say you love King Je -sus, Elder, you say you
H
Mi
M-
t=^
^
=r
Hk
■v-
i
3t
^-
1 ! 2
^s
g^
m
1
J
57 ^
r
i^
b
love the Lord. Lord.
Oh, come and let us know how you
s— 1^
^
Fine.
I
im
1
:^
rffi
y^ ^
love Kinji Je-sus, Come and let us know how you love the Lord.
^
f- f- f - - -^
i-
£
m
Hff-
r
2 Sister, you say you love King Jesus,
Sister, you say you love the Lord.
Rkfraix.— Oh, shout and let us know how you love King Jesus,
Shout and let us know how you love the Lord.
3 Deacon, you say you love King Jesus,
Deacon, you say you love the Lord.
Rkfkain.— Oh, preach and let us know how you love King Jesus,
Preach and let us know how you love the Lord.
4 Brother, you say you love King Jesus,
Brother, you say you love the Lord.
Refrain.— Oh, pray and let us know how you love King Jesus,
Pray and let us know how you love the Lord.
5 Mourner, you say you loye King Jesus,
Mourner, you say you love the Lord.
Refrain.— Oh, mourn and let us know how you love King Jesus,
Mourn and let us know how you love the Lord.
6 Children, you say you love King Jesus,
Children, you say you love the Lord.
Refrain.— Oh, sing and let us know how you love King Jesus,
Si.ng and let us know how you love the Lord.
309
No. 139.
Zbe ®I^ Hrft.
-«-
#^
*
-8(-
t^
!^
Oh, the old ark's a-mov-ing, move a-long, chil-dren, The
A e fi «-
t:i2±
^
t
* — f>-.
fci:
f
Fine.
Ar
A— N-
:S=S
-^— ^— ^
N ^ N
-K=
-K-4
-9 — 9-
IV I \J
V V y
^
-it
old ark's a-moving, move a-long home. home. 1. "When Jesus Christ con-
m
*
^dz:
W V w u w
V — V-
f
-N— K-
:fc
47-=^-
"^^Ft^
K-
t^
^W-
9 — #-
vert-ed my soul, In a my soul was a lit - tie white stone,
^ J
^^
v^
^
-K— N-
■V-A
i
^W— «^^
*
-9 — #
On that stone was a new-ly written, None could read it but
m
310
EQ\ IZ ^ ^,1 1 H 4 , ^ L^ 1
1/ ' ' V
those re-ceived it, I re-ceiveJ it and I could read it;
^
l-XX
^itfe
i^
Lfc
fc
^-
:i5;
Just let me tell you what the stone did say, Ke
m
^
^=s
D. C.
P
f J R-R
tos
A
;it
# — •-
=^^=^=it
^ y i^ i^
fc^ 1^ l^ ^ [^ ^
deemed, redeemed a been Son of God, Been washed in the blood of the Lamb.
^
Sfea
^i=t^
A.
^
J _R
-9 ji-
-^ — V
^
2 When I was lying at hell's dark door,
Never did lie so low before,
Massa Jesus, He came riding by
Oh! He gave me the wings for to rise and fly.-
-Chorus.
When I was walking along one day,
I met an old hypocrite on my way,
She's always right and never is wrong.
She's always up and never is down,
Just watch that sun how study she runs,
Don't you never let her catch you with your work undone .-
-Chorus.
You take your sister right by ttie hand.
And lead her 'long down in\he Promise Land.
If my sister should have a fall,
Just get on your knees and carry 'er case to the Lord. — Chorus.
311
■ w will V t^noi I T
ML400.M34 190^ 3 9097 01271343
Marsh, J. B. T.
The story of the Jubilee
Singers
--
-» v-»
I
._
1
545469
BRANDEIS UNIVERSITY
LIBRARY
til.
TVNews
OpenLibrary